USVI Public Records

Document text (beginning — full text at the TXT link above)

NOTICE: These documents are instruments of professional service, and information contained therein is incomplete unless used in conjunction with DLR Group’s interpretations, decisions, observations and administrations. Use or reproduction of these documents in whole or in part without DLR Group’s consent is in violation of common law, copyrights, statutory and other reserved rights, which preempts state and local public records act. Portions of these specifications were created with the MasterSpec® specification writing system, are subject to the copyright of the American Institute of Architects, and require a current MasterSpec® license for editing or use on other projects. Copyright DLR Group Lockhart Pre K-8 School Virgin Islands Department of Education (VIDE) St. Thomas, U.S. Virgin Islands Schematic Design Volume 2 of 2, Division 21- 33 DLR Group Project No. 68-21103-13 November 15, 2023 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 1 ©DLR GROUP SECTION 00 01 10 - TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS To be issued under separate cover VOLUME 1 DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 SUMMARY 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012501 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURE FORM 012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 012601 ARCHITECT SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS FORM 012602 PROPOSAL REQUEST FORM 012604 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE FORM 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 013233 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017900 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 024100 DEMOLITION 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION DIVISION 03 – CONCRETE 031000 CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 032000 CONCRETE REINFORCING 033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033300 ARCHITECTURAL CONCRETE 033543 POLISHED CONCRETE FINISHING 034100 PRECAST STRUCTURAL CONCRETE DIVISION 04 – MASONRY 042200 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY DIVISION 05 – METALS 051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 2 ©DLR GROUP 051213 ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 053100 STEEL DECKING 054000 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 055000 METAL FABRICATIONS 055113 METAL PAN STAIRS 057100 DECORATIVE METAL STAIRS 057300 DECORATIVE METAL RAILINGS DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 061053 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY 061600 SHEATHING 062023 INTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY 064115 PHENOLIC ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 066400 PLASTIC PANELING 067313 COMPOSITE PATIO DECKING 068313 RESIN COMPOSITE FABRICATIONS DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 071800 TRAFFIC COATINGS 071900 WATER REPELLENTS 072100 THERMAL INSULATION 072715 NONBITUMINOUS SELF-ADHERING SHEET AIR BARRIERS 074113.16 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS 074113.16 FORMED METAL WALL PANELS 074243 COMPOSITE WALL AND SOFFIT PANELS 074243.04 COMPOSITE STONE WALL PANELS 074247 ARCHITECTURAL HIGH PERFORMANCE CONCRETE FAÇADE PANELS 074293 ALUMINUM SOFFIT PANELS 074616 ALUMINUM SIDING 075323 ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING 075556 FLUID-APPLIED PROTECTED MEMBRANE ROOFING 077100 ROOF SPECIALTIES 077200 ROOF ACCESSORIES 078400 FIRESTOPPING 079200 JOINT SEALANTS DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS 083113 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 083213.13 MULTIPANEL SLIDING ALUMINUM-FRAMED GLASS DOORS 083313 COILING COUNTER DOORS 083323 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS 083344 OVERHEAD COILING FIRE CURTAINS 083473.13 METAL SOUND CONTROL DOOR ASSEMBLIES 083500 SIDE-FOLDING GRILLES 083513.13 MULTIPANEL FOLDING ALUMINUM-FRAMED GLASS DOORS 083600 PANEL DOORS 083613 SECTIONAL DOORS LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 3 ©DLR GROUP 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 084123 FIRE-RATED ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES 084413 GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS 084433 SLOPED GLAZING ASSEMBLIES 084523 FIBERGLASS-SANDWICH-PANEL ASSEMBLIES 085113 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 087113 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS 088000 GLAZING 088300 MIRRORS 089119 FIXED LOUVERS DIVISION 09 – FINISHES 092116.23 GYPSUM BOARD SHAFT WALL ASSEMBLIES 092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 092900 GYPSUM BOARD 093013 CERAMIC TILING 095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 095400 METAL CEILINGS 095426 SUSPENDED COMPOSITE CEILINGS 096400 WOOD FLOORING 096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 096519 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 096566 RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING 096723 RESINOUS FLOORING 096813 TILE CARPETING 097200 WALL COVERINGS 098100 ACOUSTIC INSULATION 098430 SOUND-ABSORBING WALL AND CEILING UNITS 099100 PAINTING DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES 101100 VISUAL DISPLAY UNITS 101200 DISPLAY CASES 101414 REGULATORY SIGNAGE 101416 PLAQUES 101419 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE 102113.17 PHENOLIC-CORE TOILET COMPARTMENTS 102123 CUBICLE CURTAINS AND TRACK 102239 FOLDING PANEL PARTITIONS 102600 WALL AND DOOR PROTECTION 102800 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES 104116 EMERGENCY KEY CABINETS 104313 DEFIBRILLATOR CABINETS 104413 FIRE PROTECTION CABINETS 104416 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 105129 PHENOLIC LOCKERS 107113 EXTERIOR SHUTTERS LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 4 ©DLR GROUP 107516 GROUND-SET FLAGPOLES DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT 113013 RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 114000 FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT 116623 GYMNASIUM EQUIPMENT 116653 GYMNASIUM DIVIDERS 116800 PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT PLAY EQUIPMENT CUTSHEETS 119513 KILNS DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS 122413 ROLLER WINDOW SHADES 123616 METAL COUNTERTOPS 123661 SIMULATED STONE COUNTERTOPS 126613 TELESCOPING STANDS DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT USED DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING SYSTEMS 142123.16 MACHINE ROOM-LESS ELECTRIC TRACTION ELEVATORS DIVISIONS 15 – 20 NOT USED VOLUME 2 DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION 210513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT 210517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210553 IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210800 COMMISSIONING OF FIRE SUPPRESSION 211100 FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING 211116 FACILITY FIRE HYDRANTS 211119 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS 211200 FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES 211213 FIRE-SUPPRESSION HOSES AND NOZZLES LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 5 ©DLR GROUP 211313 WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 213216 DIESEL-DRIVE, VERTICAL-TURBINE FIRE PUMPS 213413 PRESSURE-MAINTENANCE PUMPS DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING 220516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.12 BALL VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.13 BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.14 CHECK VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.15 GATE VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR PLUMBING 220716 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 220719 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220800 COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING 221113 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221119 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221123 INLINE, DOMESTIC-WATER CIRCULATORS 221123.13 DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221313 FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 221316 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221319 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319.13 SANITARY DRAINS 221323 SANITARY WASTE INTERCEPTORS 221329 SANITARY SEWERAGE PUMPS 221413 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 221423 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221429 SUMP PUMPS 223300 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS 224213.13 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS 224213.16 COMMERCIAL URINALS 224216.13 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES 224216.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS 224223 COMMERCIAL SHOWERS 224233 WASH FOUNTAINS 224500 EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES 224716 PRESSURE WATER COOLERS DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING 230516 EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230517 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 6 ©DLR GROUP 230518 ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING 230519 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.11 GLOBE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.12 BALL VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.13 BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.14 CHECK VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.15 GATE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230553 IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230713 DUCT INSULATION 230716 HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230719 HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230800 COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 230923.01 ENTERPRISE DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL AND CAMPUS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM 230995 TRENDING, REMOTE MONITORING, AND DATA ANALYTICS 232113 HYDRONIC PIPING 232113.13 UNDERGROUND HYDRONIC PIPING 232116 HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS 233113 DUCTS 233115 NON-FIBROUS, CLOSED CELL, OUTDOOR DUCTWORK 233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 233423 HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 233439 HIGH-VOLUME, LOW-SPEED FANS 233533 LISTED KITCHEN VENTILATION SYSTEM EXHAUST DUCTS 233616 VAV SINGLE DUCT TERMINAL UNITS 233713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS & GRILLES 233716 FABRIC AIR-DISTRIBUTION DEVICES 233723 HVAC GRAVITY VENTILATORS 233813 COMMERCIAL-KITCHEN HOODS 236423.13 AIR-COOLED ROTARY-SCREW WATER CHILLERS 237313 CENTRAL STATION DEDICATED OUTSIDE AIR - AIR HANDLER 238219 TERMINAL HEATING & COOLING UNITS - BLOWER COIL UNITS DIVISIONS 24 – 25 NOT USED DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL 260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260533 RACEWAYS AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260548.16 SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 7 ©DLR GROUP 260573.13 SHORT-CIRCUIT STUDIES 260573.16 COORDINATION STUDIES 260573.19 ARC-FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS 260800 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260923 LIGHTING CONTROLS - WIRED, NETWORKABLE 262213 LOW-VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS 262413 SWITCHBOARDS 262416 PANELBOARDS 262713 ELECTRICITY METERING 262726 WIRING DEVICES 262813 FUSES 263100 PHOTOVOLTAIC AND BATTERY ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEM 264113 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES 265119 LED INTERIOR LIGHTING 265213 EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING 265613 LIGHTING POLES AND STANDARDS 265619 LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS 270500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS 270526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270528 PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 270536 CABLE TRAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 271000 COMMUNICATION CABLING 271100 COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT ROOM FITTINGS 275110 AUDIO-VIDEO INTERCOM AND ACCESS SYSTEM-VERSATILE 275313 WIRELESS CLOCK SYSTEM DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280513 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280528 PATHWAYS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 280544 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY PATHWAYS AND CABLING 281300 ACCESS CONTROL 281600 INTRUSION DETECTION 282300 VIDEO SURVEILLANCE DIVISIONS 29 – 30 NOT USED DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 310000 EARTHWORK 311001 SITE PREPARATION 312334 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING FOR UTILITIES 312335 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING FOR STRUCTURES LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - 8 ©DLR GROUP 312500 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 321123 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES 321130 SUBGRADE STABILIZATION 321216 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 321316 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 321600 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS 321723 PAVEMENT MARKINGS 321816 PLAYGROUND CUSHIONED SURFACING 321819 COURT SURFACING 322200 SYNTHETIC TURF BASE CONSTRUCTION 322201 SYNTHETIC TURF SURFACING 323119 DECORATIVE METAL FENCES AND GATES 329300 PLANTING DIVISION 33 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 330526 PIPE IDENTIFICATION 331110 POTABLE AND REUSE WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 333313 SANITARY SEWER GRAVITY SYSTEM 334000 STORM SEWER SYSTEM DIVISIONS 33 – 45 NOT USED DIVISION 46 – WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT NOT USED DIVISIONS 47 – 49 NOT USED END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT 210513 - 1 SECTION 210513 - COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase, general-purpose, horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on alternating-current power systems up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation. 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following: 1. Motor controllers. 2. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. 3. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. 4. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements in this Section except when stricter requirements are specified in equipment schedules or Sections. B. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS A. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet above sea level. B. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT 210513 - 2 2.3 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS A. Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application: 1. Capacitor start, capacitor run. B. Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. C. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal-protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 210513 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210517 - 1 SECTION 210517 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Sleeve-seal systems. 3. Grout. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. CALPICO, Inc. 3. GPT; an EnPro Industries company. B. Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop. C. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, anticorrosion coated or galvanized, with plain ends and integral welded waterstop collar. D. Galvanized-Steel Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. E. PVC Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210517 - 2 2.2 SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. CALPICO, Inc. 3. GPT; an EnPro Industries company. 4. Metraflex Company (The). 5. Proco Products, Inc. B. Description: 1. Modular sealing-element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. 2. Designed to form a hydrostatic seal of 20 psig minimum. 3. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size. 4. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel or Composite plastic. 5. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion-resistant coating, ASTM B633 of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.3 GROUT A. Description: Nonshrink, for interior and exterior sealing openings in non-fire-rated walls or floors. B. Standard: ASTM C1107/C1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1-inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210517 - 3 a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. 2. Using grout, seal space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve-seal system. D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. E. Fire-Resistance-Rated Penetrations, Horizontal Assembly Penetrations, and Smoke Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire or smoke rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with fire- and smoke-stop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping and fill materials specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.2 SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at service piping entries into building. B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve-seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Leak Test: After allowing for a full cure, test sleeves and sleeve seals for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. B. Sleeves and sleeve seals will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping-penetration applications: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210517 - 4 1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 Cast-iron pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron pipe sleeves. 2. Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 Cast-iron pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. b. Piping NPS 6 Cast-iron pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 3. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 Cast-iron pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron pipe sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 4. Concrete Slabs above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6 Steel pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Steel pipe sleeves. 5. Interior Partitions: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Steel pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized-steel sheet sleeves. END OF SECTION 210517 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210518 - 1 SECTION 210518 - ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. BrassCraft Manufacturing Co.; a Masco company. 2. Dearborn Brass. 3. Jones Stephens Corp. 4. Keeney Manufacturing Company (The). 5. Mid-America Fittings, Inc. 6. ProFlo; a Ferguson Enterprises, Inc. brand. 2.2 ESCUTCHEONS A. One-Piece, Steel Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and setscrew fastener. B. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped steel with polished, chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners. C. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners. D. Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish; concealed hinge; and spring-clip fasteners. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210518 - 2 2.3 FLOOR PLATES A. Split Floor Plates: Steel with concealed hinge. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. Escutcheons for New Piping and Relocated Existing Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep pattern. b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece steel, cast brass or split-plate steel with polished, chrome-plated finish. c. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece stamped steel or split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge with polished, chrome- plated finish. d. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece stamped steel or split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. 2. Escutcheons for Existing Piping to Remain: a. Chrome-Plated Piping: Split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. b. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. c. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-plate, stamped steel with concealed hinge with polished, chrome-plated finish. C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment-room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. New Piping and Relocated Existing Piping: Split floor plate. 2. Existing Piping: Split floor plate. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Using new materials, replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210518 - 3 END OF SECTION 210518 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210523 - 1 SECTION 210523 - GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Iron butterfly valves with indicators. 2. Check valves. 3. Iron OS&Y gate valves. 4. NRS gate valves. 5. Indicator posts. 6. Trim and drain valves. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOURCE LIMITATIONS A. Obtain each type of valve from single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. UL Listed: Valves shall be listed in UL's "Online Certifications Directory" under the headings listed below and shall bear UL mark: 1. Fire Main Equipment: a. Indicator Posts, Gate Valve. b. Ball Valves, System Control. c. Butterfly Valves. d. Check Valves. e. Gate Valves. 2. Sprinkler System & Water Spray System Devices: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210523 - 2 a. Valves, Trim and Drain. B. FM Global Approved: Valves shall be listed in its "Approval Guide," under the headings listed below: 1. Automated Sprinkler Systems: a. Indicator posts. b. Valves. 1) Gate valves. 2) Check valves 3) Miscellaneous valves. C. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads for threaded-end valves. 2. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 3. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. D. AWWA Compliance: Comply with AWWA C606 for grooved-end connections. E. NFPA Compliance for valves: 1. Comply with NFPA 13, NFPA 14, NFPA 20, and NFPA 24. F. Valve Pressure Ratings: Not less than the minimum pressure rating indicated or higher, as required by system pressures. G. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. H. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Worm-gear actuator with handwheel for quarter-turn valves, except for trim and drain valves. 2. Handwheel: For other than quarter-turn trim and drain valves. 3. Handlever: For quarter-turn trim and drain valves NPS 2 and smaller. 2.3 IRON BUTTERFLY VALVES WITH INDICATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Anvil International. 2. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. 3. Kennedy Valve Company; a division of McWane, Inc. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210523 - 3 4. NIBCO INC. 5. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. 6. Victaulic Company. B. Description: 1. Standard: UL 1091 and FM Global standard for indicating valves, (butterfly or ball type), Class Number 112. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 3. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron with nylon, EPDM, epoxy, or polyamide coating. 4. Seat Material: EPDM. 5. Stem: Stainless steel. 6. Disc: Ductile iron, nickel plated and EPDM or SBR coated. 7. Actuator: Worm gear. 8. Supervisory Switch: Internal or external. 9. Body Design: Lug or wafer. 2.4 CHECK VALVES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ames Fire & Waterworks; A WATTS Brand. 2. Anvil International. 3. FEBCO; A WATTS Brand. 4. Fire Protection Products, Inc. 5. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. 6. Kennedy Valve Company; a division of McWane, Inc. 7. Mueller Co. 8. NIBCO INC. 9. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). 10. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. 11. Victaulic Company. 12. Viking Corporation. 13. WATTS. B. Description: 1. Standard: UL 312 and FM Global standard for swing check valves, Class Number 1210. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 3. Type: Single swing check. 4. Body Material: Cast iron, ductile iron, or bronze. 5. Clapper: Bronze, ductile iron, or stainless steel with elastomeric seal. 6. Clapper Seat: Brass, bronze, or stainless steel. 7. Hinge Shaft: Bronze or stainless steel. 8. Hinge Spring: Stainless steel. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210523 - 4 9. End Connections: Flanged, grooved, or threaded. 2.5 IRON OS&Y GATE VALVES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Clow Valve Company; a subsidiary of McWane, Inc. 2. Hammond Valve. 3. Kennedy Valve Company; a division of McWane, Inc. 4. Mueller Co. 5. NIBCO INC. 6. Victaulic Company. 7. WATTS. B. Description: 1. Standard: UL 262 and FM Global standard for fire-service water control valves (OS&Y- and NRS-type gate valves). 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 3. Body and Bonnet Material: Cast or ductile iron. 4. Wedge: Cast or ductile iron, or bronze with elastomeric coating. 5. Wedge Seat: Cast or ductile iron, or bronze with elastomeric coating. 6. Stem: Brass or bronze. 7. Packing: Non-asbestos PTFE. 8. Supervisory Switch: External. 9. End Connections: Flanged. 2.6 NRS GATE VALVES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Clow Valve Company; a subsidiary of McWane, Inc. 2. Kennedy Valve Company; a division of McWane, Inc. 3. Mueller Co. 4. NIBCO INC. 5. Victaulic Company. B. Description: 1. Standard: UL 262 and FM Global standard for fire-service water control valves (OS&Y- and NRS-type gate valves). 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 3. Body and Bonnet Material: Cast or ductile iron. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210523 - 5 4. Wedge: Cast or ductile iron with elastomeric coating. 5. Wedge Seat: Cast or ductile iron, or bronze with elastomeric coating. 6. Stem: Brass or bronze. 7. Packing: Non-asbestos PTFE. 8. Supervisory Switch: External. 9. End Connections: Flanged. 2.7 INDICATOR POSTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Clow Valve Company; a subsidiary of McWane, Inc. 2. Kennedy Valve Company; a division of McWane, Inc. 3. Mueller Co. 4. NIBCO INC. B. Description: 1. Standard: UL 789 and FM Global standard for indicator posts. 2. Type: Upright. 3. Base Barrel Material: Cast or ductile iron. 4. Extension Barrel: Cast or ductile iron. 5. Cap: Cast or ductile iron. 6. Operation: Wrench. 2.8 TRIM AND DRAIN VALVES A. Ball Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems. b. Fire-End & Croker Corporation. c. Flowserve Corporation. d. FNW; Ferguson Enterprises, Inc. e. Jomar Valve. f. KITZ Corporation. g. Legend Valve & Fitting, Inc. h. Milwaukee Valve Company. i. NIBCO INC. j. Potter Roemer LLC; a Division of Morris Group International. k. Red-White Valve Corp. l. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210523 - 6 m. Victaulic Company. n. WATTS. 2. Description: a. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. b. Body Design: Two piece. c. Body Material: Forged brass or bronze. d. Port size: Full or standard. e. Seats: PTFE. f. Stem: Bronze or stainless steel. g. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. h. Actuator: Handlever. i. End Connections for Valves NPS 1 through NPS 2-1/2: Threaded ends. j. End Connections for Valves NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 2-1/2 : Grooved ends. B. Angle Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Fire Protection Products, Inc. b. NIBCO INC. c. United Brass Works, Inc. 2. Description: a. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. b. Body Material: Brass or bronze. c. Ends: Threaded. d. Stem: Bronze. e. Disc: Bronze. f. Packing: Asbestos free. g. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. C. Globe Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. NIBCO INC. b. United Brass Works, Inc. 2. Description: a. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. b. Body Material: Bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING 210523 - 7 c. Ends: Threaded. d. Stem: Bronze. e. Disc Holder and Nut: Bronze. f. Disc Seat: Nitrile. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with requirements in the following Sections for specific valve-installation requirements and applications: 1. Section 211100 "Facility Fire-Suppression Water-Service Piping" for application of valves in fire-suppression water-service piping. 2. Section 211200 "Fire-Suppression Standpipes" for application of valves in fire- suppression standpipes. 3. Section 211313 "Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems" for application of valves in wet-pipe, fire- suppression sprinkler systems. B. Install listed fire-protection shutoff valves supervised-open, located to control sources of water supply, except from fire-department connections. Install permanent identification signs, indicating portion of system controlled by each valve. C. Install double-check valve assembly in each fire-protection water-supply connection. D. Install valves having threaded connections with unions at each piece of equipment arranged to allow easy access, service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. Provide separate support where necessary. E. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above the pipe center. F. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. G. Install valve tags. Comply with requirements in Section 210553 "Identification for Fire- Suppression Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules and signs on surfaces concealing valves; and the NFPA standard applying to the piping system in which valves are installed. Install permanent identification signs indicating the portion of system controlled by each valve. END OF SECTION 210523 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210529 - 1 SECTION 210529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Fastener systems. 4. Equipment supports. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for structural-steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports. 2. Section 210516 "Expansion Fittings and Loops for Fire-Suppression Piping" for pipe guides and anchors. 3. Section 210548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment" for vibration isolation devices and seismic restraints. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural-Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210529 - 2 B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to "2015 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for fire-suppression piping and equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 3. Design seismic-restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction. C. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 13. D. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 203. 2.2 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: Factory-fabricated components, NFPA approved, UL listed, or FM approved for fire-suppression piping support. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot-dip galvanized. 3. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel. 2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-58, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly, made from structural-carbon-steel shapes, with NFPA-approved, UL-listed, or FM-approved carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210529 - 3 2.4 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: NFPA-approved, UL-listed, or FM-approved threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Hilti, Inc. b. ITW Ramset/Red Head; Illinois Tool Works, Inc. c. MKT Fastening, LLC. d. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc. 2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: NFPA-approved, UL-listed, or FM-approved, insert- wedge-type anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate fManufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. B-line; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Hilti, Inc. c. ITW Ramset/Red Head; Illinois Tool Works, Inc. d. MKT Fastening, LLC. B. or supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Indoor Applications: Zinc-coated or Stainless steel. 2. Outdoor Applications: Stainless steel. 2.5 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: NFPA-approved, UL-listed, or FM-approved, welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support, made from structural-carbon-steel shapes. 2.6 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: ASTM B221 B. Carbon Steel: ASTM A1011/A1011M. C. Structural Steel: ASTM A36/A36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. D. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210529 - 4 E. Grout: ASTM C1107/C1107M, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout, suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping materials and installation, for penetrations through fire-rated walls, ceilings, and assemblies. B. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components, so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with installation requirements of approvals and listings. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size, or install intermediate supports for smaller-diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A36/A36M carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick in concrete, after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. Install in accordance with approvals and listings. 2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete, after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install in accordance with approvals and listings. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210529 - 5 D. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. E. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. F. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. G. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. H. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms, and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. I. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports, so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. J. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment, and make bearing surface smooth. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210529 - 6 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2. 3.6 PAINTING A. Touchup: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded, shop- painted areas on miscellaneous metal are specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting." B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with NFPA requirements for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finishes. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports and metal trapeze pipe hangers and attachments for general service applications. F. Use stainless-steel pipe hangers and stainless-steel or corrosion-resistant attachments for hostile environment applications. G. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Comply with NFPA requirements. Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 if little or no insulation is required. 3. Adjustable, Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210529 - 7 4. Split Pipe Ring with or without Turnbuckle Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 8. 5. Extension Hinged or Two-Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 3. 6. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 7. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel- pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate. 8. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate, and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 9. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 if vertical adjustment is required, with steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. H. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24. 2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 if longer ends are required for riser clamps. I. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Comply with NFPA requirements. J. Building Attachments: Comply with NFPA requirements. Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable-Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 3. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. K. Comply with NFPA requirements for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. L. Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. END OF SECTION 210529 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 - 1 SECTION 210548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Elastomeric isolation pads. 2. Elastomeric isolation mounts. 3. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts. 4. Restraints - rigid type. 5. Restraints - cable type. 6. Restraint accessories. 7. Post-installed concrete anchors. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of equipment bases. 2. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: 1. For each seismic-restraint and wind-load protection device, including seismic-restrained mounting, pipe-riser resilient support, snubber, seismic restraint, seismic-restraint accessory, and concrete anchor and insert that is required by this Section or is indicated on Drawings, submit the following: a. Seismic- and Wind-Load-Restraint Selection: Select seismic and wind- load restraints complying with performance requirements, design criteria, and analysis data. b. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, and seismic loads. Include certification by professional engineer that riser system was examined for excessive stress and that none exists. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 - 2 c. Post-Installed Concrete Anchors and Inserts: Include calculations showing anticipated seismic and wind loads. Include certification that device is approved by an NRTL for seismic reinforcement use. d. Seismic Design Calculations: Submit all input data and loading calculations prepared under "Seismic Design Calculations" Paragraph in "Performance Requirements" Article. e. Wind-Load Design Calculations: Submit all static and dynamic loading calculations prepared under "Wind-Load Design Calculations" in "Performance Requirements" Article. f. Qualified Professional Engineer: All designated-design submittals for seismic and wind-load-restraint calculations are to be signed and sealed by qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 2. Seismic- and Wind-Load-Restraint Detail Drawing: a. Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic and wind restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads. b. Details: Indicate fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of restraints to restrained items and to the structure. Show attachment locations, methods, and spacings. Identify components, list their strengths, and indicate directions and values of forces transmitted to the structure during seismic events. Indicate association with vibration isolation devices. c. Coordinate seismic restraint details with wind-load restraint details required for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply also with requirements in other Sections for equipment mounted outdoors. 3. Product Listing, Preapproval, and Evaluation Documentation: By an evaluation service member of ICC-ES, showing maximum ratings of restraint items and the basis for approval (tests or calculations). 4. All delegated-design submittals for seismic- and wind-load-restraint detail Drawings are to be signed and sealed by qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. D. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, and seismic loads. Include certification that riser system was examined for excessive stress and that none exists. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of seismic bracing for fire-suppression piping and equipment with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including other supports and restraints, if any. B. Welding certificates. C. Field quality-control reports. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 - 3 D. Seismic Qualification Data: Provide special certification for designated seismic systems as indicated in ASCE/SEI 7-10, Paragraph 13.2.2, "Special Certification Requirements for Designated Seismic Systems" for all Designated Seismic Systems identified as such on Drawings or in the Specifications. 1. Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification for each designated active fire- suppression system seismic device and system, stating that it will remain operable following the design earthquake. Certification must be based on requirements of ASCE/SEI 7 and AHRI 1270, including shake table testing per ICC-ES AC156 or a similar nationally recognized testing standard procedure acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification that components with hazardous contents maintain containment following the design earthquake by methods required in ASCE/SEI 7-10. 3. Submit evidence demonstrating compliance with these requirements for approval to authorities having jurisdiction after review and acceptance by a licensed professional engineer. 4. The following fire-suppression system systems and components are Designated Seismic Systems and require written special certification of seismic qualification by manufacturer: a. Fire pumps. E. Wind-Load Performance Certification: Provide special certification for fire-suppression system components subject to high-wind exposure and impact damage and designated on Drawings or in the Specifications to require wind-load performance certification. 1. Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification for each designated fire- suppression system device, stating that it will remain in place and operable following the design wind event and comply with all requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Certification must be based on ICC-ES or similar nationally recognized testing standard procedures acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct testing indicated, that is an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Seismic- and Wind-Load-Restraint Device Load Ratings: Devices to be tested and rated in accordance with applicable code requirements and authorities having jurisdiction. Devices to be listed by a nationally recognized third party that requires periodic follow-up inspections and has a listing directory available to the public. Provide third-party listing by one or more of the following: ICC-ES product listing. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 - 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design seismic and wind-load control system. 1. Seismic Performance: Equipment must be designed and secured to withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined in accordance with NFPA 13 and ASCE/SEI 7-10. 2. Wind-Load Performance: Equipment must be designed and secured to withstand the effects of high wind events determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7-10. B. Seismic Design Calculations: 1. Perform calculations to obtain force information necessary to properly select seismic- restraint devices, fasteners, and anchorage. Perform calculations using methods acceptable to applicable code authorities and as presented in NFPA 13 and ASCE/SEI 7- 10 including supplement No. 1. Where "ASCE/SEI 7" is used throughout this Section, it is to be understood that the edition referred to in this subparagraph is the edition intended as reference throughout the Section Text. a. Data indicated below to be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor must be obtained by Contractor and must be included in individual component submittal packages. b. Coordinate seismic design calculations with wind-load calculations for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Sections in addition to those in this Section for equipment mounted outdoors. c. Building Occupancy Category: IV. d. Building Risk Category: IV. e. Building Site Classification D. 2. Calculation Factors, ASCE/SEI 7-16, Ch. 13 - Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components: All section, paragraph, equation, and table numbers refer to ASCE/SEI 7-16 unless otherwise noted. a. Horizontal Seismic Design Force Fp: Value is to be calculated by Delegated- Design Contractor using Equation 13.3-1. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation. 1) SDS = Spectral Acceleration: 0.674. Value applies to all components on Project. 2) ap = Component Amplification Factor: To be obtained by the Delegated- Design Contractor for each component. 3) Ip = Component Importance Factor: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 4) Wp = Component Operating Weight: For each component. Obtain by Delegated-Design Contractor from each component submittal. 5) Rp = Component Response Modification Factor: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 - 5 6) z = Height in Structure of Point of Attachment of Component for Base: Determine from Project Drawings for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor. For items at or below the base, "z" shall be taken as zero. 7) h = Average Roof Height of Structure for Base: Determine from Project Drawings by Delegated-Design Contractor. b. Vertical Seismic Design Force: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using method explained in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Paragraph 13.3.1.2. c. Seismic Relative Displacement Dpl: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Paragraph 13.3.2. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation: 1) Dp = Relative Seismic Displacement that Each Component Must Be Designed to Accommodate: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7-16, Paragraph 13.3.2. 2) Ie = Structure Importance Factor: 1.5. Value applies to all components on Project. 3) δxA = Deflection at Building Level x of Structure A: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 4) δyA = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure A: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 5) δyB = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure B: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 6) hx = Height of Level x to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 7) hy = Height of Level y to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 8) ΔaA = Allowable Story Drift for Structure A: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 9) ΔaB = Allowable Story Drift for Structure B: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 10) hsx = Story Height Used in the Definition of the Allowable Drift Δa: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. d. Component Fundamental Period Tp: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Paragraph 13.3.3. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation: 1) Wp = Component Operating Weight: Determined by contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 2) g = Gravitational Acceleration: 32.17 fps2. 3) Kp = Combined Stiffness of Component, Supports, and Attachments: Determined by delegated-design seismic engineer. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 - 6 3. Calculation Factors, ASCE/SEI 7-10, Ch. 13 - Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components: All section, paragraph, equation, and table numbers refer to ASCE/SEI 7-10 unless otherwise noted. a. Horizontal Seismic Design Force Fp: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor by ASCE/SEI 7-10, Equation 13.3-1. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation. 1) SDS = Spectral Acceleration: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor. Value applies to all components on Project. 2) ap = Component Amplification Factor: To be obtained by the Delegated- Design Contractor. 3) Ip = Component Importance Factor: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor. 4) Wp = Component Operating Weight: For each component. Obtain by Delegated-Design Contractor from equipment submittal. 5) Rp = Component Response Modification Factor: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 6) z = Height in Structure of Point of Attachment of Component for Base: Determined from Project Drawings for each component by Contractor. For items at or below the base, "z" shall be taken as zero. 7) h = Average Roof Height of Structure for Base: Determine from Project Drawings by Delegated-Design Contractor. b. Vertical Seismic Design Force: Calculate by Delegated-Design Contractor using method explained in ASCE/SEI 7-10, Paragraph 13.3.1. c. Seismic Relative Displacement Dpl: Calculate by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-10, Paragraph 13.3.2. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation: 1) Dp = Relative Seismic Displacement that Each Component Must Be Designed to Accommodate: Calculate by Delegated-Design Contractor in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7-10, Paragraph 13.3.2. 2) Ie = Structure Importance Factor: 1.5. Value applies to all components on Project. 3) δxA = Deflection at Building Level x of Structure A To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 4) δyA = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure A: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 5) δyB = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure B: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 6) hx = Height of Level x to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 7) hy = Height of Level y to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 - 7 8) ΔaA = Allowable Story Drift for Structure A: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 9) ΔaB = Allowable Story Drift for Structure B: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 10) hsx = Story Height Used in the Definition of the Allowable Drift Δa: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 4. Calculation Factors, ASCE/SEI 7-05, Ch. 13 - Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components: All section, paragraph, equation, and table numbers refer to ASCE/SEI 7-05 unless otherwise noted. a. Horizontal Seismic Design Force Fp: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor by ASCE/SEI 7-05, Equation 13.3-1. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation: 1) SDS = Spectral Acceleration: 0.674. Value applies to all components on Project. 2) ap = Component Amplification Factor: To be obtained by the Delegated- Design Contractor for each component. 3) Ip = Component Importance Factor: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 4) Wp = Component Operating Weight: Obtain by Delegated-Design Contractor for each component from component submittal. 5) Rp = Component Response Modification Factor: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 6) z = Height in Structure of Point of Attachment of Component for Base: Determine by Delegated-Design Contractor for each component from Project Drawings. For items at or below the base, "z" shall be taken as zero. 7) h = Average Roof Height of Structure for Base: Determine by Delegated- Design Contractor from Project Drawings. b. Vertical Seismic Design Force: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using method explained in ASCE/SEI 7-05, Paragraph 13.3.1. c. Seismic Relative Displacement Dp: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-05, Paragraph 13.3.2. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation: 1) δxA = Deflection at Building Level x of Structure A: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 2) δyA = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure A: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 3) δyB = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure B: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 4) hx = Height of Level x to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 - 8 5) hy = Height of Level y to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 6) ΔaA = Allowable Story Drift for Structure A: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 7) ΔaB = Allowable Story Drift for Structure B: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 8) hsx = Story Height Used in the Definition of the Allowable Drift Δa.: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. C. Wind-Load Design Calculations: 1. Perform calculations to obtain force information necessary to properly select wind-load- restraint devices, fasteners, and anchorage. Perform calculations using methods acceptable to applicable code authorities and as presented in ASCE/SEI 7-10. Where "ASCE/SEI 7" is used throughout this Section, it is to be understood that the edition referred to in this subparagraph is intended as referenced throughout the Section Text unless otherwise noted. a. Factors indicated below that are specific to individual pieces of equipment must be obtained by Contractor and must be included in individual component submittal packages. b. Coordinate design wind-load calculations with seismic load calculations for equipment requiring both seismic and wind-load reinforcement. Comply with requirements in other Sections in addition to those in this Section for equipment mounted outdoors. 2. Design wind pressure "p" for external sidewall-mounted equipment is to be calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods in ASCE/SEI 7-10, Ch. 30. Perform calculations in accordance with the following, as appropriate: a. PART 1: Low-Rise Buildings. b. PART 2: Low-Rise Buildings (Simplified). c. PART 3: Buildings with "h" greater than 60 feet. d. PART 4: Buildings with "h" less than 160 feet. e. PART 5: Open Buildings. D. Consequential Damage: Provide additional seismic and wind-load restraints for suspended fire- suppression system components or anchorage of floor-, roof-, or wall-mounted fire-suppression system components as indicated in ASCE/SEI 7-10 so that failure of a non-essential or essential fire-suppression system component will not cause the failure of any other essential architectural, mechanical, or electrical building component. E. Fire/Smoke Resistance: Seismic- and wind-load-restraint devices that are not constructed of ferrous metals must have a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested by an NRTL in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723, and be so labeled. F. Component Supports: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 - 9 1. Load ratings, features, and applications of all reinforcement components must be based on testing standards of a nationally recognized testing agency. 2. All component support attachments must comply with force and displacement resistance requirements of ASCE/SEI 7-10 Section 13.6. 2.2 ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION PADS A. Elastomeric Isolation Pads: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Isolation Technology, Inc. b. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. c. Korfund. d. Mason Industries, Inc. e. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. f. Vibration Isolation. g. Vibration Management Corp. h. Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc. 2. Fabrication: Single or multiple layers of sufficient durometer stiffness for uniform loading over pad area. 3. Size: Factory or field cut to match requirements of supported equipment. 4. Pad Material: Oil and water resistant with elastomeric properties. Neoprene rubber, silicone rubber, or other elastomeric material. 5. Surface Pattern: Smooth, ribbed, or waffle pattern. 6. Load-bearing metal plates adhered to pads. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION MOUNTS A. Double-Deflection, Elastomeric Isolation Mounts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Isolation Technology, Inc. b. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. c. Korfund. d. Mason Industries, Inc. e. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. f. Vibration Isolation. g. Vibration Management Corp. h. Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 - 10 2. Mounting Plates: a. Top Plate: Encapsulated steel load transfer top plates, factory drilled and threaded with threaded studs or bolts. b. Baseplate: Encapsulated steel bottom plates with holes provided for anchoring to support structure. 3. Elastomeric Material: Molded, oil- and water-resistant neoprene rubber, silicone rubber, or other elastomeric material. 2.4 RESTRAINED ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION MOUNTS A. Restrained Elastomeric Isolation Mounts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Isolation Technology, Inc. b. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. c. Korfund. d. Mason Industries, Inc. e. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. f. Vibration Isolation. g. Vibration Management Corp. h. Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc. 2. Description: All-directional isolator with seismic restraints containing two separate and opposing elastomeric elements that prevent central threaded element and attachment hardware from contacting the housing during normal operation. a. Housing: Cast-ductile iron or welded steel. b. Elastomeric Material: Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric material. 2.5 RESTRAINTS - RIGID TYPE A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. B-line; Eaton, Electrical Sector. 2. Hilti, Inc. 3. Isolation Technology, Inc. 4. TOLCO. 5. Unistrut; Atkore International. 6. Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 - 11 B. Description: Shop- or field-fabricated bracing assembly made of AISI S110-07-S1 slotted steel channels, ANSI/ASTM A53/A53M steel pipe as per NFPA 13, or other rigid steel brace member. Includes accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end and other matching components and with corrosion-resistant coating; rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces. 2.6 RESTRAINT ACCESSORIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. B-line; Eaton, Electrical Sector. 2. Hilti, Inc. 3. Mason Industries, Inc. 4. TOLCO. 5. Unistrut; Atkore International. B. Hanger-Rod Stiffener: Reinforcing steel angle clamped to hanger rod. Non-metallic stiffeners are unacceptable. C. Hinged and Swivel Brace Attachments: Multifunctional steel connectors for attaching hangers to rigid restraints. D. Bushings for Floor-Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs. E. Bushing Assemblies for Wall-Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of attachment devices used. F. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: One-piece, molded, oil- and water-resistant neoprene, with a flat washer face. 2.7 POST-INSTALLED CONCRETE ANCHORS A. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. B-line; Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Hilti, Inc. c. Mason Industries, Inc. d. Powers Fasteners. e. Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 - 12 f. Unistrut; Atkore International. 2. Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type in zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E488/E488M. B. Provide post-installed concrete anchors that have been prequalified for use in seismic applications. Post-installed concrete anchors must comply with all requirements of ASCE/SEI 7-10, Ch. 13. 1. Prequalify post-installed anchors in concrete in accordance with ACI 355.2 or other approved qualification testing procedures. 2. Prequalify post-installed anchors in masonry in accordance with approved qualification procedures. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an evaluation service member of ICC-ES. B. Hanger-Rod Stiffeners: Install where indicated or scheduled on Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. C. Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength is adequate to carry calculated static, wind load, and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF VIBRATION CONTROL, WIND-LOAD-RESTRAINT, AND SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Provide vibration-control devices for systems and equipment where indicated in Equipment Schedules or Fire-Suppression Vibration Isolation, Seismic, and Wind-Load-Restraint Schedule, where indicated on Drawings, or where the Specifications indicate they are to be installed on specific equipment and systems. B. Provide seismic-restraint and wind-load-restraint devices for systems and equipment where indicated in Equipment Schedules or Vibration Isolation, Seismic, and Wind-Load-Restraint Schedules, where indicated on Drawings, where the Specifications indicate they are to be installed on specific equipment and systems, and where required by applicable codes. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 - 13 C. Coordinate location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." D. Installation of vibration isolators, wind-load restraints, and seismic restraints must not cause any stresses, misalignment, or change of position of equipment or piping. E. Comply with installation requirements of NFPA 13 for installation of all seismic-restraint devices. F. Comply with requirements in Section 077200 "Roof Accessories" for installation of equipment supports and roof penetrations. G. Equipment Restraints: 1. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch. 2. Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an evaluation service member of ICC-ES that provides required submittals for component. H. Piping Restraints: 1. Comply with all requirements in NFPA 13. 2. Design piping sway bracing in accordance with NFPA 13. a. Maximum spacing of all sway bracing to be no greater than indicated in NFPA 13. b. Design loading of all sway bracing not to exceed values indicated in NFPA 13. I. Install seismic- and wind-load-restraint devices using methods approved by an evaluation service member of ICC-ES that provides required submittals for component. J. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. K. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall. L. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. M. Post-Installed Concrete Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 - 14 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Mechanical-Type Anchor Bolts: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 5. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior and stainless steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.3 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A. Install flexible connections in piping where they cross structural seismic joints and other points where differential movement may occur, where adjacent sections or branches are supported by different structural elements, and where the connections terminate with connection to equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one supporting the connections as they approach equipment. Comply with requirements in Section 211200 "Fire-Suppression Standpipes," and Section 211313 "Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems," for piping flexible connections. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after system is at operating weight. B. Adjust limit stops on restrained-spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage device to restrained component (unless postconnection testing has been approved), and with at least seven days' advance notice. 3. Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide temporary load-spreading members. 4. Test at no fewer than four of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by Architect. 5. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. 6. Measure isolator restraint clearance. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210548 - 15 7. Measure isolator deflection. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. D. Units will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 210548 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210553 - 1 SECTION 210553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification material and device. C. Equipment-Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled and the proposed content for each label. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Brimar Industries, Inc. c. Craftmark Pipe Markers. d. emedco. e. Marking Services, Inc. f. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. 2. Material and Thickness: Stainless steel, 0.025 inch or anodized aluminum, 0.032 inch thick, with predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 3. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210553 - 2 4. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 5. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances of up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three- fourths the size of principal lettering. 6. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 7. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. 2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Brady Corporation. 2. Brimar Industries, Inc. 3. Craftmark Pipe Markers. 4. emedco. 5. Marking Services Inc. 6. National Marker Company. 7. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. B. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch thick, with predrilled holes for attachment hardware. C. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures of up to 160 deg F. E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances of up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. G. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self-tapping screws. H. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210553 - 3 I. Arc-Flash Warning Signs: Provide arc-flash warning signs in locations and with content in accordance with requirements of OSHA and NFPA 70E, and other applicable codes and standards. J. Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification instructions. 2.3 PIPE LABELS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Brady Corporation. 2. Brimar Industries, Inc. 3. Craftmark Pipe Markers. 4. emedco. 5. Marking Services Inc. 6. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. B. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color coded, with lettering indicating service and showing flow direction in accordance with ASME A13.1. C. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. D. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to partially cover circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. E. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing. F. Pipe-Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings. Also include the following: 1. Pipe size. 2. Flow-Direction Arrows: Include flow-direction arrows on main distribution piping. Arrows may be either integral with label or applied separately. 3. Lettering Size: At least 1/2 inch for viewing distances of up to 72 inches and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances]. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210553 - 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants, as well as dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and other substances that could impair bond of identification devices. 3.2 INSTALLATION GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be installed. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. D. Locate identifying devices so that they are readily visible from the point of normal approach. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT LABELS, WARNING SIGNS, AND LABELS A. Permanently fasten labels on each item of fire-suppression equipment. B. Sign and Label Colors: 1. White letters on an ANSI Z535.1 safety-red background. C. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. D. Arc-Flash Warning Signs: Provide arc-flash warning signs on electrical disconnects and other equipment where arc-flash hazard exists, as indicated on Drawings, and in accordance with requirements of OSHA and NFPA 70E, and other applicable codes and standards. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PIPE LABELS A. Piping Color Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." B. Install pipe labels showing service and flow direction with permanent adhesive on pipes. C. Pipe-Label Locations: Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Within 3 ft. of each valve and control device. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE-SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 210553 - 5 2. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit a view of concealed piping. 3. Within 3 ft. of equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 4. Spaced at maximum intervals of 25 ft. along each run. Reduce intervals to 10 ft. in areas of congested piping and equipment. D. Flow- Direction Arrows: Provide arrows to indicate direction of flow in pipes, including pipes where flow is allowed in both directions. E. Fire-Suppression Pipe Label Color Schedule: 1. Fire-Suppression Pipe Labels: White letters on an ANSI Z535.1 safety-red background. END OF SECTION 210553 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMISSIONING OF FIRE SUPPRESSION 210800 - 1 SECTION 210800 - COMMISSIONING OF FIRE SUPPRESSION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes Cx process requirements for the following fire-suppression systems, assemblies, and equipment: 1. Water-based fire-suppression systems. 2. Fire-extinguishing systems. 3. Fire pumps. 4. Fire-suppression water storage. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for general Cx process requirements and CxA responsibilities. 2. For construction checklists, comply with requirements in various Division 21 Sections specifying fire-suppression systems, system components, equipment, and products. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Cx: Commissioning, as defined in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements." B. CxA: Commissioning Authority, as defined in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements." C. "Systems," "Assemblies," "Subsystems," "Equipment," and "Components": Where these terms are used together or separately, they shall mean "as-built" systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Construction Checklists: 1. Draft Cx plan, including draft construction checklists to be prepared by CxA under Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements." Contractor is to review Construction Checklist in accordance with requirements in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements" and NFPA 3 and to resolve any issues with the CxA. B. Test Equipment and Instruments: For all test equipment and instruments to be used in conducting Cx tests by Contractor, provide the following: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMISSIONING OF FIRE SUPPRESSION 210800 - 2 1. Equipment/instrument identification number. 2. Planned Cx application or use. 3. Manufacturer, make, model, and serial number. 4. Calibration history, including certificates from agencies that calibrate the equipment and instrumentation. 5. Equipment manufacturers' proprietary instrumentation and tools. For each instrument or tool, identify the following: a. Instrument or tool identification number. b. Equipment schedule designation of equipment for which the instrument or tool is required. c. Manufacturer, make, model, and serial number. d. Calibration history, including certificates from agencies that calibrate the instrument or tool, where appropriate. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Equipment and Instrumentation Quality and Calibration: 1. Capable of testing and measuring performance within the specified acceptance criteria. 2. Be calibrated at manufacturer's recommended intervals with current calibration tags permanently affixed to the instrument being used. 3. Be maintained in good repair and operating condition throughout duration of use on Project. 4. Be recalibrated/repaired if dropped or damaged in any way since last calibrated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Cx PROCESS: A. Perform Cx process for fire-suppression system in accordance with the following: 1. Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements." 2. NFPA 3. 3. Cx standards acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS A. Preliminary detailed construction checklists are to be prepared under Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for each fire-suppression system, assembly, subsystem, LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMISSIONING OF FIRE SUPPRESSION 210800 - 3 equipment, and component required to be commissioned, as detailed in NFPA 3. Contractor performs the following: 1. Review fire-suppression system preliminary construction checklists and provide written comments on Construction Checklist items where appropriate. 2. Return preliminary Construction Checklist with review comments within 10 days of receipt. 3. When review comments have been resolved, the CxA will provide final construction checklists marked "Approved for Use, (date)." 4. Use only construction checklists marked "Approved for Use, (date)" when performing tests. Mark construction checklists in the appropriate place, as indicated Project events are completed, and provide pertinent details and other information. B. Additional systems required to be commissioned: 1. Facility fire-suppression water-distribution piping outside the building, including the following: a. Fire-suppression water piping, fittings, and specialties outside the building. b. Hydrants and fire-department connections. c. Fire-alarm devices. d. Meters and meter pits. e. Outdoor water-storage tanks. f. Sleeves and sleeve seals. g. Meters and gauges. h. General-duty and specialty valves. i. Hangers and supports. j. Vibration isolation and seismic restraints. k. Identification. l. Insulation. 2. Fire-suppression standpipes, including the following: a. Fire-suppression water piping, fittings, and specialties inside the building. b. Fire-department connections. c. Fire pumps, motors, accessories, and controls. d. Pressure-maintenance pumps, motors, accessories, and controls. e. Sleeves and sleeve seals. f. Indoor water-storage tanks. g. Meters and gauges. h. General-duty and specialty valves. i. Hangers and supports. j. Heat tracing. k. Vibration isolation and seismic restraints. l. Identification. m. Insulation. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMISSIONING OF FIRE SUPPRESSION 210800 - 4 3. Fire-suppression sprinkler systems, including the following: a. Wet-pipe sprinkler piping, fittings, sprinklers, and specialties. b. Fire pumps, motors, accessories, and controls. c. Pressure-maintenance pumps, motors, accessories, and controls. d. Sleeves and sleeve seals. e. Meters and gauges. f. General-duty and specialty valves. g. Hangers and supports. h. Heat tracing. i. Vibration isolation and seismic restraints. j. Identification. k. Insulation. 4. Documentation a. Fire-suppression system operating manuals. b. Documentation of required Cx. c. Documentation of required operator training. 3.3 Cx TESTING PREPARATION A. Certify that fire-suppression systems, subsystems, and equipment have been installed, calibrated, and started and that they are operating in accordance with the Contract Documents and approved submittals. B. Certify that fire-suppression system instrumentation and control systems have been completed and calibrated, that they are operating in accordance with the Contract Documents and approved submittals, and that pretest set points have been recorded. C. Set systems, subsystems, and equipment into operating mode to be tested in accordance with approved test procedures (for example, normal shutdown, normal auto position, normal manual position, unoccupied cycle, emergency power, and alarm conditions). 3.4 Cx TEST CONDITIONS A. Perform tests using design conditions, whenever possible. 1. Simulated conditions may, with approval of Architect, be imposed using an artificial load when it is impractical to test under design conditions. Before simulating conditions, calibrate testing instruments. Provide equipment to simulate loads. Set simulated conditions as directed by CxA, and document simulated conditions and methods of simulation. After tests, return configurations and settings to normal operating conditions. 2. Cx test procedures may direct that set points be altered when simulating conditions is impractical. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMISSIONING OF FIRE SUPPRESSION 210800 - 5 3. Cx test procedures may direct that sensor values be altered with a signal generator when design or simulating conditions and altering set points are impractical. B. If tests cannot be completed because of a deficiency outside the scope of the fire-suppression system, document the deficiency and report it to Architect. After deficiencies are resolved, reschedule tests. C. If seasonal testing is specified, complete appropriate initial performance tests and documentation, and schedule seasonal tests. 3.5 Cx TESTS COMMON TO FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS A. Measure capacities and effectiveness of systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components, including operational and control functions, to verify compliance with acceptance criteria. B. Test systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components for operating modes, interlocks, control responses, responses to abnormal or emergency conditions, and response compared to acceptance criteria. C. Coordinate schedule with, and perform Cx activities at the direction of, CxA. D. Comply with Construction Checklist requirements, including material verification, installation checks, startup, and performance test requirements specified in Division 21 Sections specifying fire-suppression systems and equipment. E. Provide technicians, instrumentation, tools, and equipment to perform and document the following: 1. Cx Construction Checklist verification tests. 2. Cx Construction Checklist verification test demonstrations. 3.6 CONSTRUCTION CHECKLIST EXAMPLES A. Vibration Isolation in Fire-Suppression Systems: 1. Prerequisites: Acceptance of results of construction checklists for vibration and seismic control devices specified in Section 210548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire- Suppression Piping and Equipment". 2. Components to Be Tested: a. Vibration isolation control devices in water-based fire-suppression systems. b. Seismic control devices for proper device selection and installation. c. Support systems. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMISSIONING OF FIRE SUPPRESSION 210800 - 6 3. Test Purpose: Evaluate effectiveness of vibration isolation and proper installation of seismic control devices. 4. Test Conditions: Measure vibration of the facility structure at [three] <Insert number> locations designated by Owner's witness while the isolated equipment operates. 5. Acceptance Criteria: Structure-borne vibration not to exceed specified performance. B. Supervision of Fire-Protection Valves in Water-Based Fire-Suppression Systems: 1. Prerequisites: Acceptance of results of construction checklists for valves specified in the following Sections: a. Section 210523 "General-Duty Valves for Water-Based Fire Protection Piping." b. Section 211100 "Facility Fire-Suppression Water-Service Piping." c. Section 211200 "Fire-Suppression Standpipes." d. Section 211313 "Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems." e. Section 284621.11 "Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems." f. Section 284621.13 "Conventional Fire-Alarm Systems." 2. Equipment and Systems to Be Tested: a. Supervised valves in water-based fire-suppression systems. b. Division 28 fire-detection and -alarm systems. 3. Test Purpose: Verify generation of supervisory alarm at the fire-alarm control panel in response to activation of valve supervision device or tamper switch. 4. Test Conditions: a. Fire-alarm system operating in normal, automatic mode. b. Activate valve supervision devices and tamper switches, one at a time. 5. Acceptance Criteria: Activation of valve supervision device or tamper switch generates supervisory alarm at fire-alarm control panel. END OF SECTION 210800 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 1 SECTION 211100 - FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes fire-suppression water-service piping and related components outside the building and service entrance piping through wall or floor into the building and the following: 1. Pipes, fittings, and specialties. 2. Fire-suppression specialty valves. 3. Concrete vaults. 4. Protective enclosures. 5. Alarm devices. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 211116 "Facility Fire Hydrants" for AWWA and UL-listed, dry- and wet-barrel fire hydrants. 2. Section 211119 "Fire-Department Connections" for exposed-, flush-, and yard-type, fire- department connections. 3. Section 211200 "Fire-Suppression Standpipes" for fire-suppression standpipes inside the building. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail precast concrete vault assemblies and indicate dimensions, method of field assembly, and components. 2. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: For piping and specialties including relation to other services in same area, drawn to scale. Show piping and specialty sizes and valves, meter and specialty locations, and elevations. B. Field quality-control reports. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 2 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with requirements of utility company supplying the water. Include tapping of water mains and backflow prevention. 2. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for fire-suppression water- service piping, including materials, hose threads, installation, and testing. B. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. D. Comply with FM Global's "Approval Guide" or UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" for fire-service-main products. E. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 24 for materials, installations, tests, flushing, and valve and hydrant supervision for fire-suppression water-service piping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Grooved-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with cut, rounded-grooved ends. B. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with mechanical-joint bell and plain spigot end. C. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with push-on-joint bell and plain spigot end. D. Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron Pipe Appurtenances: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Anvil International. b. Shurjoint-Apollo Piping Products USA Inc. c. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. d. Victaulic Company. e. Viking Corporation. 2. Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron Fittings: ASTM A47/A47M, malleable-iron castings or ASTM A536, ductile-iron castings with dimensions matching pipe. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 3 3. Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron-Piping Couplings: AWWA C606, for ductile-iron-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, gasket suitable for water, and bolts and nuts. E. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern. 1. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. F. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern. 1. Gaskets: AWWA C111, rubber. G. Flanges: ASME B16.1, Class 125, cast iron. 2.2 SPECIAL PIPE FITTINGS A. Ductile-Iron Flexible Expansion Joints: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. EBAA Iron, Inc. b. Romac Industries, Inc. c. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Description: Compound, ductile-iron fitting with combination of flanged and mechanical- joint ends complying with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Include two gasketed ball- joint sections and one or more gasketed sleeve sections. Assemble components for offset and expansion indicated. Include AWWA C111, ductile-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. 3. Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum. B. Ductile-Iron Deflection Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. EBAA Iron, Inc. 2. Description: Compound, ductile-iron coupling fitting with sleeve and one or two flexing sections for up to 15-degree deflection, gaskets, and restrained-joint ends complying with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. Include AWWA C111, ductile-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. 3. Pressure Rating: 250 psig minimum. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 4 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Gaskets for Ferrous Piping and Copper-Alloy Tubing: ASME B16.21, asbestos free. B. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8/A5.8M, BCuP Series. 2.4 CURB VALVES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. A.Y. McDonald Mfg. Co. 2. Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. (The). 3. Master Meter, Inc. 4. Mueller Co. 5. Red Hed Manufacturing Company; a division of Everett J. Prescott, Inc. B. Curb Valves: Comply with AWWA C800 for high-pressure, service-line valves. Valve has bronze body, ground-key plug or ball, wide tee head, and inlet and outlet matching service piping material. C. Service Boxes for Curb Valves: Similar to AWWA M44 requirements for cast-iron valve boxes. Include cast-iron telescoping top section of length required for depth of burial of valve, plug with lettering "WATER," and bottom section with base that fits over curb valve and with a barrel approximately 3 inches in diameter. 1. Shutoff Rods: Steel; with tee-handle with one pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest buried valve, and slotted end matching curb valve. 2.5 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Double-Check, Detector-Assembly Backflow Preventers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Ames Fire & Waterworks; A WATTS Brand. b. FEBCO; A WATTS Brand. c. Mueller Co. d. WATTS. e. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Standards: ASSE 1048 and UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" listing or FM Global's "Approval Guide." 3. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 5 4. Pressure Loss: 5 psig maximum, through middle one-third of flow range. 5. Body Material: Cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved or Stainless steel. 6. End Connections: Flanged. 7. Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight through flow. 8. Accessories: a. Valves: UL 262 and FM Global's "Approval Guide" listing; OS&Y gate type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet. b. Bypass: With displacement-type water meter, shutoff valves, and reduced-pressure backflow preventer. B. Backflow Preventer Test Kits: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Ames Fire & Waterworks; A WATTS Brand. b. FEBCO; A WATTS Brand. c. Flomatic Valves. d. WATTS. e. Zurn Industries, LLC. 2. Description: Factory calibrated, with gages, fittings, hoses, and carrying case with test- procedure instructions. 2.6 CONCRETE VAULTS A. Description: Precast, reinforced-concrete vault, designed for A-16 load designation according to ASTM C857, and made according to ASTM C858. B. Ladder: ASTM A36/A36M, steel ladder; or PE-encased steel steps. C. Manhole: ASTM A48/A48M, Class No. 35A minimum tensile strength, gray-iron traffic frame and cover. 1. Dimension: 24-inch minimum diameter unless otherwise indicated. D. Manhole: ASTM A536, Grade 60-40-18, ductile-iron traffic frame and cover. 1. Dimension: 24-inch minimum diameter unless otherwise indicated. E. Drain: ASME A112.6.3, cast-iron floor drain with outlet of size indicated. Include body anchor flange, light-duty cast-iron grate, bottom outlet, and integral or field-installed bronze ball or clapper-type backwater valve. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 6 2.7 ALARM DEVICES A. General: UL 753 and FM Global's "Approval Guide" listing, of types and sizes to mate and match piping and equipment. B. Water-Flow Indicators: Vane-type water-flow detector, rated for 250-psig working pressure; designed for horizontal or vertical installation; with two single-pole, double-throw circuit switches to provide isolated alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory-set, field-adjustable retard element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cover that sends signal when cover is removed. C. Supervisory Switches: Single pole, double throw; designed to signal valve in other than fully open position. D. Pressure Switches: Single pole, double throw; designed to signal increase in pressure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Comply with excavating, trenching, and backfilling requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Water-Main Connection: Tap water main according to requirements of water utility company and of size and in location indicated. B. Make connections larger than NPS 2 with tapping machine according to the following: 1. Install tapping sleeve and tapping valve according to MSS SP-60. 2. Install tapping sleeve on pipe to be tapped. Position flanged outlet for gate valve. 3. Use tapping machine compatible with valve and tapping sleeve; cut hole in main. Remove tapping machine and connect water-service piping. 4. Install gate valve onto tapping sleeve. Comply with MSS SP-60. Install valve with stem pointing up and with valve box. C. Comply with NFPA 24 for fire-service-main piping materials and installation. D. Install ductile-iron, water-service piping according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41. E. Bury piping with depth of cover over top at least 12 inches, with top at least 12 inches below level of maximum frost penetration, and according to the following: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 7 1. Under Driveways: With at least 36 inches of cover over top. 2. In Loose Gravelly Soil and Rock: With at least 12 inches of additional cover. F. Install piping by tunneling or jacking, or combination of both, under streets and other obstructions that cannot be disturbed. G. Extend fire-suppression water-service piping and connect to water-supply source and building fire-suppression water-service piping systems at locations and pipe sizes indicated. 1. Terminate fire-suppression water-service piping within the building at the floor slab or wall until building-water-piping systems are installed. Terminate piping with caps, plugs, or flanges as required for piping material. Make connections to building's fire- suppression water-service piping systems when those systems are installed. H. Install underground piping with restrained joints at horizontal and vertical changes in direction. Use restrained-joint piping, thrust blocks, anchors, tie-rods and clamps, and other supports. I. Comply with requirements in Section 211200 "Fire-Suppression Standpipes," and Section 211313 "Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems," for fire-suppression-water piping inside the building. J. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 210517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire-Suppression Piping." K. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 210517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire- Suppression Piping." 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Install couplings, flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that have finish and pressure rating same as or higher than systems pressure rating for aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated. B. Install flanges, flange adaptors, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. C. Ream ends of tubes and remove burrs. D. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from outside and inside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. E. Ductile-Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Fire-Service-Main Piping: UL 194. F. Ductile-Iron Piping, Grooved Joints: Cut-groove pipe. Assemble joints with grooved-end, ductile-iron-piping couplings, gaskets, lubricant, and bolts. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 8 G. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for water service. Join flanges with bolts according to ASME B31.9. H. Dissimilar Materials Piping Joints: Use adapters compatible with both piping materials, with OD, and with system working pressure. I. Do not use flanges or unions for underground piping. 3.4 ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION A. Anchorage, General: Install water-distribution piping with restrained joints. Anchorages and restrained-joint types that may be used include the following: 1. Concrete thrust blocks. 2. Locking mechanical joints. 3. Bolted flanged joints. 4. Pipe clamps and tie rods. B. Install anchorages for tees, plugs and caps, bends, crosses, valves, and hydrant branches in fire- suppression water-service piping according to NFPA 24 and the following: 1. Gasketed-Joint, Ductile-Iron, Water-Service Piping: According to AWWA C600. C. Apply full coat of asphalt or other acceptable corrosion-resistant material to surfaces of installed ferrous anchorage devices. 3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION A. AWWA Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. Install each underground valve with stem pointing up and with valve box. B. AWWA Valves Other Than Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. C. UL-Listed or FM Global-Approved Gate Valves: Comply with NFPA 24. Install each underground valve and valves in vaults with stem pointing up and with vertical cast-iron indicator post. D. UL-Listed or FM Global-Approved Valves Other Than Gate Valves: Comply with NFPA 24. E. MSS Valves: Install as component of connected piping system. F. Corporation Valves and Curb Valves: Install each underground curb valve with head pointed up and with service box. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 9 G. Support valves and piping, not direct buried, on concrete piers. Comply with requirements for concrete piers in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." 3.6 DETECTOR CHECK VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install in vault or aboveground. B. Install for proper direction of flow. Install bypass with water meter, gate valves on each side of meter, and check valve downstream from meter. C. Support detector check valves and piping on concrete piers. Comply with requirements for concrete piers in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." 3.7 BACKFLOW PREVENTER INSTALLATION A. Install backflow preventers of type, size, and capacity indicated. Include valves and test cocks. Install according to requirements of plumbing and health department and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Do not install backflow preventers that have relief drain in vault or in other spaces subject to flooding. C. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers. D. Support NPS 2-1/2 and larger backflow preventers and piping on concrete piers. Comply with requirements for concrete piers in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." 3.8 CONCRETE VAULT INSTALLATION A. Install precast concrete vaults according to ASTM C891. 3.9 FIRE-DEPARTMENT CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. Install ball drip valves at each check valve for fire-department connection to mains. B. Install protective pipe bollards on three sides of each freestanding fire-department connection. Pipe bollards are specified in Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications." 3.10 ALARM DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Supervisory Switches: Supervise valves in open position. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 10 1. Valves: Grind away portion of exposed valve stem. Bolt switch, with plunger in stem depression, to OS&Y gate-valve yoke. 2. Indicator Posts: Drill and thread hole in upper-barrel section at target plate. Install switch, with toggle against target plate, on barrel of indicator post. B. Locking and Sealing: Secure unsupervised valves as follows: 1. Valves: Install chain and padlock on open OS&Y gate valve. 2. Post Indicators: Install padlock on wrench on indicator post. C. Pressure Switches: Drill and thread hole in exposed barrel of fire hydrant. Install switch. D. Water-Flow Indicators: Install in water-service piping in vault. Select indicator with saddle and vane matching pipe size. Drill hole in pipe, insert vane, and bolt saddle to pipe. E. Connect alarm devices to building's fire-alarm system. Wiring and fire-alarm devices are specified in Section 284621.13 "Conventional Fire-Alarm Systems." 3.11 CONNECTIONS A. Connect fire-suppression water-service piping to utility water main. Use tapping sleeve and tapping valve. B. Connect fire-suppression water-service piping to interior fire-suppression piping. C. Connect waste piping from concrete vault drains to sanitary sewerage system. Comply with requirements in Section 334100 "Storm Utility Drainage Piping" for connection to storm sewer. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Use test procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if method is not prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction, use procedure described below. B. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after concrete thrust blocks have hardened sufficiently. Fill pipeline 24 hours before testing and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water. C. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than one-and-one-half times the working pressure for two hours. 1. Increase pressure in 50-psig increments and inspect each joint between increments. Hold at test pressure for one hour; decrease to zero psig. Slowly increase again to test pressure and hold for one more hour. Maximum allowable leakage is 2 quarts per hour per 100 joints. Remake leaking joints with new materials and repeat test until leakage is within allowed limits. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 11 D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.13 IDENTIFICATION A. Install continuous underground detectable warning tape during backfilling of trench for underground fire-suppression water-service piping. Locate below finished grade, directly over piping. Underground warning tapes are specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3.14 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Underground fire-suppression water-service piping NPS 4 to NPS 12 shall be one of the following: 1. Grooved-end, ductile-iron pipe; grooved-end, ductile-iron pipe appurtenances; and grooved joints. 2. Mechanical-joint, ductile-iron pipe; mechanical-joint, ductile-iron, standard-pattern or ductile-iron, compact-pattern fittings; glands, gaskets, and bolts; and gasketed joints. 3. Push-on-joint, ductile-iron pipe; push-on-joint, ductile-iron compact-pattern fittings; and gasketed joints. B. Aboveground and vault fire-suppression water-service piping NPS 4 to NPS 12 shall be grooved-end, ductile-iron pipe; grooved-end, ductile-iron pipe appurtenances; and grooved joints. C. Underslab fire-suppression water-service piping NPS 4 to NPS 12 shall be one of the following: 1. Grooved-end, ductile-iron pipe; grooved-end, ductile-iron pipe appurtenances; and grooved joints. 2. Mechanical-joint, ductile-iron pipe; mechanical-joint, ductile-iron, standard-pattern or ductile-iron, compact-pattern fittings; glands, gaskets, and bolts; and restrained, gasketed joints. 3. Push-on-joint, ductile-iron pipe; push-on-joint, ductile-iron compact-pattern fittings; and restrained, gasketed joints. 3.15 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Underground fire-suppression water-service shutoff valves NPS 3 and larger shall be the following: 1. 175-psig, UL-listed or FM Global-approved, iron, nonrising-stem gate valves. B. Indicator-post underground fire-suppression water-service valves NPS 3 and larger shall be LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY FIRE-SUPPRESSION WATER-SERVICE PIPING 211100 - 12 1. 175-psig, UL-listed FM Global-approved, iron, nonrising-stem gate valves with indicator-post flange. C. Standard-pressure, aboveground and vault fire-suppression water-service shutoff valves NPS 3 and larger shall be one of the following: 1. 175-psig, UL-listed or FM Global-approved, iron, OS&Y gate valves. 2. AWWA or UL-listed or FM Global-approved butterfly valves. D. Fire-suppression water-service check valves NPS 3 and larger shall be one of the following: 1. AWWA or UL-listed or FM Global-approved check valves. 2. UL-listed or FM Global-approved detector check valves. END OF SECTION 211100 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY FIRE HYDRANTS 211116 - 1 SECTION 211116 - FACILITY FIRE HYDRANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wet-barrel fire hydrants. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 211100 "Facility Fire-Suppression Water-Service Piping" for piping and specialties for facility fire-suppression water-service piping outside the building and for service entrance piping into the building at the floor slab or wall. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For fire hydrants to include in maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WET-BARREL FIRE HYDRANTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American AVK Company. 2. Clow Valve Company; a subsidiary of McWane, Inc. 3. Jones, James Company. 4. Mueller Co. B. Description: Freestanding, with one NPS 4-1/2 and two NPS 2-1/2 outlets; and with NPS 6 threaded or flanged inlet, and base section with NPS 6 mechanical-joint inlet. C. Standards: UL 246 and FM Global's "Approval Guide." LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY FIRE HYDRANTS 211116 - 2 D. Design: Wet barrel. E. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. F. Outlet Threads: NFPA 1963, with external hose thread used by local fire department. Include cast-iron caps with steel chains. G. Operating and Cap Nuts: Pentagon, 1-1/2 inches point to flat. H. Direction of Opening: Hydrant valves open by turning operating nut to left or counterclockwise. I. Exterior Finish: Red alkyd-gloss enamel paint unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FIRE HYDRANT INSTALLATION A. General: Install each fire hydrant with separate gate valve in supply pipe, anchor with restrained joints or thrust blocks, and support in upright position. B. Wet-Barrel Fire Hydrants: Install with valve below the frost line. Provide for drainage. C. Comply with NFPA 24. END OF SECTION 211116 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS 211119 - 1 SECTION 211119 – FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exposed-type fire-department connections. 2. Flush-type fire-department connections. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each fire-department connection. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EXPOSED-TYPE FIRE-DEPARTMENT CONNECTION A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. 2. Fire Protection Products, Inc. 3. Fire-End & Croker Corporation. 4. Guardian Fire Equipment, Inc. B. Standard: UL 405. C. Type: Exposed, projecting, for wall mounting. D. Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum. E. Body Material: Corrosion-resistant metal. F. Inlets: Brass with threads according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire-department sizes and threads. Include extension pipe nipples, brass lugged swivel connections, and check devices or clappers. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS 211119 - 2 G. Caps: Brass, lugged type, with gasket and chain. H. Escutcheon Plate: Round, brass, wall type. I. Outlet: Back, with pipe threads. J. Number of Inlets: Two. K. Escutcheon Plate Marking: Similar to "AUTO SPKR & STANDPIPE." L. Finish: Rough brass or bronze. M. Outlet Size: NPS 6. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install wall-type fire-department connections. B. Install automatic (ball-drip) drain valve at each check valve for fire-department connection. END OF SECTION 211119 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES 211200 - 1 SECTION 211200 - FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, fittings, and specialties. 2. Fire-protection specialty valves. 3. Hose connections. 4. Alarm devices. 5. Pressure gauges. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 210523 "General-Duty Valves for Water-Based Fire-Suppression Piping." 2. Section 211119 "Fire Department Connections" for exposed-, fire-department connections. 3. Section 211100 "Facility Fire-Suppression Water-Service Piping" for water-service piping; ductile-iron expansion joints and deflection fittings; backflow preventers; and protective enclosures. 4. Section 211213 "Fire-Suppression Hoses and Nozzles" for rack-type hose stations. 5. Section 211313 "Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems" for wet-pipe sprinkler piping. 6. Section 284621.11 "Addressable Fire-Alarm Systems" for connections to alarm devices. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For fire-suppression standpipes. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For standpipe systems indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES 211200 - 2 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Floor plans, sections, and other details, drawn to scale, or BIM model, showing the items described in this Section and coordinated with all building trades. B. Approved Standpipe Drawings: Working plans, prepared in accordance with NFPA 14, that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations if applicable. C. Welding certificates. D. Fire-hydrant flow test report. E. Field Test Reports and Certificates: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements and as described in NFPA 14. Include "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping" and "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Underground Piping." F. Field quality-control reports. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing fire-suppression standpipes and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire-hydrant flow test. a. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field test reports by a qualified professional engineer. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES 211200 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. Automatic Wet-Type, Class I and Class III Standpipe Systems: Includes NPS 2-1/2 hose connections, has open water-supply valve with pressure maintained, and is capable of supplying water demand. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. NFPA Standards: Fire-suppression standpipe equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing shall comply with NFPA 14. C. Standard-Pressure, Fire-Suppression Standpipe System Component: Listed for 175-psig minimum working pressure. D. Delegated Design: Design fire-suppression standpipes, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. E. Fire-suppression standpipe design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Minimum residual pressure at each hose-connection outlet is as follows: a. NPS 1-1/2 Hose Connections: 65 psig. b. NPS 2-1/2 Hose Connections: 100 psig. F. Seismic Performance: Fire-suppression standpipes shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined in accordance with NFPA 13 and ASCE/SEI 7. See Section 210548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment." 2.3 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in Part 3 "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, and fitting materials and for joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 2.4 BLACK STEEL PIPE AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS A. Schedule 40: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B, with factory- or field-formed ends to accommodate joining method. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES 211200 - 4 B. Schedule 30: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B, with factory- or field-formed ends to accommodate joining method. C. Uncoated, Steel Couplings: ASTM A865/A865M, threaded. D. Uncoated, Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. E. Malleable- or Ductile-Iron Unions: UL 860. F. Cast-Iron Flanges: ASME B16.1, Class 125. G. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, Class 150. H. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M and ASME B16.9. I. Grooved-Joint, Steel-Pipe Appurtenances: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Anvil International. b. Shurjoint-Apollo Piping Products USA Inc. c. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. d. Victaulic Company. 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 3. Galvanized and Uncoated, Grooved-End Fittings for Steel Piping: ASTM A47/A47M malleable-iron casting or ASTM A536 ductile-iron casting, with dimensions matching steel pipe. 4. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213 rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated, for steel-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts. 2.5 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110/A21.10, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick or ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free. 1. Class 125, Cast-Iron Flanges and Class 150, Bronze Flat-Face Flanges: Full-face gaskets. 2. Class 250, Cast-Iron Flanges and Class 300, Steel Raised-Face Flanges: Ring-type gaskets. B. Metal, Pipe-Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1 carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. C. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES 211200 - 5 2.6 SPECIALTY VALVES A. General Requirements: 1. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." 2. Pressure Rating: a. Standard-Pressure Piping Specialty Valves: 175-psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. 4. Size: Same as connected piping. 5. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. B. Alarm Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. b. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). c. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. d. Victaulic Company. e. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL 193. 3. Design: For horizontal or vertical installation. 4. Drip Cup Assembly: Pipe drain with check valve to main drain piping. C. Automatic (Ball Drip) Drain Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). b. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. 2. Standard: UL 1726. 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 4. Type: Automatic draining, ball check. 5. Size: NPS 3/4. 6. End Connections: Threaded. 2.7 HOSE CONNECTIONS A. Nonadjustable-Valve Hose Connections: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES 211200 - 6 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. b. Potter Roemer LLC; a Division of Morris Group International. c. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. 2. Standard: UL 668 hose valve for connecting fire hose. 3. Pressure Rating: 300-psig minimum. 4. Material: Brass or bronze. 5. Size: NPS 1-1/2 or NPS 2-1/2, as indicated. 6. Inlet: Female pipe threads. 7. Outlet: Male hose threads with lugged cap, gasket, and chain. Include hose valve threads in accordance with NFPA 1963 and matching local fire-department threads. 8. Pattern: Angle or gate. 9. Finish: Rough brass or bronze. 2.8 ALARM DEVICES A. Match alarm-device material and connection types to piping and equipment materials and connection types. B. Water-Flow Indicators: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. McDonnell & Miller. b. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. c. System Sensor. d. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Water-Flow Detector: Electrically supervised. 4. Components: Two single-pole, double-throw circuit switches for isolated alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory-set, field- adjustable retard element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cover that sends signal if removed. 5. Type: Paddle operated. 6. Pressure Rating: 250 psig. 7. Design Installation: Horizontal or vertical. C. Pressure Switches: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES 211200 - 7 a. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. b. System Sensor. c. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. d. United Electric Controls Co. e. United Technologies Corporation (UTC Climate, Controls & Security - Kidde). f. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Type: Electrically supervised water-flow switch with retard feature. 4. Components: Single-pole, double-throw switch with normally closed contacts. 5. Design Operation: Rising pressure signals water flow. D. Valve Supervisory Switches: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Fire-Lite Alarms; Honeywell International, Inc. b. Kennedy Valve Company; a division of McWane, Inc. c. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. d. System Sensor. 2. Standard: UL 346. 3. Type: Electrically supervised. 4. Components: Single-pole, double-throw switch with normally closed contacts. 5. Design: Signals that controlled valve is in other than fully open position. 2.9 PRESSURE GAUGES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AMETEK, Inc. 2. Ashcroft Inc. 3. WIKA Instrument Corporation. B. Standard: UL 393. C. Dial Size: 3-1/2- to 4-1/2-inch diameter. D. Pressure Gauge Range: Zero to 300 psig. E. Water System Piping Gauge: Include "WATER" label on dial face. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES 211200 - 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Perform fire-hydrant flow test according to NFPA 14 and NFPA 291. Use results for system design calculations required in "Quality Assurance" Article. B. Report test results promptly and in writing. 3.2 SERVICE-ENTRANCE PIPING A. Connect fire-suppression standpipe piping to water-service piping at service entrance into building. Comply with requirements for exterior piping in Section 211100 "Facility Fire- Suppression Water-Service Piping." B. Install shutoff valve, pressure gauge, drain, and other accessories at connection to fire- suppression water-service piping. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated, as far as practical. 1. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before deviating from approved working plans. B. Piping Standard: Comply with requirements in NFPA 14 for installation of fire-suppression standpipe piping. C. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13 for seismic-restraint device materials and installation. D. Install listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. E. Install drain valves on standpipes. Extend drain piping to outside of building. F. Install automatic (ball drip) drain valves to drain piping between fire-department connections and check valves. Drain to floor drain or outside building. G. Install alarm devices in piping systems. H. Install hangers and supports for standpipe system piping in accordance with NFPA 14. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13 for hanger materials. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES 211200 - 9 I. Install pressure gauges on riser or feed main and at top of each standpipe. Include pressure gauges with connection of not less than NPS 1/4 and with soft-metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gauge and valve. Install gauges to permit removal, and install where they are not subject to freezing. J. Fill wet-type standpipe system piping with water. K. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 210517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire-Suppression Piping." L. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 210517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire- Suppression Piping." M. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 210518 "Escutcheons for Fire-Suppression Piping." 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Install couplings, flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that have finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated. B. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. C. Ream ends of pipes and tubes, and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. D. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. E. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts in accordance with ASME B31.9. F. Steel-Piping, Cut-Grooved Joints: Cut square-edge groove in end of pipe in accordance with AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved-end fittings in accordance with AWWA C606 for steel-pipe joints. G. Steel-Piping, Roll-Grooved Joints: Roll rounded-edge groove in end of pipe in accordance with AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved-end fittings in accordance with AWWA C606 for steel-pipe grooved joints. H. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12M/D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES 211200 - 10 1. Shop weld pipe joints where welded piping is indicated. Do not use welded joints for galvanized-steel pipe. I. Dissimilar-Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. 3.5 VALVE AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install listed fire-protection valves, trim and drain valves, specialty valves and trim, controls, and specialties in accordance with NFPA 14, authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's instructions. B. Install listed fire-protection supervised-open shutoff valves, located to control sources of water supply, except from fire-department connections. Install permanent identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve. C. Install check valve in each water-supply connection. D. Specialty Valves: 1. General Requirements: Install in vertical position for proper direction of flow, in main supply to system. 2. Alarm Valves: Install bypass check valve and retarding chamber drain-line connection. 3.6 HOSE-CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. Install hose connections adjacent to standpipes. B. Install freestanding hose connections for access and minimum passage restriction. C. Install NPS 1-1/2 hose-connection valves with flow-restricting device. D. Install NPS 2-1/2 hose connections with flow-restricting device. E. Install wall-mounted-type hose connections in cabinets. Include pipe escutcheons, with finish matching valves, inside cabinet where water-supply piping penetrates cabinet. Install valves at angle required for connection of fire hose. Comply with requirements for cabinets in Section 104413 "Fire Protection Cabinets." 3.7 HOSE-STATION INSTALLATION A. Install freestanding hose stations for access and minimum passage restriction. B. Install freestanding hose stations with support or bracket attached to standpipe. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES 211200 - 11 C. Install wall-mounted, rack hose stations in cabinets. Include pipe escutcheons, with finish matching valves, inside cabinet where water-supply piping penetrates cabinet. Install valves at angle required for connection of fire hose. Comply with requirements for cabinets in Section 104413 "Fire Protection Cabinets." 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping in accordance with NFPA 14 requirements. B. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3. Flush, test, and inspect standpipe systems in accordance with NFPA 14, "System Acceptance" chapter. 4. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices. 5. Start and run air compressors. 6. Coordinate with fire-alarm tests. Operate as required. 7. Coordinate with fire-pump tests. Operate as required. 8. Verify that equipment hose threads are same as local fire-department equipment. C. Fire-suppression standpipe system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.10 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain specialty valves. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE-SUPPRESSION STANDPIPES 211200 - 12 3.11 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Piping between Fire-Department Connections and Check Valves: Galvanized, standard-weight steel pipe with grooved ends, grooved-end fittings, grooved-end-pipe couplings, and grooved joints. B. Standard-pressure, wet-type fire-suppression standpipe piping, NPS 4 and smaller, shall be one of the following: 1. Schedule 40, black-steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Schedule 40, black-steel pipe with cut- or roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 3. Schedule 40, black-steel pipe with plain ends; steel welding fittings; and welded joints. C. Standard-pressure, wet-type fire-suppression standpipe piping, NPS 5 to NPS 8, shall be[ one of] the following: 1. Schedule 30, black-steel pipe with or roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 2. Schedule 40, black-steel pipe with cut- or roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 3. Schedule 40, black-steel pipe with plain ends; steel welding fittings; and welded joints. END OF SECTION 211200 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE-SUPPRESSION HOSES AND NOZZLES 211213 - 1 SECTION 211213 - FIRE-SUPPRESSION HOSES AND NOZZLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. NPS 1-1/2 rack-type hose stations. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 104413 "Fire Protection Cabinets" for hose cabinets. 2. Section 211200 "Fire-Suppression Standpipes" for fire hose valves. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting and attachment details. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 NPS 1-1/2 RACK-TYPE HOSE STATIONS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Fire Hose & Cabinet. 2. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. 3. Fire-End & Croker Corporation. 4. Potter Roemer LLC; a Division of Morris Group International. 5. Viking Corporation. B. Hose Rack: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE-SUPPRESSION HOSES AND NOZZLES 211213 - 2 1. Standard: UL 47. 2. Material: Steel with red-enamel finish. 3. Type: Hose-rack assembly. Include hose valve, hose rack, water-retention device, hose pins, and hose. 4. Operation: Semiautomatic. 5. Sized to hold fire hose. C. Hose Valve: 1. Standard: UL 668, NPS 1-1/2, for connecting fire hose. 2. Type: Adjustable. 3. Hose Valve and Trim Finish: Rough brass or bronze. 4. Pressure Rating: 300 psig minimum. 5. Pattern: Angle. 6. Material: Brass or bronze. 7. Pressure-Control Device: UL 1468 integral or for field installation if indicated. 8. Size: NPS 1-1/2. 9. Inlet: Female pipe threads. 10. Outlet: Male hose threads according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire-department threads. D. Hose: 1. Standards: NFPA 1961 and UL 219 lined fire hose with swivel inlet, coupling, gaskets, and nozzle. 2. Size: NPS 1-1/2. 3. Length: 100 feet. 4. Jacket: Synthetic thread. 5. Lining: Rubber, plastic, or combination of rubber and plastic compounds. 6. Cover: Rubber, plastic, or combination of rubber and plastic compounds. 7. Nozzle: UL 401. a. Material: Brass. b. Type: Spray, adjustable from shutoff to fog spray or straight stream PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HOSE-STATION INSTALLATION A. Install freestanding hose stations for access and minimum passage restriction. B. Install NPS 1-1/2 hose-station valves with flow-restricting device unless otherwise indicated. C. Install freestanding hose stations with support or bracket attached to standpipe. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FIRE-SUPPRESSION HOSES AND NOZZLES 211213 - 3 D. Install hose-reel hose stations on wall with bracket. END OF SECTION 211213 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 1 SECTION 211313 - WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, fittings, and specialties. 2. Specialty valves. 3. Sprinklers. 4. Pressure gauges. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 211119 "Fire Department Connections" for exposed-, flush-, and yard-type fire department connections. 2. Section 230523 "General-Duty Valves for Water-Based Fire-Suppression Piping" for ball, butterfly, check, gate, post-indicator, and trim and drain valves. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For wet-pipe sprinkler systems. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For wet-pipe sprinkler systems indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Sprinkler systems, or BIM model, drawn to scale, on which items of other systems and equipment are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved. B. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. C. Design Data: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 2 1. Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations if applicable. D. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements and as described in NFPA 13. Include "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping." E. Field quality-control reports. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing sprinkler systems and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire-hydrant flow test. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing shall comply with NFPA 13. C. Standard-Pressure Piping System Component: Listed for 175-psig minimum working pressure. D. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design wet-pipe sprinkler systems. 1. Sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction. a. Margin of Safety for Available Water Flow and Pressure: 10 percent, including losses through water-service piping, valves, and backflow preventers. b. Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications: 1) Building Service Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 3 2) Electrical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 3) Elevator Machine Room and Hoistway: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 4) General Storage Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 5) Libraries except Stack Areas: Light Hazard. 6) Library Stack Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 2. 7) Machine Shops: Ordinary Hazard, Group 2. 8) Mechanical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 9) Classroom, Office and Public Areas: Light Hazard. 10) Restaurant Service Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 2. Minimum Density for Automatic-Sprinkler Piping Design: a. Light-Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. b. Ordinary-Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.15 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. c. Ordinary-Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.20 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. 3. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler: a. Classroom and Office Spaces: 225 sq. ft. b. Storage Areas: 130 sq. ft. c. Mechanical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft. d. Electrical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft. e. Other Areas: According to NFPA 13 recommendations unless otherwise indicated. E. Seismic Performance: Sprinkler piping shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to NFPA 13 and ASCE/SEI 7. See Section 210548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment." 2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Standard-Weight, Black-Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. B. Black-Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A733, made of ASTM A53/A53M, standard-weight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. C. Uncoated-Steel Couplings: ASTM A865/A865M, threaded. D. Uncoated, Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. E. Malleable- or Ductile-Iron Unions: UL 860. F. Cast-Iron Flanges: ASME 16.1, Class 125. G. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, Class 150. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 4 1. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick ASME B16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free or EPDM rubber gasket. a. Class 125 and Class 250, Cast-Iron, Flat-Face Flanges: Full-face gaskets. b. Class 150 and Class 300, Ductile-Iron or -Steel, Raised-Face Flanges: Ring-type gaskets. H. Grooved-Joint, Steel-Pipe Appurtenances: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Anvil International. b. Shurjoint-Apollo Piping Products USA Inc. c. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. d. Victaulic Company. 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 3. Painted or Uncoated Grooved-End Fittings for Steel Piping: ASTM A47/A47M, malleable-iron casting or ASTM A536, ductile-iron casting, with dimensions matching steel pipe. 4. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213 rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated, for steel-pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts. 2.3 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." B. Specialty Valves Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. C. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. D. Size: Same as connected piping. E. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. F. Alarm Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. b. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). c. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. d. Victaulic Company. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 5 e. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL 193. 3. Design: For horizontal or vertical installation. 4. Drip cup assembly pipe drain with check valve to main drain piping. G. Automatic (Ball Drip) Drain Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). b. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. 2. Standard: UL 1726. 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 4. Type: Automatic draining, ball check. 5. Size: NPS 3/4. 6. End Connections: Threaded. 2.4 AIR VENT A. Manual Air Vent/Valve: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AGF Manufacturing, Inc. b. National Fittings, Inc. c. Shurjoint-Apollo Piping Products USA Inc. d. Victaulic Company. 2. Description: Ball valve that requires human intervention to vent air. 3. Body: Forged brass. 4. Ends: Threaded. 5. Minimize Size: 1/2 inch. 6. Minimum Water Working Pressure Rating: 300 psig. 2.5 SPRINKLER PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Flow Detection and Test Assemblies: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 6 a. AGF Manufacturing, Inc. b. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). c. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. d. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Cast- or ductile-iron housing with orifice, sight glass, and integral test valve. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded or grooved. B. Branch Line Testers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AGF Manufacturing, Inc. b. Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc. c. Fire-End & Croker Corporation. d. Potter Electric Signal Company, LLC. e. Potter Roemer LLC; a Division of Morris Group International. 2. Standard: UL 199. 3. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 4. Body Material: Brass. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Inlet: Threaded. 7. Drain Outlet: Threaded and capped. 8. Branch Outlet: Threaded, for sprinkler. C. Sprinkler Inspector's Test Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AGF Manufacturing, Inc. b. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. c. Victaulic Company. d. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Cast- or ductile-iron housing with sight glass. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 7 D. Adjustable Drop Nipples: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Aegis Technologies, Inc. b. CECA, LLC. c. CPS Products, Inc. d. Merit Manufacturing. 2. Standard: UL 1474. 3. Pressure Rating: 250-psig minimum. 4. Body Material: Steel pipe with EPDM-rubber O-ring seals. 5. Size: Same as connected piping. 6. Length: Adjustable. 7. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. E. Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. FlexHead Industries, Inc. b. Gateway Tubing, Inc. c. Victaulic Company. 2. Standard: UL 1474. 3. Type: Flexible hose for connection to sprinkler, and with bracket for connection to ceiling grid. 4. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 5. Size: Same as connected piping, for sprinkler. 2.6 SPRINKLERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation. 2. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). 3. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. 4. Victaulic Company. 5. Viking Corporation. B. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." C. Pressure Rating for Automatic Sprinklers: 175-psig minimum. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 8 D. Automatic Sprinklers with Heat-Responsive Element: 1. Nonresidential Applications: UL 199. 2. Characteristics: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice with Discharge Coefficient K of 5.6, and for "Ordinary" temperature classification rating unless otherwise indicated or required by application. E. Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome plated and factory-painted. F. Special Coatings: Wax and corrosion-resistant paint. G. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler mounting applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed-type sprinklers are specified with sprinklers. 1. Ceiling Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, two piece, with 1-inch vertical adjustment and Plastic, white finish, one piece, flat. 2. Sidewall Mounting: Chrome-plated steel, one piece, flat. H. Sprinkler Guards: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc. (The). b. Tyco by Johnson Controls Company. c. Victaulic Company. d. Viking Corporation. 2. Standard: UL 199. 3. Type: Wire cage with fastening device for attaching to sprinkler. 2.7 PRESSURE GAUGES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AGF Manufacturing, Inc. 2. AMETEK, Inc. 3. Ashcroft Inc. 4. WIKA Instrument Corporation. B. Standard: UL 393. C. Dial Size: 3-1/2- to 4-1/2-inch diameter. D. Pressure Gauge Range: 0 to 300 psig. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 9 E. Label: Include "WATER" label on dial face. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SERVICE-ENTRANCE PIPING A. Connect sprinkler piping to water-service piping for service entrance to building. Comply with requirements for exterior piping in Section 211100 "Facility Fire-Suppression Water-Service Piping" for exterior piping. B. Install shutoff valve, pressure gauge, drain, and other accessories indicated at connection to water-service piping. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated on approved working plans. 1. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before deviating from approved working plans. 2. Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition assemblies. B. Piping Standard: Comply with NFPA 13 requirements for installation of sprinkler piping. C. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with NFPA 13 requirements for seismic-restraint device materials and installation. D. Use listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. E. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. F. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. G. Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler system piping, complete with shutoff valve, and sized and located according to NFPA 13. H. Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage. I. Install sprinkler control valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to standpipes when sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 10 J. Install automatic (ball drip) drain valve at each check valve for fire-department connection, to drain piping between fire-department connection and check valve. Install drain piping to and spill over floor drain or to outside building. K. Install alarm devices in piping systems. L. Install hangers and supports for sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. Comply with requirements for hanger materials in NFPA 13. In seismic-rated areas, refer to Section 210548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment." M. Install pressure gauges on riser or feed main, at each sprinkler test connection, and at top of each standpipe. Include pressure gauges with connection not less than NPS 1/4 (and with soft- metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gauge and valve. Install gauges to permit removal, and install where they are not subject to freezing. N. Fill sprinkler system piping with water. O. Install electric heating cables and pipe insulation on sprinkler piping in areas subject to freezing. Comply with requirements for heating cables in Section 210533 "Heat Tracing for Fire- Suppression Piping" and for piping insulation in Section 210700 "Fire-Suppression Systems Insulation." P. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 210517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire-Suppression Piping." Q. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 210517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire- Suppression Piping." R. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 210518 "Escutcheons for Fire-Suppression Piping." 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Install couplings, flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that have finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated. B. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. C. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved-end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. D. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 11 E. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9. G. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. H. Steel-Piping, Cut-Grooved Joints: Cut square-edge groove in end of pipe according to AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel-pipe joints. I. Steel-Piping, Roll-Grooved Joints: Roll rounded-edge groove in end of pipe according to AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved-end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel-pipe grooved joints. J. Dissimilar-Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. 3.4 VALVE AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install listed fire-protection valves, trim and drain valves, specialty valves and trim, controls, and specialties according to NFPA 13 and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Install listed fire-protection shutoff valves supervised open, located to control sources of water supply except from fire-department connections. Install permanent identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve. C. Install check valve in each water-supply connection. D. Specialty Valves: 1. Install valves in vertical position for proper direction of flow, in main supply to system. 2. Install alarm valves with bypass check valve and retarding chamber drain-line connection. E. Air Vent: 1. Provide at least one air vent in each wet pipe sprinkler system in accordance with NFPA 13 requirements. Connect vent into top of fire sprinkler piping. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 12 2. Provide dielectric union for dissimilar metals, ball or globe valve, and strainer upstream of automatic air vent. 3.5 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A. Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of narrow dimension of acoustical ceiling panels. B. Install sprinklers into flexible, sprinkler hose fittings, and install hose into bracket on ceiling grid. 3.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in NFPA 13. B. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems Acceptance" Chapter. 4. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices. 5. Coordinate with fire-alarm tests. Operate as required. 6. Coordinate with fire-pump tests. Operate as required. 7. Verify that equipment hose threads are same as local fire department equipment. B. Sprinkler piping system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WET-PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS 211313 - 13 B. Only sprinklers with their original factory finish are acceptable. Remove and replace any sprinklers that are painted or have any other finish than their original factory finish. 3.9 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Sprinkler specialty fittings may be used, downstream of control valves, instead of specified fittings. B. Standard-pressure, wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be the following: 1. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. C. Standard-pressure, wet-pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, shall be one of the following: 1. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray-iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Standard-weight, black-steel pipe with cut- or roll-grooved ends; uncoated, grooved-end fittings for steel piping; grooved-end-pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 3.10 SPRINKLER SCHEDULE A. Use sprinkler types in subparagraphs below for the following applications: 1. Rooms without Ceilings: Upright sprinklers. 2. Rooms with Suspended Ceilings: Concealed sprinklers. 3. Wall Mounting: Sidewall sprinklers. 4. Special Applications: Extended-coverage sprinklers where indicated. B. Provide sprinkler types in subparagraphs below with finishes indicated. 1. Concealed Sprinklers: Rough brass, with factory-painted white cover plate. 2. Upright, Pendent and Sidewall Sprinklers: Chrome plated in finished spaces exposed to view; rough bronze in unfinished spaces not exposed to view; wax coated where exposed to acids, chemicals, or other corrosive fumes. END OF SECTION 211313 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DIESEL-DRIVE, VERTICAL-TURBINE FIRE PUMPS 213216 - 1 SECTION 213216 - DIESEL-DRIVE, VERTICAL-TURBINE FIRE PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Vertical-turbine fire pumps with diesel-engine drives. 2. Fire-pump accessories and specialties. 3. Fuel oil storage. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For fire pumps, right-angle gear drives, engine drivers, and fire-pump accessories and specialties. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Detail fabrication and assembly of fire pumps. 4. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. 5. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For fire pumps, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. B. Product Certificates: For each type of fire pump. C. Source quality-control reports. D. Field quality-control reports. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DIESEL-DRIVE, VERTICAL-TURBINE FIRE PUMPS 213216 - 2 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Fire pumps shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." B. Environmental Conditions: 1. Ambient Temperature: 40 to 104 deg F. 2. Relative Humidity: Zero to 95 percent. 3. Altitude: Sea level to 1000 feet. 2.2 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION A. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested fire pump, right-angle gear drive, and driver. B. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 20. C. Base: Fabricated and attached to fire pump, right-angle gear drive, and driver, with reinforcement to resist movement of pump, gear drive, and driver during seismic events when base is anchored to building substrate. D. Finish: Red paint applied to factory-assembled and -tested unit before shipping. E. Pump Equipment, Accessory, and Specialty Pressure Rating: 175 psig minimum unless higher pressure rating is indicated. F. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.3 VERTICAL-TURBINE FIRE PUMPS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DIESEL-DRIVE, VERTICAL-TURBINE FIRE PUMPS 213216 - 3 1. A-C Fire Pump; a Xylem brand. 2. Aurora Pump; Pentair Ltd. 3. Patterson Pump Company; a Gorman-Rupp company. 4. Peerless Pump Company. 5. S.A. Armstrong Limited. B. Pump Head: Cast iron, for surface discharge. 1. Discharge Outlet: With flange according to ASME B16.1, except connections may be threaded according to ASME B1.20.1, in sizes where flanges are not available. 2. Pump Head Seal: Stuffing box and packing. 3. Base: Cast iron or steel with hole for electrical cable. C. Pump: 1. Standard: UL 448, for vertical-turbine pumps for fire service. 2. Discharge Head: High-profile cast iron or steel with flanged, aboveground, outlet Class 125 for cast iron and Class 150 for steel, with NPS 1/2, threaded, pressure-gage connection. 3. Stuffing Box: Cast iron with packing rings, pressure relief connection, stainless-steel packing gland, bronze bearing, and rubber slinger. 4. Line Shaft: Stainless steel in sections 10 feet or less, with left-hand threaded-steel couplings, centering spiders, and fluted rubber bearings. 5. Line Shaft Bearings: Bronze, water lubricated. 6. Bowl Section: a. Multiple close-grained, flanged cast-iron bowls. b. Intermediate bowls with enamel-lined waterways for maximum efficiency and wear protection and of identical design for interchangeability. c. Bowls fitted with bronze bearings. 7. Impeller: Closed-type silicon bronze dynamically balanced and securely fastened to bowl. 8. Suction Bell: Close-grained cast-iron bowl with bronze bearing and bronze sand collar. 9. Wear Rings: Bronze located in the suction and intermediate bowls and with minimum clearance to the impeller surface. 10. Column Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40, galvanized-steel pipe with threaded sleeve couplings or rabbet fit flange ends in sections 10 feet or less. 11. Suction Strainer: Cast or fabricated; bronze, stainless steel, or Monel; and sized to restrict passage of 1/2-inch spheres. D. Right-Angle Gear Drive: FM-Approved, speed-reduction gear drive for pump speed control. Provide ratio for outlet speed of approximately 1760 rpm. E. Engine-to-Gear Drive Shaft: FM-Approved, telescoping, steel drive shaft with universal joint and grease fitting at each end. Include metal shaft guard. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DIESEL-DRIVE, VERTICAL-TURBINE FIRE PUMPS 213216 - 4 F. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. See drawing schedule. 2.4 DIESEL-ENGINE DRIVER A. Fuel: Fuel oil, Grade DF-2. B. Horse Power Rating: Not less than 110 percent of maximum brake horsepower (after derating for temperature and elevation according to NFPA 20). C. Emergency Manual Operator: Factory wired for starting and operating standby engine in case of malfunction in main controller or wiring. D. Controls: 1. Adjustable governor. 2. Over-speed shutdown. 3. Manual reset, speed switch. 4. Instrument panel with tachometer, oil pressure gage, water temperature gage, and hour meter. E. Fuel System: 1. Comply with NFPA 20. 2. Main Fuel Pump: Mounted on engine. Pump ensures adequate primary fuel flow under starting and load conditions. 3. Relief-Bypass Valve: Automatically regulates pressure in fuel line and returns excess fuel to source. 4. Flexible metallic fuel lines. 5. Inline fuel filter. 6. Oil pressure safety switch. 7. Air cleaner. 8. Engine-driven oil pump. 9. Enclosed control wiring electric starter with voltage regulator. 10. Double-Wall Storage Tank: Size indicated, but not less than required by NFPA 20; with floor legs, direct-reading level gage, and secondary containment tank having capacity at least equal to storage tank. F. Exhaust System: 1. Piping: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E or S, Schedule 40 black steel pipe; ASME B16.9 weld-type pipe fittings; ASME B16.5 steel flanges; and ASME B16.21 nonmetallic gaskets. 2. Fabricate double-wall, ventilated thimble from steel pipe. 3. Flexible exhaust connector. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DIESEL-DRIVE, VERTICAL-TURBINE FIRE PUMPS 213216 - 5 4. Industrial exhaust silencer with spark arrestor. G. Rated Engine Speed: 1800 rpm. H. Maximum Piston Speed for Four-Cycle Engines: 2250 fpm. I. Engine- or Skid-Mounted Lubrication System: 1. Filter and Strainer: Rated to remove 90 percent of particles 5 micrometers and smaller while passing full flow. 2. Thermostatic Control Valve: Controls flow in system to maintain optimum oil temperature. Unit shall be capable of full flow and is designed to be fail-safe. 3. Crankcase Drain: Arranged for complete gravity drainage to an easily removable container with no disassembly and without use of pumps, siphons, special tools, or appliances. J. Coolant Jacket Heater: Electric-immersion type, factory installed in coolant jacket system. K. Cooling System: 1. Factory-installed, closed loop, liquid cooled, with radiator factory mounted on fire-pump mounting frame and integral engine-driven coolant pump. 2. Coolant: Solution of 50 percent ethylene-glycol-based antifreeze and 50 percent water, with anticorrosion additives as recommended by engine manufacturer. 3. Size of Radiator: Adequate to contain expansion of total system coolant from cold start to 110 percent load condition. 4. Temperature Control: Self-contained, thermostatic-control valve modulates coolant flow automatically to maintain optimum constant coolant temperature as recommended by engine manufacturer. 5. Coolant Hose: Flexible assembly with inside surface of nonporous rubber and outer covering of aging-, ultraviolet-, and abrasion-resistant fabric. a. Rating: 50-psig maximum working pressure, with coolant at 180 deg F, and noncollapsible under vacuum. b. End Fittings: Flanges or steel pipe nipples with clamps to suit piping and equipment connections. L. Muffler/Silencer: Residential type, sized as recommended by engine manufacturer and selected with exhaust piping system to not exceed engine manufacturer's engine backpressure requirements. 1. Minimum sound attenuation of 18 dB at 500 Hz. 2. Sound level measured at a distance of 10 feet from exhaust discharge after installation is complete shall be 95 dBA or less. M. Air-Intake Filter: Standard-duty, engine-mounted air cleaner with replaceable dry-filter element and "blocked filter" indicator. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DIESEL-DRIVE, VERTICAL-TURBINE FIRE PUMPS 213216 - 6 N. Starting System: 12-V dc, with negative ground. 1. Components: Sized so they will not be damaged during a full engine-cranking cycle with ambient temperature at maximum specified in "Performance Requirements" Article. 2. Cranking Motor: Heavy-duty unit that automatically engages and releases from engine flywheel without binding. 3. Cranking Cycle: 60 seconds. 4. Battery: Adequate capacity within ambient temperature range specified in "Performance Requirements" Article to provide specified cranking cycle at least twice without recharging. 5. Battery Cable: Size as recommended by engine manufacturer for cable length indicated. Include required interconnecting conductors and connection accessories. 6. Battery Compartment: Factory fabricated of metal with acid-resistant finish and thermal insulation. Thermostatically controlled heater shall be arranged to maintain battery above 10 deg C regardless of external ambient temperature within range specified in "Performance Requirements" Article. Include accessories required to support and fasten batteries in place. 7. Battery-Charging Alternator: Factory mounted on engine with solid-state voltage regulation and 35-A minimum continuous rating. 8. Battery Charger: Current-limiting, automatic-equalizing and float-charging type. Unit shall comply with UL 1236 and include the following features: a. Operation: Equalizing-charging rate of 10 A shall be initiated automatically after battery has lost charge until an adjustable equalizing voltage is achieved at battery terminals. Unit shall then be automatically switched to a lower float-charging mode and shall continue to operate in that mode until battery is discharged again. b. Automatic Temperature Compensation: Adjust float and equalize voltages for variations in ambient temperature from minus 40 deg C to plus 60 deg C to prevent overcharging at high temperatures and undercharging at low temperatures. c. Automatic Voltage Regulation: Maintain constant output voltage regardless of input voltage variations up to plus or minus 10 percent. d. Ammeter and Voltmeter: Flush mounted in door. Meters shall indicate charging rates. e. Enclosure and Mounting: NEMA 250, Type 1, wall-mounted cabinet. 2.5 FIRE-PUMP ACCESSORIES AND SPECIALTIES A. Automatic Air-Release Valves: Comply with NFPA 20 for installation in fire-pump discharge piping. B. Relief Valves: UL 1478, bronze or cast iron, spring loaded; for installation in fire-suppression water-supply piping. C. Outlet Fitting: Concentric tapered reducer at pump-head-discharge outlet. D. Discharge Cone: Closed or open type. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DIESEL-DRIVE, VERTICAL-TURBINE FIRE PUMPS 213216 - 7 E. Hose Valve Manifold Assembly: 1. Standard: Comply with requirements in NFPA 20. 2. Header Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40 galvanized steel, with ends threaded according to ASME B1.20.1. 3. Header Pipe Fittings: ASME B16.4 galvanized cast-iron threaded fittings. 4. Automatic Drain Valve: Complying with UL 1726. 5. Manifold: a. Test Connections: Comply with UL 405, except provide outlets without clappers instead of inlets. b. Body: Exposed-type, brass or ductile iron, with number of outlets required by NFPA 20. c. Escutcheon Plate: Brass or bronze; rectangular. d. Exposed Parts Finish: Rough brass. e. Escutcheon Plate Marking: Equivalent to "FIRE PUMP TEST." 2.6 FUEL OIL STORAGE A. Comply with NFPA 30. B. Day Tank: UL 142, freestanding, factory-fabricated fuel tank assembly, with integral, float- controlled transfer pump and the following features: 1. Containment: Integral rupture basin, with a capacity of 150 percent of nominal capacity of day tank. a. Leak Detector: Locate in rupture basin and connect to provide audible and visual alarm in the event of day-tank leak. 2. Tank Capacity: As recommended by engine manufacturer. 3. Pump Capacity: Exceeds maximum flow of fuel drawn by engine-mounted fuel supply pump at 110 percent of rated capacity, including fuel returned from engine. 4. Low-Level Alarm Sensor: Liquid-level device operates alarm contacts at 25 percent of normal fuel level. 5. Piping Connections: Factory-installed fuel supply and return lines from tank to engine; local fuel fill, vent line, overflow line; and tank drain line with shutoff valve. C. Base-Mounted Fuel Oil Tank: Factory installed and piped, complying with UL 142 fuel oil tank. Features include the following: 1. Tank level indicator. 2. Capacity: Fuel for eight hours' continuous operation at 100 percent rated power output. 3. Vandal-resistant fill cap. 4. Containment Provisions: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DIESEL-DRIVE, VERTICAL-TURBINE FIRE PUMPS 213216 - 8 2.7 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C1107/C1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. B. Characteristics: Nonshrink and recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 2.8 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Test and inspect fire pumps according to UL 448 requirements for "Operation Test" and "Manufacturing and Production Tests." 1. Verification of Performance: Rate fire pumps according to UL 448. B. Fire pumps will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Fire-Pump Installation Standard: Comply with NFPA 20 for installation of fire pumps, relief valves, and related components. B. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install fire pumps on cast-in-place concrete equipment base(s). Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in- Place Concrete." 2. Attach pumps to equipment base using anchor bolts. 3. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation and seismic control devices specified in Section 210548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment." C. Install fire-pump discharge piping equal to or larger than size required by NFPA 20. D. Support piping and pumps separately, so weight of piping does not rest on pumps. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DIESEL-DRIVE, VERTICAL-TURBINE FIRE PUMPS 213216 - 9 E. Install valves that are same size as connecting piping. Comply with requirements for fire- protection valves specified in Section 211200 "Fire-Suppression Standpipes." And Section 211313 "Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems." F. Install pressure gages on fire-pump suction and discharge flange pressure-gage tappings. Comply with requirements for pressure gages specified in Section 211200 "Fire-Suppression Standpipes." G. Install piping hangers and supports, anchors, valves, gages, and equipment supports according to NFPA 20. H. Install fuel system according to NFPA 20. I. Install water supply and drain piping for diesel-engine heat exchangers. Extend drain piping from heat exchangers to point of disposal. J. Install exhaust-system piping for diesel engines. Extend to point of termination outside structure. Install pipe and fittings with welded joints; install components having flanged connections with gasketed joints. K. Install condensate drain piping for diesel-engine exhaust system. Extend drain piping from low points of exhaust system to condensate traps and to point of disposal. L. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by equipment manufacturers that are not factory mounted. Furnish copies of manufacturers' wiring diagram submittals to electrical Installer. M. Wiring Method: Conceal conductors and cables in accessible ceilings, walls, and floors where possible. N. Align fire-pump-driver, right-angle gear-drive, and fire-pump shafts after complete unit has been leveled on concrete base, grout has set, and anchor bolts have been tightened. O. After alignment is correct, tighten anchor bolts evenly. Fill baseplate completely with grout, with metal blocks and shims or wedges in place. Tighten anchor bolts after grout has hardened. Check alignment and make required corrections. P. Align piping connections. Q. Align pump and driver shafts for angular and parallel alignment according to HI 2.4 and to tolerances specified by manufacturer. R. Comply with requirements for piping and valves specified in Section 211200 "Fire-Suppression Standpipes." and Section 211313 "Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. S. Install piping adjacent to pumps and equipment to allow service and maintenance. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DIESEL-DRIVE, VERTICAL-TURBINE FIRE PUMPS 213216 - 10 T. Connect relief-valve discharge to drainage piping or point of discharge. U. Connect fire pumps to their controllers. V. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for fire-pump marking according to NFPA 20. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test each fire pump with its right-angle gear drive and controller as a unit. Comply with requirements for electric-motor-driver fire-pump controllers specified in Section 262933 "Controllers for Fire-Pump Drivers." B. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1. After installing components, assemblies, and equipment, including controller, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Test according to NFPA 20 for acceptance and performance testing. 3. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 4. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 5. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Components, assemblies, and equipment will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. E. Furnish fire hoses in number, size, and length required to reach storm drain or other acceptable location to dispose of fire-pump test water. Hoses are for tests only and do not convey to Owner. 3.3 STARTUP SERVICE A. Perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DIESEL-DRIVE, VERTICAL-TURBINE FIRE PUMPS 213216 - 11 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain fire pumps, right-angle gear drives, and fire-pump controllers. END OF SECTION 213216 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PRESSURE-MAINTENANCE PUMPS 213413 - 1 SECTION 213413 - PRESSURE-MAINTENANCE PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Regenerative-turbine, pressure-maintenance pumps. 2. Vertical-turbine, pressure-maintenance pumps. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 262933 "Controllers for Fire-Pump Drivers" for pressure-maintenance-pump controllers. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For pumps, accessories, and specialties. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PRESSURE-MAINTENANCE PUMPS 213413 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VERTICAL-TURBINE, PRESSURE-MAINTENANCE PUMPS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. A-C Fire Pump; a Xylem brand. 2. Aurora Pump; Pentair Ltd. 3. Patterson Pump Company; a Gorman-Rupp company. 4. Peerless Pump Company. 5. S.A. Armstrong Limited. B. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, vertical, multistage, open-line-shaft turbine pump as defined in HI 2.1-2.2 and HI 2.3; with pump motor mounted above pump head. C. Pump Construction: 1. Pump Head: Cast iron, for surface discharge, with flange except connections may be threaded in sizes in which flanges are not available. 2. Pump Head Seal: Stuffing box and stuffing. 3. Line Shaft: Steel. 4. Line Shaft Bearings: Corrosion resistant, oil lubricated. 5. Impeller Shaft: Monel metal or stainless steel. 6. Bowl Section: Multiple cast-iron bowls with closed-type bronze or stainless-steel impellers. 7. Column Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40, galvanized-steel pipe with threaded ends and cast-iron or steel fittings, in sections 10 feet or less, with strainer of cast or fabricated bronze or stainless steel at bottom. D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. E. Motor: Single speed with permanently lubricated ball bearings. Comply with requirements in Section 210513 "Common Motor Requirements for Fire Suppression Equipment." 1. Power Cord: Factory-connected to motor for field connection to controller and at least 10 feet long. F. Base: Cast iron or steel with hole for electrical cable. G. Nameplate: Permanently attached to pump and indicating capacity and characteristics. H. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. See drawing schedule. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PRESSURE-MAINTENANCE PUMPS 213413 - 3 2.2 MOTORS A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 210513 "Common Motor Requirements for Fire Suppression Equipment." 1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated; if not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. NFPA Standard: Comply with NFPA 20 for installation of pressure-maintenance pumps. B. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install vertical-turbine, pressure-maintenance pumps according to HI 2.4. 2. Install base-mounted pumps on cast-in-place concrete equipment base(s). Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in- Place Concrete." a. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation and seismic control devices specified in Section 210548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment." b. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. c. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. d. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. e. Attach pumps to equipment base using anchor bolts. f. Shim pumps as needed to make them level. 3. Install isolation valves in both inlet and outlet pipes near the pump. Comply with requirements for valves specified in Section 211313 "Wet-Pipe Sprinkler Systems." 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative: 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PRESSURE-MAINTENANCE PUMPS 213413 - 4 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3. Pressure-maintenance pumps will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. B. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Lubricate pumps as recommended by manufacturer. B. Set field-adjustable pressure-switch ranges as indicated. END OF SECTION 213413 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220516 - 1 SECTION 220516 – EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Packless expansion joints. 2. Alignment guides and anchors. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For each anchor and alignment guide, including analysis data, signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for thermal expansion of piping systems and for selecting and designing expansion joints, loops, and swing connections. 2. Anchor Details: Detail fabrication of each anchor indicated. Show dimensions and methods of assembly and attachment to building structure. 3. Alignment Guide Details: Detail field assembly and attachment to building structure. 4. Schedule: Indicate type, manufacturer's number, size, material, pressure rating, end connections, and location for each expansion joint. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe and Pressure-Vessel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220516 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Compatibility: Products shall be suitable for piping service fluids, materials, working pressures, and temperatures. B. Capability: Products to absorb 200 percent of maximum axial movement between anchors. 2.2 PACKLESS EXPANSION JOINTS A. Rubber Union Connector Expansion Joints: 1. Material: Twin reinforced-rubber spheres with external restraining cables. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psig at 170 deg F (1035 kPa at 77 deg C), unless otherwise indicated. 3. End Connections for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. B. Flexible-Hose Packless Expansion Joints: 1. Description: Manufactured assembly with inlet and outlet elbow fittings and two flexible- metal-hose legs joined by long-radius, 180-degree return bend or center section of flexible hose. 2. Flexible Hose: Corrugated-metal inner hoses and braided outer sheaths. 3. Expansion Joints for Copper Tubing NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Copper-alloy fittings with solder-joint end connections. a. Bronze hoses and single-braid bronze sheaths with 450 psig at 70 deg F (3100 kPa at 21 deg C) and 340 psig at 450 deg F (2340 kPa at 232 deg C) ratings. 4. Expansion Joints for Copper Tubing NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Copper- alloy fittings with threaded end connections. a. Stainless-steel hoses and single-braid, stainless-steel sheaths with 300 psig at 70 deg F (2070 kPa at 21 deg C) and 225 psig at 450 deg F (1550 kPa at 232 deg C) ratings. 5. Expansion Joints for Steel Piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Carbon-steel fittings with threaded end connections. a. Stainless-steel hoses and single-braid, stainless-steel sheaths with 450 psig at 70 deg F (3100 kPa at 21 deg C) and 325 psig at 600 deg F (2250 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220516 - 3 6. Expansion Joints for Steel Piping NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 6 (DN 65 to DN 150): Carbon-steel fittings with [flanged] [welded] end connections. a. Stainless-steel hoses and single-braid, stainless-steel sheaths with 200 psig at 70 deg F (1380 kPa at 21 deg C) and 145 psig at 600 deg F (1000 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. C. Externally Pressurized Metal-Bellows Packless Expansion Joints: 1. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa), unless otherwise indicated. 2. Description: a. Totally enclosed, externally pressurized, multi-ply, stainless-steel bellows isolated from fluid flow by an internal pipe sleeve. b. Carbon-steel housing. c. Drain plugs and lifting lug for NPS 3 (DN 80) and larger. d. Joint Axial Movement: 4 inches (100 mm) of compression and 0.75 inch (19 mm) of extension. 3. Permanent Locking Bolts: Set locking bolts to maintain joint lengths during installation. Temporary welding tabs that are removed after installation in lieu of locking bolts are not acceptable. 4. End Connection Configuration: Flanged; one raised, fixed and one floating flange. 2.3 ALIGNMENT GUIDES AND ANCHORS A. Alignment Guides: 1. Description: Steel, factory-fabricated alignment guide, with bolted two-section outer cylinder and base for attaching to structure; with two-section guiding slider for bolting to pipe. B. Anchor Materials: 1. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36/A36M. 2. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.10 or ASTM A183, steel hex head. 3. Washers: ASTM F844, steel, plain, flat washers. 4. Mechanical Fasteners: Insert-wedge-type stud with expansion plug anchor for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with tension and shear capacities appropriate for application. a. Stud: Threaded, zinc-coated carbon steel. b. Expansion Plug: Zinc-coated steel. c. Washer and Nut: Zinc-coated steel. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220516 - 4 5. Chemical Fasteners: Insert-type stud, bonding-system anchor for use with hardened portland cement concrete, with tension and shear capacities appropriate for application. a. Bonding Material: ASTM C881/C881M, Type IV, Grade 3, two-component epoxy resin suitable for surface temperature of hardened concrete where fastener is to be installed. b. Stud: ASTM A307, zinc-coated carbon steel with continuous thread on stud, unless otherwise indicated. c. Washer and Nut: Zinc-coated steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF EXPANSION JOINTS A. Install expansion joints of sizes matching sizes of piping in which they are installed. B. Install metal-bellows expansion joints according to EJMA's "Standards of the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc." 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPE LOOPS AND SWING CONNECTIONS A. Connect risers and branch connections to mains with at least five pipe fittings, including tee in main. B. Connect risers and branch connections to terminal units with at least four pipe fittings, including tee in riser. C. Connect mains and branch connections to terminal units with at least four pipe fittings, including tee in main. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF ALIGNMENT-GUIDES AND ANCHORS A. Install alignment guides to guide expansion and to avoid end-loading and torsional stress. B. Install one guide on each side of pipe expansion fittings and loops. Install guides nearest to expansion joint not more than four pipe diameters from expansion joint. C. Attach guides to pipe, and secure guides to building structure. D. Install anchors at locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ASME B31.9 and to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment. E. Anchor Attachments: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220516 - 5 1. Anchor Attachment to Steel Pipe: Attach by welding. Comply with ASME B31.9 and ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 2. Anchor Attachment to Copper Tubing: Attach with pipe hangers. Use MSS SP-69, Type 24; U bolts bolted to anchor. F. Fabricate and install steel anchors by welding steel shapes, plates, and bars. Comply with ASME B31.9 and AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 1. Anchor Attachment to Steel Structural Members: Attach by welding. 2. Anchor Attachment to Concrete Structural Members: Attach by fasteners. Follow fastener manufacturer's written instructions. G. Use grout to form flat bearing surfaces for guides and anchors attached to concrete. END OF SECTION 220516 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 1 SECTION 220517 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Stack-sleeve fittings. 3. Sleeve-seal systems. 4. Sleeve-seal fittings. 5. Grout. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Cast-Iron Wall Pipes: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized-Steel Wall Pipes: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, with plain ends and welded steel collar; zinc coated. C. Galvanized-Steel-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, with plain ends. D. PVC-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. E. Galvanized-Steel-Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch (0.6-mm) minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. 2.2 STACK-SLEEVE FITTINGS A. Description: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring, bolts, and nuts for membrane flashing. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 2 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with setscrews. 2.3 SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS A. Description: Modular sealing-element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.4 SLEEVE-SEAL FITTINGS A. Description: Manufactured plastic, sleeve-type, waterstop assembly made for imbedding in concrete slab or wall. Unit has plastic or rubber waterstop collar with center opening to match piping OD. 2.5 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. 1. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 3 1. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes in slabs formed by molded-PE or -PP sleeves. 2. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. 3. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve-seal system. D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements for sealants specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." E. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.2 STACK-SLEEVE-FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install stack-sleeve fittings in new slabs as slabs are constructed. 1. Install fittings that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 2. Secure flashing between clamping flanges for pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Comply with requirements for flashing specified in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 3. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. 4. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 5. Using grout, seal the space around outside of stack-sleeve fittings. B. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 4 3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at service piping entries into building. B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve-seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. 3.4 SLEEVE-SEAL-FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve-seal fittings in new walls and slabs as they are constructed. B. Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. C. Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms. D. Using grout, seal the space around outside of sleeve-seal fittings. 3.5 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping-penetration applications: 1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade: a. Cast-iron wall sleeves, or Galvanized-steel wall sleeves. 2. Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade: a. Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 3. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: a. Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 4. Concrete Slabs above Grade: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 5 a. Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves or PVC-pipe sleeves. 5. Interior Partitions: a. Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves or PVC-pipe sleeves. END OF SECTION 220517 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220518 - 1 SECTION 220518 - ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ESCUTCHEONS A. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and setscrew fastener. B. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners. C. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners. 2.2 FLOOR PLATES A. One-Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220518 - 2 1. Escutcheons for New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type. b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast- brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type. f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. g. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type. h. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. i. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type. j. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. k. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped-steel type. C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment-room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. New Piping: One-piece, floor-plate type. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates using new materials. END OF SECTION 220518 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 - 1 SECTION 220519 - METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bimetallic-actuated thermometers. 2. Thermowells. 3. Dial-type pressure gages. 4. Gage attachments. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: For each type of meter and gage. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For meters and gages to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BIMETALLIC-ACTUATED THERMOMETERS A. Standard: ASME B40.200. B. Case: Liquid-filled and sealed type(s); stainless steel with 3-inch (76-mm) nominal diameter. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 - 2 C. Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings and scales in deg F and deg C. D. Connector Type(s): Union joint, adjustable angle, with unified-inch screw threads. E. Connector Size: 1/2 inch (13 mm), with ASME B1.1 screw threads. F. Stem: 0.25 or 0.375 inch (6.4 or 9.4 mm) in diameter; stainless steel. G. Window: Plain glass or plastic. H. Ring: Stainless steel. I. Element: Bimetal coil. J. Pointer: Dark-colored metal. K. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of scale range. 2.2 THERMOWELLS A. Thermowells: 1. Standard: ASME B40.200. 2. Description: Pressure-tight, socket-type fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting. 3. Material for Use with Copper Tubing: CNR or CUNI. 4. Material for Use with Steel Piping: CRES. 5. Type: Stepped shank unless straight or tapered shank is indicated. 6. External Threads: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1 (DN 15, DN 20, or NPS 25), ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads. 7. Internal Threads: 1/2, 3/4, and 1 inch (13, 19, and 25 mm), with ASME B1.1 screw threads. 8. Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem. 9. Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem. 10. Lagging Extension: Include on thermowells for insulated piping and tubing. 11. Bushings: For converting size of thermowell's internal screw thread to size of thermometer connection. 2.3 PRESSURE GAGES A. Direct-Mounted, Plastic-Case, Dial-Type Pressure Gages: 1. Standard: ASME B40.100. 2. Case: Sealed type; plastic; 4-1/2-inch (114-mm) nominal diameter. 3. Pressure-Element Assembly: Bourdon tube unless otherwise indicated. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 - 3 4. Pressure Connection: Brass, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2 (DN 8 or DN 15), ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and bottom-outlet type unless back-outlet type is indicated. 5. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. 6. Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in psi and kPa. 7. Pointer: Dark-colored metal. 8. Window: Glass or plastic. 9. Accuracy: Grade D, plus or minus 5 percent of whole scale range. B. Snubbers: ASME B40.100, brass; with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2 (DN 8 or DN 15), ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and piston or porous-metal-type surge-dampening device. Include extension for use on insulated piping. C. Valves: Brass or stainless-steel needle, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2 (DN 8 or DN 15), ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install thermowells with socket extending a minimum of 2 inches (51 mm) into fluid and in vertical position in piping tees. B. Install thermowells of sizes required to match thermometer connectors. Include bushings if required to match sizes. C. Install thermowells with extension on insulated piping. D. Fill thermowells with heat-transfer medium. E. Install direct-mounted thermometers in thermowells and adjust vertical and tilted positions. F. Install remote-mounted thermometer bulbs in thermowells and install cases on panels; connect cases with tubing and support tubing to prevent kinks. Use minimum tubing length. G. Install direct-mounted pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at the most readable position. H. Install remote-mounted pressure gages on panel. I. Install valve and snubber in piping for each pressure gage for fluids. J. Install thermometers in the following locations: 1. Inlet and outlet of each water heater. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 - 4 2. Inlet and outlet of each domestic hot-water storage tank. K. Install pressure gages in the following locations: 1. Building water service entrance into building. 2. Inlet and outlet of each pressure-reducing valve. 3. Suction and discharge of each domestic water pump. L. Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and maintenance of meters, gages, machines, and equipment. M. Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility. 3.2 THERMOMETER SCHEDULE A. Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each domestic water heater shall be the following: 1. Liquid-filled, bimetallic-actuated type. B. Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each domestic hot-water storage tank shall be the following: 1. Liquid-filled, bimetallic-actuated type. C. Thermometer stems shall be of length to match thermowell insertion length. 3.3 THERMOMETER SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE A. Scale Range for Domestic Cold-Water Piping: 0 to 100 deg F (Minus 20 to plus 50 deg C. B. Scale Range for Domestic Hot-Water Piping: 0 to 250 deg F (0 to 150 deg C). 3.4 PRESSURE-GAGE SCHEDULE A. Pressure gages at discharge of each water service into building shall be one of the following: 1. Liquid-filled, direct-mounted, plastic-case. B. Pressure gages at inlet and outlet of each water pressure-reducing valve shall be the following: 1. Liquid-filled, direct-mounted, plastic-case. C. Pressure gages at suction and discharge of each domestic water pump shall be the following: 1. Liquid-filled, direct-mounted, plastic-case. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220519 - 5 3.5 PRESSURE-GAGE SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE A. Scale Range for Water Service Piping: 0 to 100 psi (0 to 600 kPa. END OF SECTION 220519 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS BALL VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.12 - 1 SECTION 220523.12 - BALL VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze ball valves. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. 1. Certification that products comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads for threaded end valves. 2. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 3. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 and NSF 372 for valve materials for potable-water service. D. Bronze valves shall be made with dezincification-resistant materials. Bronze valves made with copper alloy (brass) containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted. E. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. F. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. G. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Handlever: For quarter-turn valves smaller than NPS 3. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS BALL VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.12 - 2 H. Valves in Insulated Piping: 1. Include 2-inch (50-mm) stem extensions. 2. Extended operating handles of nonthermal-conductive material and protective sleeves that allow operation of valves without breaking vapor seals or disturbing insulation. 3. Memory stops that are fully adjustable after insulation is applied. 2.2 BRONZE BALL VALVES A. Bronze Ball Valves, Two-Piece with Full Port, and Bronze or Brass Trim, Threaded or Soldered Ends: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110 or MSS-145. b. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). c. Body Design: Two piece. d. Body Material: Bronze. e. Ends: Threaded and soldered. f. Seats: PTFE. g. Stem: Bronze or brass. h. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. i. Port: Full. B. Bronze Ball Valves, Two-Piece with Full Port, and Bronze or Brass Trim, Press Ends: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110 or MSS-145. b. CWP Rating: Minimum 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Design: Two piece. d. Body Material: Bronze. e. Ends: Press. f. Press Ends Connections Rating: Minimum 200 psig (1380 kPa). g. Seats: PTFE or RTPFE. h. Stem: Bronze or brass. i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. j. Port: Full. k. O-Ring Seal: EPDM or Buna-N. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS BALL VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.12 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. 3.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valves with specified CWP ratings are unavailable, the same types of valves with higher CWP ratings may be substituted. B. Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: 1. Brass ball valves, two-piece with full port and brass trim. Provide with threaded, solder, or press connection-joint ends. END OF SECTION 220523.12 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.13 - 1 SECTION 220523.13 - BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Iron, single-flange butterfly valves. 2. Chainwheels. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. 1. Certification that products comply with NSF 61 Annex G and NSF 372. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 2. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 3. ASME B31.9 for building service piping valves. C. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 Annex G and NSF 372 for valve materials for potable-water service. D. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. E. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. F. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Handlever: For valves NPS 6 (DN 150) and smaller. 2. Chainwheel: Device for attachment to gear, handlever, or stem; of size and with chain for mounting height, according to "Valve Installation" Article. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.13 - 2 G. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch (50-mm) stem extensions. 2.2 IRON, SINGLE-FLANGE BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves with Aluminum-Bronze Disc: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. d. Body Material: ASTM A126, cast iron or ASTM A536, ductile iron. e. Seat: EPDM. f. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. g. Disc: Aluminum bronze. 2.3 CHAINWHEELS A. Description: Valve actuation assembly with sprocket rim, chain guides, chain, and attachment brackets for mounting chainwheels directly to handwheels. 1. Sprocket Rim with Chain Guides: Ductile iron, of type and size required for valve. 2. Chain: Hot-dip, galvanized steel, of size required to fit sprocket rim. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. E. Install chainwheels on operators for butterfly valves NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger and more than 96 inches (2400 mm) above floor. Extend chains to 60 inches (1520 mm) above finished floor. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.13 - 3 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.3 DOMESTIC HOT- AND COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves: 200 CWP, EPDM seat, aluminum-bronze disc. END OF SECTION 220523.13 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS CHECK VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.14 - 1 SECTION 220523.14 - CHECK VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze swing check valves. 2. Iron swing check valves. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. 1. Certification that products comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads for threaded end valves. 2. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 3. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 4. ASME B16.18 for solder joint. 5. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects and Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content Compliance: NSF 61 and NSF 372. D. Bronze valves shall be made with dezincification-resistant materials. Bronze valves made with copper alloy (brass) containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted. E. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. F. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS CHECK VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.14 - 2 G. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. 2.2 BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES A. Bronze Swing Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc, Class 125: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 4. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Design: Horizontal flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded or soldered. See valve schedule articles. f. Disc: TFE. 2.3 IRON SWING CHECK VALVES A. Iron Swing Check Valves with Metal Seats, Class 125: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. d. Body Material: ASTM A126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. e. Ends: Flanged or threaded. See valve schedule articles. f. Trim: Bronze. g. Gasket: Asbestos free. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS CHECK VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.14 - 3 E. Install swing check valves for proper direction of flow in horizontal position with hinge pin level. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. Pump-Discharge Check Valves: a. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves with nonmetallic disc. b. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger for Domestic Water: Iron swing check valves with lever and weight or spring; metal-seat check valves. B. If valves with specified CWP ratings are unavailable, the same types of valves with higher CWP ratings may be substituted. C. End Connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded or soldered or press-ends. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged or threaded. 3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. 5. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged or threaded. 6. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged. 3.4 DOMESTIC HOT- AND COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: 1. Bronze swing check valves bronze disc, Class 125, with soldered, threaded or press end connections. B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: 1. Iron swing check valves with metal seats, Class 125, with threaded or flanged end connections. END OF SECTION 220523.14 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GATE VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.15 - 1 SECTION 220523.15 - GATE VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze gate valves. 2. Iron gate valves. 3. Chainwheels. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. 1. Certification that products comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads for threaded end valves. 2. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 3. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 4. ASME B16.18 for solder joint. 5. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 and NSF 372 for valve materials for potable-water service. D. Bronze valves shall be made with dezincification-resistant materials. Bronze valves made with copper alloy (brass) containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted. E. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. F. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GATE VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.15 - 2 G. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. 2.2 BRONZE GATE VALVES A. Bronze Gate Valves, NRS, Class 125: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Material: Bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint. e. Stem: Bronze. f. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. 2.3 IRON GATE VALVES A. Iron Gate Valves, NRS, Class 125: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-70, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Material: Gray iron with bolted bonnet. d. Ends: Flanged. e. Trim: Bronze. f. Disc: Solid wedge. g. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free. 2.4 CHAINWHEELS A. Description: Valve actuation assembly with sprocket rim, chain guides, chain, and attachment brackets for mounting chainwheels directly to hand wheels. 1. Sprocket Rim with Chain Guides: Ductile iron, of type and size required for valve. 2. Chain: Hot-dip galvanized steel of size required to fit sprocket rim. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GATE VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220523.15 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. E. Install chainwheels on operators for gate valves [NPS 4 (DN 100)] <Insert size> and larger and more than [96 inches (2400 mm)] <Insert dimension> above floor. Extend chains to [60 inches (1520 mm)] <Insert dimension> above finished floor. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Use gate valves for shutoff service only. B. If valves with specified CWP ratings are unavailable, the same types of valves with higher CWP ratings may be substituted. 3.4 DOMESTIC HOT- AND COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: 1. Bronze gate valves, NRS, Class 125 with soldered, threaded or press fit ends. B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Iron gate valves, NRS, Class 125 with flanged ends. END OF SECTION 220523.15 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 1 SECTION 220529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Thermal hanger-shield inserts. 4. Fastener systems. 5. Pipe-positioning systems. 6. Equipment supports. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 220516 "Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping" for pipe guides and anchors. 2. Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for vibration isolation devices. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural-Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 2 B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to "2015 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for plumbing piping and equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 3. Design seismic-restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment. 2.2 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized, hot-dip galvanized, or electro-galvanized. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coated or epoxy powder coated. 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. B. Stainless-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. 2. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 3. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel. C. Copper Pipe and Tube Hangers: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-coated-steel, factory-fabricated components. 2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper-coated steel. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 3 2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-58, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly, made from structural-carbon-steel shapes, with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U- bolts. 2.4 THERMAL HANGER-SHIELD INSERTS A. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig (688-kPa) or ASTM C591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig (862-kPa) minimum compressive strength and vapor barrier. B. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig (688-kPa) or ASTM C591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig (862-kPa) minimum compressive strength. C. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. D. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. E. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches (50 mm) beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.5 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Indoor Applications: Zinc-coated or stainless steel. 2. Outdoor Applications: Stainless steel. 2.6 PIPE-POSITIONING SYSTEMS A. Description: IAPMO PS 42 positioning system composed of metal brackets, clips, and straps for positioning piping in pipe spaces; for plumbing fixtures in commercial applications. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 4 2.7 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural-carbon- steel shapes. 2.8 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M). B. Carbon Steel: ASTM A1011/A1011M. C. Structural Steel: ASTM A36/A36M carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. D. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M. E. Grout: ASTM C1107/C1107M, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping materials and installation, for penetrations through fire-rated walls, ceilings, and assemblies. B. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components, so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb (90 kg). 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size, or install intermediate supports for smaller-diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 5 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A36/A36M carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Thermal Hanger-Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. D. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick in concrete, after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete, after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Pipe-Positioning-System Installation: Install support devices to make rigid supply and waste piping connections to each plumbing fixture. F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. G. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. H. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. I. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. J. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms, and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. K. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports, so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. L. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. M. Insulated Piping: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating Above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating Below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal hanger-shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 6 c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39 protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal hanger-shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal hanger-shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 8 to DN 90): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.048 inch (1.22 mm) thick. b. NPS 4 (DN 100): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick. c. NPS 5 and NPS 6 (DN 125 and DN 150): 18 inches (457 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14 (DN 200 to DN 350): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.075 inch (1.91 mm) thick. e. NPS 16 to NPS 24 (DN 400 to DN 600): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.105 inch (2.67 mm) thick. 5. Pipes NPS 8 (DN 200) and Larger: Include wood or reinforced calcium-silicate- insulation inserts of length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal Hanger Shields: Install with insulation of same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment, and make bearing surface smooth. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 7 B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches (40 mm). 3.6 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded, shop-painted areas. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as those used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-58 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finishes. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports and metal trapeze pipe hangers and attachments for general service applications. F. Use stainless-steel pipe hangers and stainless-steel or corrosion-resistant attachments for hostile environment applications. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 8 G. Use copper-plated pipe hangers and copper or stainless-steel attachments for copper piping and tubing. H. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. I. Use thermal hanger-shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing. J. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). 2. Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to 1050 deg F (566 deg C) pipes NPS 4 to NPS 24 (DN 100 to DN 600), requiring up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. 3. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 36 (DN 20 to DN 900), requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. 4. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 (DN 15 to DN 600) if little or no insulation is required. 5. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 15 to DN 100), to allow off-center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 6. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid-Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 8 (DN 20 to DN 200). 7. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). 8. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). 9. Adjustable, Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). 10. Split Pipe Ring with or without Turnbuckle Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 8 (DN 10 to DN 200). 11. Extension Hinged or Two-Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 3 (DN 10 to DN 80). 12. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). 13. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. 14. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate. 15. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon- steel plate, and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 16. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 (DN 65 to DN 900) if vertical adjustment is required, with steel- pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 9 17. Single-Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes NPS 1 to NPS 30 (DN 25 to DN 750), from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction occurs. 18. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 24 (DN 65 to DN 600), from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction occurs. 19. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42 (DN 50 to DN 1050) if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction occurs but vertical adjustment is unnecessary. 20. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 24 (DN 50 to DN 600) if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction occurs and vertical adjustment is unnecessary. 21. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 30 (DN 50 to DN 750) if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation, in addition to expansion and contraction, is required. K. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 24 to DN 600). 2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 20 to DN 600) if longer ends are required for riser clamps. L. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment of up to 6 inches (150 mm) for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. 3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11 split pipe rings. 4. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. M. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable-Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 10 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 8. Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams. 9. Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I- beams for heavy loads. 10. Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I- beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 11. Malleable-Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 12. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb (340 kg). b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb (680 kg). c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb (1360 kg). 13. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. N. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel-Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal Hanger-Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. O. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Restraint-Control Devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping movement. 2. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1- 1/4 inches (32 mm). 3. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs. 4. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal expansion in piping systems. 5. Variable-Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load, and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220529 - 11 6. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load, and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. 7. Variable-Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load, and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. 8. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected equipment. Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load-adjustment capability. These supports include the following types: a. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally. b. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically. c. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical-type supports and one trapeze member. P. Comply with MSS SP-58 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. Q. Use powder-actuated fasteners or mechanical-expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. R. Use pipe-positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support supply and waste piping for plumbing fixtures. END OF SECTION 220529 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 1 SECTION 220548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Elastomeric isolation pads. 2. Elastomeric isolation mounts. 3. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts. 4. Open-spring isolators. 5. Housed-spring isolators. 6. Restrained-spring isolators. 7. Housed-restrained-spring isolators. 8. Pipe-riser resilient support. 9. Resilient pipe guides. 10. Elastomeric hangers. 11. Spring hangers. 12. Snubbers. 13. Restraints - rigid type. 14. Restraints - cable type. 15. Restraint accessories. 16. Post-installed concrete anchors. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of equipment bases. 2. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: 1. For each seismic-restraint and wind-load protection device, including seismic-restrained mounting, pipe-riser resilient support, snubber, seismic restraint, seismic-restraint accessory, and concrete anchor and insert, that is required by this Section or is indicated on Drawings, submit the following: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 2 a. Seismic and wind-load restraint, and vibration isolator, and isolation base selection: Select vibration isolators, seismic and wind-load restraints, and vibration isolation bases complying with performance requirements, design criteria, and analysis data. b. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, spring deflection changes, and seismic loads. Include certification by professional engineer that riser system was examined for excessive stress and that none exists. c. Concrete Anchors and Inserts: Include calculations showing anticipated seismic and wind loads. Include certification that device is approved by an NRTL for seismic reinforcement use. d. Seismic Design Calculations: Submit all input data and loading calculations prepared in "Performance Requirements" Article in "Seismic Design Calculations" Paragraph. e. Wind-Load Design Calculations: Submit all static and dynamic loading calculations prepared in "Wind-Load Design Calculations" Paragraph in "Performance Requirements" Article. f. Qualified Professional Engineer: All designated-design submittals for seismic and wind-load-restraint calculations are to be signed and sealed by qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 2. Seismic-and Wind-Load-Restraint Detail Drawing: a. Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic and wind restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads. b. Details: Indicate fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of restraints to restrained items and to the structure. Show attachment locations, methods, and spacings. Identify components, list their strengths, and indicate directions and values of forces transmitted to the structure during seismic events. Indicate association with vibration isolation devices. c. Coordinate seismic restraint and vibration isolation details with wind-restraint details required for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply also with requirements in other Sections for equipment mounted outdoors. 3. Product Listing, Preapproval, and Evaluation Documentation: By an evaluation service member of ICC-ES and an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum ratings of restraint items and the basis for approval (tests or calculations). 4. All delegated-design submittals for seismic- and wind-restraint detail Drawings are to be signed and sealed by qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 5. Design Calculations for Vibration Isolation Devices: Calculate static and dynamic loading due to equipment weight and operating forces required to select proper vibration isolators, and to design vibration isolation bases. 6. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, and spring deflection changes. Include certification that riser system was examined for excessive stress and that none exists. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 3 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of vibration isolation and wind-load reinforcement device installation and seismic bracing for plumbing piping and equipment with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including other supports and restraints, if any. B. Welding certificates. C. Field quality-control reports: D. Seismic Qualification Data: Provide special certification for designated seismic systems as indicated in ASCE/SEI 7-10 Paragraph 13.2.2, "Special Certification Requirements for Designated Seismic Systems" for all Designated Seismic Systems identified as such on Drawings or in the Specifications. 1. Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification for each designated active plumbing seismic device and system, stating that it will remain operable following the design earthquake. Certification must be based on requirements of ASCE/SEI 7 and AHRI 1270 (AHRI 1271), including shake table testing per ICC-ES AC156 or a similar nationally recognized testing standard procedure acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification that components with hazardous contents maintain containment following the design earthquake by methods required in ASCE/SEI 7-10. 3. Submit evidence demonstrating compliance with these requirements for approval to authorities having jurisdiction after review and acceptance by a licensed professional engineer. E. Wind-Force Performance Certification: Provide special certification for plumbing components subject to high wind exposure and impact damage. 1. Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification for each designated plumbing device, stating that it will remain in place and operable following the design wind event and comply with all requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Certification must be based on ICC-ES or similar nationally recognized testing standard procedures acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, be an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and be acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 4 C. Seismic- and Wind-Load-Restraint Device Load Ratings: Devices to be tested and rated in accordance with applicable code requirements and authorities having jurisdiction. Devices to be listed by a nationally recognized third party that requires periodic follow-up inspections and has a listing directory available to the public. Provide third-party listing by one or more of the following: ICC-ES product listing an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design seismic and wind-load control system. 1. Seismic and Wind-Load Performance: Equipment shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions and high wind events determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7- 10. B. Seismic Design Calculations: 1. Perform calculations to obtain force information necessary to properly select seismic- restraint devices, fasteners, and anchorage. Perform calculations using methods acceptable to applicable code authorities and as presented in ASCE/SEI 7-10 including supplement No. 1 or other seismic calculation method required by authorities having jurisdiction. Where "ASCE/SEI 7" is used throughout this Section, it is to be understood that the edition referred to in this subparagraph is the edition intended as reference throughout the section text. a. Data indicated below to be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor must be obtained by Contractor and must be included in individual component submittal packages. b. Coordinate seismic design calculations with wind-load calculations for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Sections in addition to those in this Section for equipment mounted outdoors. c. Building Occupancy Category: IV. d. Building Risk Category: IV. e. Building Site Classification: D. 2. Calculation Factors, ASCE/SEI 7-16, Ch. 13 - Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components: All section, paragraph, equation, and table numbers refer to ASCE/SEI 7-16 unless otherwise noted. Any factors not listed shall be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. a. Horizontal Seismic Design Force Fp: Value is to be calculated by Delegated- Design Contractor using Equation 13.3-1. Factors below must be obtained by Delegated-Design Contractor for this calculation. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 5 1) SDS = Spectral Acceleration: 0.674. Value applies to all components on Project. 2) ap = Component Amplification Factor: To be obtained by the Delegated- Design Contractor for each component. 3) Ip = Component Importance Factor: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 4) Wp = Component Operating Weight: For each component. Obtain by Delegated-Design Contractor from each component. 5) Rp = Component Response Modification Factor: Obtain by Delegated- Design Contractor from each component. 6) z = Height in Structure of Point of Attachment of Component for Base: Determine from Project Drawings for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor. For items at or below the base, "z" shall be taken as zero. 7) h = Average Roof Height of Structure for Base: Determine from Project Drawings by Delegated-Design Contractor. b. Vertical Seismic Design Force: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using method explained in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Paragraph 13.3.1.2. c. Seismic Relative Displacement Dpl: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Paragraph 13.3.2. Factors below must be obtained by Delegated-Design Contractor for this calculation: 1) Dp = Relative Seismic Displacement that Each Component Must Be Designed to Accommodate: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7-16, Paragraph 13.3.2. 2) Ie = Structure Importance Factor: 1.5. Value applies to all components on Project. 3) δxA = Deflection at Building Level x of Structure A 4) δyA = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure A 5) δyB = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure B 6) hx = Height of Level x to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 7) hy = Height of Level y to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 8) ΔaA = Allowable Story Drift for Structure A 9) ΔaB = Allowable Story Drift for Structure B 10) hsx = Story Height Used in the Definition of Allowable Drift Δa d. Component Fundamental Period Tp: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Paragraph 13.3.3. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation: 1) Wp = Component Operating Weight: Determined by Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 6 2) g = Gravitational Acceleration: 32.17 fps2 (9.81 m/s2). 3) Kp = Combined Stiffness of the Component, Supports, and Attachments: Determined by delegated-design seismic engineer. 3. Calculation Factors, ASCE/SEI 7-10, Ch. 13 - Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components: All section, paragraph, equation, and table numbers refer to ASCE/SEI 7-10 unless otherwise noted. a. Horizontal Seismic Design Force Fp: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor by ASCE/SEI 7-10, Equation 13.3-1. Factors below must be obtained by Delegated-Design Contractor for this calculation: 1) SDS = Spectral Acceleration 2) ap = Component Amplification Factor 3) Ip = Component Importance Factor 4) Wp = Component Operating Weight: For each component. Obtain by Delegated-Design Contractor from equipment submittal. 5) Rp = Component Response Modification Factor 6) z = Height in Structure of Point of Attachment of Component for Base: Determined from Project Drawings for each component by Contractor. For items at or below the base, "z" shall be taken as zero. 7) h = Average Roof Height of Structure for Base: Determine from Project Drawings by Delegated-Design Contractor. b. Vertical Seismic Design Force: Calculate by Delegated- Design Contractor using method explained in ASCE/SEI 7-10, Paragraph 13.3.1. c. Seismic Relative Displacement Dpl: Calculate by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-10, Paragraph 13.3.2. Factors below must be obtained by Delegated-Design Contractor for this calculation: 1) Dp = Relative Seismic Displacement that Each Component Must Be Designed to Accommodate: Calculate by Delegated-Design Contractor in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7-10, Paragraph 13.3.2. 2) Ie =Structure Importance Factor: 1.5. Value applies to all components on Project. 3) δxA = Deflection at Building Level x of Structure A 4) δyA = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure A 5) δyB = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure B 6) hx = Height of Level x to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data; 7) hy = Height of Level y to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 8) ΔaA = Allowable Story Drift for Structure A 9) ΔaB = Allowable Story Drift for Structure B 10) hsx = Story Height Used in the Definition of the Allowable Drift Δa LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 7 4. Calculation Factors, ASCE/SEI 7-05, Ch. 13 - Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components: All section, paragraph, equation, and table numbers refer to ASCE/SEI 7-05 unless otherwise noted. a. Horizontal Seismic Design Force Fp: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor by ASCE/SEI 7-05, Equation 13.3-1. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation. 1) SDS = Spectral Acceleration 2) ap = Component Amplification Factor 3) Ip = Component Importance Factor 4) Wp = Component Operating Weight: Obtain by Delegated-Design Contractor for each component from component submittal. 5) Rp = Component Response Modification Factor 6) z = Height in Structure of Point of Attachment of Component for the Base: Determine by Delegated-Design Contractor for each component from Project Drawings. For items at or below the base, "z" shall be taken as zero. 7) h = Average Roof Height of Structure for the Base: Determine by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings. b. Vertical Seismic Design Force: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using method explained in ASCE/SEI 7-05, Paragraph 13.3.1. c. Seismic Relative Displacement Dp: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-05, Paragraph 13.3.2. Factors below must be obtained by Delegated-Design Contractor for this calculation: 1) δxA = Deflection at Building Level x of Structure A 2) δyA = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure A 3) δyB = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure B 4) hx = Height of Level x to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 5) hy = Height of Level y to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 6) ΔaA = Allowable Story Drift for Structure A 7) ΔaB = Allowable Story Drift for Structure B 8) hsx = Story Height Used in the Definition of the Allowable Drift Δa: Obtain by Delegated-Design Contractor from each component. C. Wind-Load Design Calculations: 1. Perform calculations to obtain force information necessary to properly select wind-load- restraint devices, fasteners, and anchorage. Perform calculations using methods acceptable to applicable code authorities and as presented in ASCE/SEI 7-10 or other wind-force calculation method required by authorities having jurisdiction. Where LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 8 "ASCE/SEI 7" is used throughout this Section, it is to be understood that the edition referred to in this subparagraph is intended as referenced throughout the Section Text unless otherwise noted. a. Data indicated below that are specific to individual pieces of equipment must be obtained by Contractor and must be included in individual component submittal packages. b. Coordinate design wind-load calculations with seismic load calculations for equipment requiring both seismic and wind-load reinforcement. Comply with requirements in other Sections in addition to those in this Section for equipment mounted outdoors. 2. Design wind pressure "p" for rooftop equipment is to be calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Ch. 30, PART 6: Building Appurtenances and Rooftop Structures and Equipment. a. Risk Category: IV. b. h = Mean Roof Height: Determine by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings. c. V = Basic Wind Speed: 1) 182 MPH (3,000 year MRI) 2) 113 MPH (25 year MRI) 3) 74 MPH (10 year MRI) Kd = Wind Directionality Factor: 0.85. d. Exposure Category: D. e. Kzt = Topographic Factor: 1.0. f. Ke = Ground Elevation Factor:1.0. g. Kz = Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient (Evaluated at Height z): To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. h. Kh = Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient (Evaluated at Height h): To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor i. qz = Velocity Pressure: Value calculated by delegated wind-load design contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 26.10.1 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. j. qh = Velocity Pressure: Value calculated by delegated wind-load design contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 26.10.1 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. k. G = Gust-Effect Factor: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor l. Enclosure Classification: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. m. GCpi = Internal Pressure Coefficient: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. 3. Design wind pressure "p" for rooftop equipment is to be calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods in ASCE/SEI 7-10, Ch. 30, PART 6: Building Appurtenances and Rooftop Structures and Equipment. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 9 a. Risk Category: IV. b. h = Mean Roof Height: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor from the Project Drawings. c. V = Basic Wind Speed: 1) 182 MPH (3,000 year MRI) 2) 113 MPH (25 year MRI) 3) 74 MPH (10 year MRI) d. Kd = Wind Directionality Factor: 0.85. e. Exposure Category: D. f. Kzt = Topographic Factor: 1.0. g. Kz = Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient (Evaluated at Height z): To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. h. Kh = Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient (Evaluated at Height h): To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. i. qz = Velocity Pressure at Height z: Value calculated by delegated wind-load design contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-10 Section 26.10.1 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. j. qh = Velocity Pressure at Height h: Value calculated by delegated wind-load design contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-10 Section 26.10.1 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. k. G = Gust-Effect Factor: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. l. Enclosure Classification: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. m. GCpi = Internal Pressure Coefficient: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. 4. Design Wind Force "F" for rooftop equipment and external sidewall-mounted equipment such as louvers is to be calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods in ASCE/SEI 7-05, Ch. 6. a. I = Importance Factor: 1.0 or 1.5 To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. b. h = Mean Roof Height: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor by reviewing the plans. c. V = Basic Wind Speed: 1) 182 MPH (3,000 year MRI) 2) 113 MPH (25 year MRI) 3) 74 MPH (10 year MRI) d. Kd = Wind Directionality Factor: 0.85. e. Exposure Category: D. f. Kzt = Topographic Factor: 1.0 g. Kz = Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient (Evaluated at Height z): To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 10 h. Kh = Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient (Evaluated at Height h): To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. i. qz = Velocity Pressure at Height z: Value calculated by delegated wind-load design contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-05 Section 6.5.10 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. j. qh = Velocity Pressure at Roof Height h: Value calculated by delegated wind-load design contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-05 Section 6.5.10 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. k. G = Gust-Effect Factor: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. l. GCpi= Internal Pressure Coefficient: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. m. GCp = External pressure coefficient: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. n. Cf = Force Coefficient: Value determined by delegated wind-load design Contractor from ASCE/SEI 7-05, Figures 6-21 through 6-23 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. o. Af = Projected area normal to the wind: except where Cf is specified for the actual surface area. Value determined by delegated wind-load design contractor from equipment submittal or manufacturer. D. Consequential Damage: Provide additional seismic and wind-force restraints for suspended plumbing components or anchorage of floor, roof or wall mounted plumbing components as indicated in ASCE/SEI 7-10 so that failure of a non-essential or essential plumbing component will not cause the failure of any other essential architectural, mechanical or electrical building component. E. Fire/Smoke Resistance: Seismic- and wind-load-restraint devices that are not constructed of ferrous metals must have a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested by an NRTL in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723, and be so labeled. F. Component Supports: 1. Load Ratings, features, and applications of all reinforcement components must be based on testing standards of a nationally recognized testing agency. 2. All component support attachments must comply with force and displacement resistance requirements of ASCE/SEI 7-10 Section 13.6 2.2 ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION PADS A. Elastomeric Isolation Pads 1. Fabrication: Single or multiple layers of sufficient durometer stiffness for uniform loading over pad area. 2. Size: Factory or field cut to match requirements of supported equipment. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 11 3. Pad Material: Oil and water resistant with elastomeric properties. Neoprene rubber, silicone rubber, or other elastomeric material. 4. Surface Pattern: Smooth, ribbed, or waffle pattern. 5. Load-bearing metal plates adhered to pads. 6. Sandwich-Core Material: Resilient and elastomeric. a. Infused nonwoven cotton or synthetic fibers. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION MOUNTS A. Double-Deflection, Elastomeric Isolation Mounts 1. Mounting Plates: a. Top Plate: Encapsulated steel load transfer top plates, factory drilled and threaded with threaded studs or bolts. b. Baseplate: Encapsulated steel bottom plates with holes provided for anchoring to support structure. 2. Elastomeric Material: Molded, oil- and water-resistant neoprene rubber, silicone rubber, or other elastomeric material. 2.4 RESTRAINED ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION MOUNTS A. Restrained Elastomeric Isolation Mounts 1. Description: All-directional isolator with seismic restraints containing two separate and opposing elastomeric elements that prevent central threaded element and attachment hardware from contacting the housing during normal operation. a. Housing: Cast-ductile iron or welded steel. b. Elastomeric Material: Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric material. 2.5 OPEN-SPRING ISOLATORS A. Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open-Spring Isolators: 1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 12 5. Baseplates: Factory-drilled steel plate for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 500 psig (3447 kPa). 6. Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. 2.6 HOUSED-SPRING ISOLATORS A. Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open-Spring Isolators in Two-Part Telescoping Housing: 1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 5. Two-Part Telescoping Housing: A steel top and bottom frame separated by an elastomeric material and enclosing the spring isolators. a. Drilled base housing for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Bases shall limit floor load to 500 psig (3447 kPa). b. Top housing with attachment and leveling bolt. 2.7 RESTRAINED-SPRING ISOLATORS A. Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open-Spring Isolators with Vertical-Limit Stop Restraint: 1. Housing: Steel housing with vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to weight being removed. a. Base with holes for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Bases shall limit floor load to 500 psig (3447 kPa). b. Top plate with threaded mounting holes. c. Internal leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. 2. Restraint: Limit stop as required for equipment and authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 13 2.8 HOUSED-RESTRAINED-SPRING ISOLATORS 1. Freestanding, Steel, Open-Spring Isolators with Vertical-Limit Stop Restraint in Two- Part Telescoping Housing: 2. Two-Part Telescoping Housing: A steel top and bottom frame separated by an elastomeric material and enclosing the spring isolators. Housings are equipped with adjustable snubbers to limit vertical movement. a. Drilled base housing for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Bases shall limit floor load to 500 psig (3447 kPa). b. Threaded top housing with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 2.9 PIPE-RISER RESILIENT SUPPORT A. All-Directional, Acoustical Pipe Anchor Consisting of Two Steel Tubes Separated by a Minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) Thick Neoprene: 1. Vertical-Limit Stops: Steel and neoprene vertical-limit stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. 2. Maximum Load Per Support: 500 psig (3447 KPa) on isolation material providing equal isolation in all directions. 2.10 RESILIENT PIPE GUIDES A. Telescopic Arrangement of Two Steel Tubes or Post and Sleeve Arrangement Separated by a Minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) Thick Neoprene 1. Factory-Set Height Guide with Shear Pin: Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of motion to meet location requirements. 2.11 ELASTOMERIC HANGERS A. Elastomeric Mount in a Steel Frame with Upper and Lower Steel Hanger Rods LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 14 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated with a connection for an upper threaded hanger rod and an opening on the underside to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular lower hanger- rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Damping Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric material with a projecting bushing for the underside opening preventing steel-to-steel contact. 2.12 SPRING HANGERS A. Combination Coil-Spring and Elastomeric-Insert Hanger with Spring and Insert in Compression 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washer-reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame. 7. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower threaded rod. 8. Self-centering hanger-rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. 2.13 SNUBBERS A. Description: Factory fabricated using welded structural-steel shapes and plates, anchor bolts, and replaceable resilient isolation washers and bushings. 1. Post-installed Concrete Anchor Bolts: Secure to concrete surface with post-installed concrete anchors. Anchors to be seismically prequalified in accordance with ACI 355.2 testing and designated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Ch. 17 for 2015 or 2018 IBC. Preset concrete inserts: Seismically prequalified in accordance with ICC-ES AC446 testing. 2. Anchors in Masonry: Design in accordance with TMS 402. 3. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene. 4. Resilient Cushion: Maximum 1/4-inch (6-mm) air gap, and minimum 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 15 2.14 RESTRAINTS - RIGID TYPE A. Description: Shop- or field-fabricated bracing assembly made of ANSI/AISI S110-07-S1 slotted steel channels, ANSI/ASTM A53/A53M steel pipe as per NFPA 13, or other rigid steel brace member. Includes accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end and other matching components and with corrosion-resistant coating; rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces. 2.15 RESTRAINTS - CABLE TYPE A. Seismic- and Wind-Load-Restraint Cables: ASTM A492 stainless steel cables. End connections made of steel assemblies with thimbles, brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for seismic restraining cable service; with fittings attached by means of poured socket, swaged socket or mechanical (Flemish eye) loop. B. Restraint cable assembly and cable fittings must comply with ASCE/SEI 19. All cable fittings and complete cable assembly must maintain the minimum cable breaking force. U-shaped cable clips and wedge type end fittings do not comply and are unacceptable. 2.16 RESTRAINT ACCESSORIES A. Hanger-Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted-support-system sleeve with internally bolted connections to hanger rod. Non-metallic stiffeners are unacceptable. B. Hinged and Swivel Brace Attachments: Multifunctional steel connectors for attaching hangers to rigid channel bracings and restraint cables. C. Bushings for Floor-Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs. D. Bushing Assemblies for Wall-Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of attachment devices used. E. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: One-piece, molded, oil- and water-resistant neoprene, with a flat washer face. 2.17 POST-INSTALLED CONCRETE ANCHORS A. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: 1. Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type in zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E488/E488M. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 16 B. Provide post-installed concrete anchors that have been prequalified for use in seismic applications. 1. Prequalify post-installed anchors in concrete in accordance with ACI 355.2 or other approved qualification testing procedures. 2. Prequalify post-installed anchors in masonry in accordance with approved qualification procedures. C. Expansion-type anchor bolts are not permitted for equipment in excess of 10 hp (7.46 kW), which is not vibration isolated. 1. Undercut expansion anchors are permitted. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an evaluation service member of ICC-ES or an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction]. B. Hanger-Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger-rod stiffeners where indicated or scheduled on Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. C. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength is adequate to carry static, wind load, and seismic load within specified loading limits. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF VIBRATION CONTROL, WIND-LOAD CONTROL, AND SEISMIC- RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Provide vibration-control devices for systems and equipment where indicated in Equipment Schedules or Vibration-Control Device Schedules, where indicated on Drawings, or where the Specifications indicate they are to be installed on specific equipment and systems. B. Provide seismic-restraint and wind-load control devices for systems and equipment where indicated in Equipment Schedules or Seismic-Restraint Devices Schedules, where indicated on Drawings, where the Specifications indicate they are to be installed on specific equipment and systems, and where required by applicable codes. C. Coordinate location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 17 D. Installation of vibration isolators, wind-load restraints, and seismic restraints must not cause any stresses, misalignment, or change of position of equipment or piping. E. Equipment Restraints: 1. Install snubbers on plumbing equipment mounted on vibration isolators. Locate snubbers as close as possible to vibration isolators and bolt to equipment base and supporting structure. 2. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch (3.2 mm). 3. Install seismic-restraint and wind-load-restraint devices using methods approved by an evaluation service member of ICC-ES or an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction] that provides required submittals for component. F. Piping Restraints: 1. Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127. 2. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet (12 m) o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet (24 m) o.c. 3. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet (3.7 m). G. Install seismic- and wind-load-restraint cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. H. Install seismic- and wind-load-restraint devices using methods approved by an evaluation service member of ICC-ES or an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. I. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. J. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall. K. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. L. Post-Installed Concrete Anchors: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify Project structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 18 3. Mechanical-Type Anchor Bolts: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Adhesive-Type Anchor Bolts: Clean holes to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to installation of adhesive. Place adhesive in holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air pockets in the adhesive. 5. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 6. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior and stainless steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.3 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A. Provide flexible connections in piping systems where they cross structural seismic joints and other point where differential movement may occur. Provide adequate flexibility to accommodate differential movement as determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after system is at operating weight. B. Adjust limit stops on restrained-spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. 2. Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage device to restrained component (unless postconnection testing has been approved), and with at least seven days' advance notice. 4. Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide temporary load-spreading members. 5. Test at least four of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by Architect. 6. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. 7. Measure isolator restraint clearance. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220548 - 19 8. Measure isolator deflection. 9. Verify snubber minimum clearances. 10. Test and adjust restrained-air-spring isolator controls and safeties. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. D. Units will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 220548 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 1 SECTION 220553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. B. Related Requirements: 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification material and device. C. Equipment-Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for each label. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Brass, 0.032-inch (0.8-mm) minimum thickness, with predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. 3. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). 4. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances of up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 5. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 6. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 2 B. Plastic Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick, with predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. 3. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures of up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). 4. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). 5. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances of up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 6. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 7. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. 2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick, with predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. C. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures of up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). D. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). E. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances of up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. F. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self-tapping screws. G. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. H. Arc-Flash Warning Signs: Provide arc-flash warning signs in locations and with content in accordance with requirements of OSHA and NFPA 70E, and other applicable codes and standards. I. Label Content: Include caution and warning information plus emergency notification instructions. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 3 2.3 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color coded, with lettering indicating service and showing flow direction in accordance with ASME A13.1. B. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. C. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to partially cover circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. D. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing. E. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings. Also include: 1. Pipe size. 2. Flow-Direction Arrows: Include flow-direction arrows on[ main] distribution piping. Arrows may be either integral with label or applied separately. 3. Lettering Size: At least 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances of up to 72 inches (1830 mm) and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants, as well as dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and other substances that could impair bond of identification devices. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. D. Locate identifying devices so that they are readily visible from the point of normal approach. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT LABELS, WARNING SIGNS, AND LABELS A. Permanently fasten labels on each item of plumbing equipment. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 220553 - 4 B. Sign and Label Colors. 1. White letters on an ANSI Z535.1 safety-green background. C. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. D. Arc-Flash Warning Signs: Provide arc-flash warning signs on electrical disconnects and other equipment where are-flash hazard exists, as indicated on Drawings, and in accordance with requirements of OSHA and NFPA 70E, and other applicable codes and standards. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PIPE LABELS A. Install pipe labels showing service and flow direction with permanent adhesive on pipes. B. Pipe-Label Locations: Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Within 3 ft. (1 m) of each valve and control device. 2. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 3. Within 3 ft. (1 m) of equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 4. Spaced at maximum intervals of 15 ft. (8 m) along each run. Reduce intervals to 7 ft. (3 m) in areas of congested piping and equipment. C. Do not apply plastic pipe labels or plastic tapes directly to bare pipes conveying fluids at temperatures of 125 deg F (52 deg C) or higher. Where these pipes are to remain uninsulated, use a short section of insulation or use stenciled labels. D. Flow-Direction Flow Arrows: Use arrows, in compliance with ASME A13.1, to indicate direction of flow in pipes, including pipes where flow is allowed in both directions. E. Pipe-Label Color Schedule: 1. Domestic Cold-Water Piping: White letters on an ANSI Z535.1 safety-green background. 2. Domestic Hot-Water Piping: White letters on an ANSI Z535.1 safety-green background colors. 3. Domestic Hot-Water Return Piping White letters on an ANSI Z535.1 safety-green background. 4. Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage Piping: White letters on a black background. 5. Nonpotable Cold Water: Black letters on an ANSI Z535.1 safety-yellow background. END OF SECTION 220553 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR PLUMBING 220593 - 1 SECTION 220593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. TAB of domestic water system. 2. TAB of plumbing equipment: a. Domestic water booster pumps. b. Domestic hot-water in-line circulation pumps. c. Sanitary sewage pumps. d. Drainage pumps. 3. Pipe-leakage test verification. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council. B. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau. C. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing. D. TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau. E. TAB Specialist: An independent entity meeting qualifications to perform TAB work. F. TDH: Total dynamic head. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: Within 90 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit documentation that the TAB specialist and this Project's TAB team members meet the qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article. B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 90 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit the Contract Documents review report, as specified in Part 3. C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 90 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures, as specified in "Preparation" Article. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR PLUMBING 220593 - 2 D. System Readiness Checklists: Within 90 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit system readiness checklists, as specified in "Preparation" Article. E. Examination Report: Submit a summary report of the examination review required in "Examination" Article. F. Certified TAB reports. G. Sample report forms. H. Instrument calibration reports, to include the following: 1. Instrument type and make. 2. Serial number. 3. Application. 4. Dates of use. 5. Dates of calibration. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Specialists Qualifications, Certified by AABC, NEBB or TABB: B. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration: Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 111, Section 4, "Instrumentation." C. ASHRAE 188 Compliance: Comply with balancing and report requirements, Section 8.3 "Balancing." D. Code and Authorities Having Jurisdiction Compliance: TAB is required to comply with governing codes and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner may occupy completed areas of building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize conflicts with Owner's operations. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR PLUMBING 220593 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. B. Examine installed systems for balancing devices, such as test ports, gauge cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, and balancing valves and fittings. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are applicable for intended purpose and are accessible. C. Examine approved submittals for plumbing systems and equipment. D. Examine design data, including plumbing system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about plumbing system and equipment controls. E. Examine equipment performance data, including pump curves. 1. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including pump system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. 2. Calculate pump system-effect factors to reduce performance ratings of plumbing equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to rate equipment performance. Compare results with the design data and installed conditions. F. Examine system and equipment installations, and verify that field quality-control testing, cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed. G. Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections. H. Examine plumbing equipment and verify that bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, filters are clean, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. I. Examine temporary and permanent strainers. Verify that temporary strainer screens used during system cleaning and flushing have been removed and permanent strainers are installed and clean. J. Examine control valves for proper installation for their intended function of isolating, throttling, diverting, or mixing fluid flows. K. Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR PLUMBING 220593 - 4 L. Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on plumbing equipment. M. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare a TAB plan that includes the following: 1. Equipment and systems to be tested. 2. Strategies and step-by-step procedures for balancing the systems. 3. Instrumentation to be used. 4. Sample forms with specific identification for all equipment. B. Perform system-readiness checks of plumbing systems and equipment to verify system readiness for TAB work. Include, at a minimum, the following: 1. Domestic Water System: a. Verify leakage and pressure tests on water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed in accordance with applicable code and authority having jurisdiction. b. Water heaters are installed and functioning. c. Piping is complete and all points of outlet are installed. d. Water treatment is complete. e. Systems are flushed, filled, and air purged. f. Strainers are clean. g. Control valves are functioning in accordance with the sequence of operation. h. Shutoff and balance valves are 100 percent open. i. Booster- and hot-water circulating pumps are operational and proper rotation is verified. j. Pump gauge connections are installed directly at pump inlet and outlet flanges or in discharge and suction pipe prior to valves or strainers. k. Variable-frequency controllers' startup is complete and safeties are verified. l. Suitable access to balancing devices and equipment is provided. 2. Sanitary Sewage/Drainage System: a. Leakage and pressure tests on sanitary sewage/drainage systems have been completed in accordance with applicable code and authority having jurisdiction requirements. b. Piping is complete. c. Sanitary sewage pumps/drainage pumps are operational. d. Control valves are functioning in accordance with the sequence of operation. e. Shutoff valves are 100 percent open. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR PLUMBING 220593 - 5 f. Suitable access to equipment is provided. 3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system in accordance with the procedures contained in AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance", ASHRAE 111, and NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" and in this Section. B. Cut insulation, pipes, and equipment casings for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures. 1. Where holes for probes are required in piping or equipment, install pressure and temperature test plugs to seal systems. 2. Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish in accordance with Section 220716 "Plumbing Equipment Insulation" and Section 220719 "Plumbing Piping Insulation." C. Mark equipment and balancing devices, including valve position indicators and similar controls and devices, with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings. D. Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units. 3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT A. Test, adjust, and balance plumbing equipment indicated on Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Motors. 2. Domestic water booster pumps. 3. Domestic water in-line pumps. 4. Domestic water heaters. 5. Sanitary sewage pumps. 6. Drainage pumps. 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for pumps and other equipment. Obtain approved submittals and manufacturer-recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required equipment flow rates with system design flow rates. B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' Record drawings piping layouts. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR PLUMBING 220593 - 6 C. In addition to requirements in "Preparation" Article, prepare domestic water systems for testing and balancing as follows: 1. Check expansion tank for proper setting. 2. Check water heater for proper discharge temperature setting. 3. Check remotest point of outlet for adequate pressure. 4. Check flow-control valves for proper position. 5. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor controllers. 6. Verify that motor controllers are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. 7. Check that air has been purged from the system. D. Measure and record upstream and downstream pressure of each piece of equipment. E. Measure and record upstream and downstream pressure of pressure-reducing valves. F. Check settings and operation of automatic temperature-control valves, self-contained control valves, and pressure-reducing valves. Record final settings. G. Check settings and operation of each safety valve. Record settings. 3.6 PROCEDURES FOR DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM BOOSTER PUMPS A. Adjust pumps to deliver total design flow. 1. Measure total water flow. a. Position valves for full flow through coils. b. Measure flow by main flow meter, if installed. c. If main flow meter is not installed, determine flow by pump TDH or known equipment pressure drop. 2. Measure pump TDH as follows: a. Measure discharge pressure directly at the pump outlet flange or in discharge pipe prior to any valves. b. Measure inlet pressure directly at the pump inlet flange or in suction pipe prior to any valves or strainers. c. Convert pressure to head and correct for differences in gauge heights. d. Verify pump impeller size by measuring the TDH with the discharge valve closed. Note the point on manufacturer's pump curve at zero flow, and verify that the pump has the intended impeller size. e. With valves open, read pump TDH. Adjust pump discharge valve until design water flow is achieved. If excessive throttling is required to achieve desired flow, recommend pump impellers be trimmed to reduce excess throttling. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR PLUMBING 220593 - 7 3. Monitor motor performance during procedures, and do not operate motor in an overloaded condition. B. Adjust flow-measuring devices installed in mains and branches to design water flows. 1. Measure flow in main and branch pipes. 2. Adjust main and branch balance valves for design flow. 3. Re-measure each main and branch after all have been adjusted. C. Verify final system conditions as follows: 1. Re-measure and confirm that total water flow is within design. 2. Re-measure final pumps' operating data, TDH, volts, amps, and static profile. 3. Mark final settings. D. Verify that memory stops have been set. 3.7 PROCEDURES FOR DOMESTIC HOT-WATER CIRCULATING INLINE PUMP A. Balance system with manual or automatic balancing valves by setting at design flow. 1. Measure flow in main and branch pipes. 2. Adjust main and branch balance valves for design flow. 3. Re-measure each main and branch after all have been adjusted. B. Adjust pump to deliver total design flow. 1. Measure pump TDH as follows: a. Measure discharge pressure directly at the pump outlet flange or in discharge pipe prior to any valves. b. Measure inlet pressure directly at the pump inlet flange or in suction pipe prior to any valves or strainers. c. Convert pressure to head and correct for differences in gauge heights. d. Verify pump impeller size by measuring the TDH with the discharge valve closed. Note the point on manufacturer's pump curve at zero flow, and verify that the pump has the intended impeller size. 2. Monitor motor performance during procedures, and do not operate motor in an overloaded condition. 3. Mark final settings and verify that all memory stops have been set. 4. Verify final system conditions as follows: a. Re-measure and confirm that total flow is within design. b. Re-measure final pumps' operating data, TDH, volts, amps, speed, and static profile. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR PLUMBING 220593 - 8 c. Mark final settings. 3.8 PROCEDURES FOR WATER HEATERS A. Measure and record entering- and leaving-water temperatures. B. Measure and record water flow. C. Measure and record pressure drop. D. Measure and Record relief valve(s) pressure setting. E. Capacity: Calculate in Btu/h (kW) of heating output. F. Efficiency: Calculate operating efficiency for comparison to submitted equipment. 3.9 TOLERANCES A. Set plumbing system's flow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Domestic Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 5 percent. If design value is less than 10 gpm (0.63 L/s), within 10 percent. 3.10 PROGRESS REPORTING A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for system- balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to system-balancing devices, to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to plumbing systems and general construction to allow access for performance-measuring and -balancing devices. B. Status Reports: Prepare biweekly progress reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors. 3.11 FINAL REPORT A. General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate sections for tested systems and balanced systems. 1. Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR PLUMBING 220593 - 9 2. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. 3. Certify validity and accuracy of field data. B. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following: 1. Pump curves. 2. Manufacturers' test data. 3. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 4. Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop Drawings and Product Data. C. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of the TAB specialist. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report. 10. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 11. Summary of contents, including the following: a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 12. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 13. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated values. 14. Test conditions for pump performance forms, including the following: a. Variable-frequency controller settings for variable-flow hydronic systems. b. Settings for pressure controller(s). c. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. D. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of distribution systems. Present each system with single-line diagram and include the following: 1. Flow rates. 2. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. 3. Balancing stations. 4. Position of balancing devices. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR PLUMBING 220593 - 10 E. Water Heater Test Reports: In addition to manufacturer's factory startup equipment reports, include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. System identification. b. Location. c. Model number and unit size. d. Manufacturer's serial number. e. Output capacity in Btu/h (kW). f. Number of stages. g. Connected volts, phase, and hertz. h. Rated amperage. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): a. Heat output in Btu/h (kW). b. Entering-water temperature in deg F (deg C). c. Leaving-water temperature in deg F (deg C). d. High-temperature-limit setting in deg F (deg C). e. Operating set point in deg F (deg C). f. Voltage at each connection. g. Amperage for each phase. F. Pump Test Reports: Calculate impeller size by plotting the shutoff head on pump curves, and include the following: 1. Unit Data: a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Service. d. Make and size. e. Model number and serial number. f. Water flow rate in gpm (L/s). g. Water-pressure differential in feet of head or psig (kPa). h. Required net positive suction head in feet of head or psig (kPa). i. Pump speed. j. Impeller diameter in inches (mm). k. Motor make and frame size. l. Motor horsepower and rpm. m. Voltage at each connection. n. Amperage for each phase. o. Full-load amperage and service factor. p. Seal type. 2. Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values): LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR PLUMBING 220593 - 11 a. Static head in feet of head or psig (kPa). b. Pump shutoff pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). c. Actual impeller size in inches (mm). d. Full-open flow rate in gpm (L/s). e. Full-open pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). f. Final discharge pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). g. Final suction pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). h. Final total pressure in feet of head or psig (kPa). i. Final water flow rate in gpm (L/s). j. Voltage at each connection. k. Amperage for each phase. G. Instrument Calibration Reports: 1. Report Data: a. Instrument type and make. b. Serial number. c. Application. d. Dates of use. e. Dates of calibration. 3.12 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional TAB to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. END OF SECTION 220593 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 220716 - 1 SECTION 220716 - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following plumbing equipment that is not factory insulated: 1. Domestic water, hot-water and cold-water pumps. 2. Domestic water storage tanks. 3. Domestic water filter housings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 220719 "Plumbing Piping Insulation." 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail removable insulation at equipment connections. 2. Detail application of field-applied jackets. 3. Detail application at linkages of control devices. 4. Detail field application for each equipment type. C. Samples: For each type of insulation and jacket indicated. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B. Material test reports C. Field quality-control reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 220716 - 2 B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products in accordance with ASTM E84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less and smoke-developed index of 150 or less. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with equipment Installer for equipment insulation application. C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. 1.6 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Indoor Equipment Insulation Schedule" Article for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come into contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested in accordance with ASTM C871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable in accordance with ASTM C795. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 220716 - 3 E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Flexible Elastomeric: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C534/C534M, Type II for sheet materials. G. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C553, Type II, and ASTM C1290, Type II, with factory-applied vinyl jacket. Factory- applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. H. Mineral-Fiber Board: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C612, Type IA or Type IB. Provide insulation with factory-applied ASJ. Factory- applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. I. Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C1393. 1. Semirigid board material with factory-applied ASJ jacket. 2. Nominal density is 2.5 lb/cu. ft. (40 kg/cu. m) or more. 3. Thermal conductivity (k-value) at 100 deg F (55 deg C) is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F (0.042 W/m x K) or less. 4. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. J. Polyolefin: Unicellular, polyethylene thermal plastic insulation. Comply with ASTM C534/C534M or ASTM C1427, Type II, Grade 1 for sheet materials. 2.2 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Solvent-based adhesive. 1. Flame-spread index shall be 25 or less and smoke-developed index shall be 50 or less as tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Wet Flash Point: Below 0 deg F (minus 18 deg C) 3. Service Temperature Range: 40 to 200 deg F (4 to plus 93 deg C). C. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. D. ASJ Adhesive and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. E. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 220716 - 4 2.3 MASTICS AND COATINGS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. B. Vapor-Retarder Mastic, Water Based: Suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services. 1. Water-Vapor Permeance: Comply with ASTM E96/E96M or ASTM F1249. 2. Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 18 to plus 82 deg C). C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above-ambient services. 1. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M, greater than 1.0 perm (0.66 metric perms) at manufacturer's recommended dry film thickness. 2. Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 18 to plus 82 deg C) 2.4 SEALANTS A. Materials shall be as recommended by the insulation manufacturer and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. B. Joint Sealants: 1. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 150 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 101 to plus 121 deg C). 3. Color: White or gray. C. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 3. Color: Aluminum. D. ASJ Flashing Sealants and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 3. Color: White. 2.5 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with ASTM C1136, Type I. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 220716 - 5 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C1136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C1136, Type II. 2.6 FIELD-APPLIED FABRIC-REINFORCING MESH A. Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric: Approximately 4 oz./sq. yd. (114 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 5 strands by 5 strands/sq. in. (2 strands by 2 strands/sq. mm) for covering equipment. B. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. (34 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in. (4 strands by 4 strands/sq. mm), in a Leno weave, for equipment. 2.7 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A. Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C1136, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal Jacket: 1. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-14. a. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing b. Finish and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. c. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1-mil- (0.025-mm-) thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. d. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 2.5-mil- (0.063-mm-) thick polysurlyn. e. Factory-Fabricated Fitting Covers: 1) Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. 2) Preformed two-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows. 3) Tee covers. 4) Flange and union covers. 5) End caps. 6) Beveled collars. 7) Valve covers. 8) Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting covers are not available. 2.8 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C1136. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 220716 - 6 1. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 2. Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm). 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C1136. 1. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 2. Thickness: 6.5 mils (0.16 mm). 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 6. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. C. Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Width: 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Thickness: 3.7 mils (0.093 mm). 3. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch (1.1 N/mm) in width. 4. Elongation: 5 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch (6.2 N/mm) in width. 2.9 SECUREMENTS A. Bands: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015 inch (0.38 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm wide with wing seal. 2. Aluminum: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H- 14, 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with wing seal. B. Insulation Pins and Hangers: 1. Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding; 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. 2. Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding; [0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-)] [0.135-inch- (3.5- mm-)] diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2- inch (38-mm) galvanized carbon-steel washer. 3. Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 220716 - 7 a. Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square. b. Spindle: [Copper- or zinc-coated, low-carbon steel] [Aluminum] [Stainless steel], fully annealed, 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank; length to suit depth of insulation indicated. c. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Use product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. 4. Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate fastened to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. a. Baseplate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. b. Spindle: Nylon, 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank; length to suit depth of insulation indicated, up to 2-1/2 inches (63 mm). c. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Use product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. 5. Self-Sticking-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. a. Baseplate: Galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square. b. Spindle: Copper- or zinc-coated, low-carbon steel, fully annealed; 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. c. Adhesive-backed base with a peel-off protective cover. 6. Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- (0.41-mm-) thick, aluminum sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. a. Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations. 7. Nonmetal Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- (0.41-mm-) thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. C. Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- (19-mm-) wide, stainless steel or Monel. D. Wire: 0.062-inch (1.6-mm) soft-annealed, stainless steel. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 220716 - 8 2.10 CORNER ANGLES A. Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040-inch (1.0-mm-) thick, minimum 1- by 1-inch (25- by 25-mm), aluminum in accordance with ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14. B. Stainless Steel Corner Angles: 0.024-inch (0.61-mm-) thick, minimum 1- by 1-inch (25- by 25- mm) stainless steel in accordance with ASTM A240/A240M, Type 304 or Type 316. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows: 1. Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick and an epoxy finish 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F (60 and 149 deg C). Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. 2. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300 deg F (0 and 149 deg C) with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. B. Coordinate insulation installation with the tradesman installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless steel surfaces, use demineralized water. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 220716 - 9 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and of thicknesses required for each item of equipment, as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Keep insulation materials dry during storage, application, and finishing. Replace insulation materials that get wet. G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. I. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends attached to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. J. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. K. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward-clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 220716 - 10 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward-clinching staples along edge at 2 inches (50 mm) o.c. a. For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, in accordance with insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints. L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 25 percent of its nominal thickness. M. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches in similar fashion to butt joints. O. For above-ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration-control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT, TANK, AND VESSEL INSULATION A. Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation Installation for Tanks and Vessels: Secure insulation with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers. 1. Apply adhesives in accordance with manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area. 2. Groove and score insulation materials to fit as closely as possible to equipment, including contours. Bevel insulation edges for cylindrical surfaces for tight joints. Stagger end joints. 3. Protect exposed corners with secured corner angles. 4. Install adhesively attached or self-sticking insulation hangers and speed washers on sides of tanks and vessels as follows: a. Do not weld anchor pins to ASME-labeled pressure vessels. b. Select insulation hangers and adhesive that are compatible with service temperature and with substrate. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 220716 - 11 c. On tanks and vessels, maximum anchor-pin spacing is 3 inches (75 mm) from insulation end joints and 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. in both directions. d. Do not over-compress insulation during installation. e. Cut and miter insulation segments to fit curved sides and domed heads of tanks and vessels. f. Impale insulation over anchor pins, and attach speed washers. g. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 5. Secure each layer of insulation with stainless steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation materials. 6. Where insulation hangers on equipment and vessels are not permitted or practical and where insulation support rings are not provided, install a girdle network for securing insulation. Stretch prestressed aircraft cable around the diameter of vessel and make taut with clamps, turnbuckles, or breather springs. Place one circumferential girdle around equipment approximately 6 inches (150 mm) from each end. Install wire or cable between two circumferential girdles 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. Install a wire ring around each end and around outer periphery of center openings, and stretch prestressed aircraft cable radially from the wire ring to nearest circumferential girdle. Install additional circumferential girdles along the body of equipment or tank at a minimum spacing of 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. Use this network for securing insulation with tie wire or bands. 7. Stagger joints between insulation layers at least 3 inches (75 mm). 8. Install insulation in removable segments on equipment access doors, manholes, handholes, and other elements that require frequent removal for service and inspection. 9. Bevel and seal insulation ends around manholes, handholes, ASME stamps, and nameplates. 10. For equipment with surface temperatures below ambient, apply mastic to open ends, joints, seams, breaks, and punctures in insulation. B. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation Installation for Tanks and Vessels: Install insulation over entire surface of tanks and vessels. 1. Apply adhesive to surface with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 2. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints. C. Insulation Installation on Pumps: 1. Fabricate metal boxes lined with insulation. Fit boxes around pumps and coincide box joints with splits in pump casings. Fabricate joints with outward bolted flanges. Bolt flanges on 6-inch (150-mm) centers, starting at corners. Install 3/8-inch- (10-mm-) diameter fasteners with wing nuts. Alternatively, secure the box sections together using a field-adjustable latching mechanism. 2. Fabricate boxes from stainless steel, at least 0.040 inch (1.0 mm) thick. 3. For below-ambient services, install a vapor barrier at seams, joints, and penetrations. Seal between flanges with replaceable gasket material to form a vapor barrier. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 220716 - 12 3.5 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.6 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless steel bands 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. and at end joints. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. B. Tests and Inspections: Inspect field-insulated equipment, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to one location(s) for each type of equipment defined in the "Indoor Equipment Insulation Schedule" Article. For large equipment, remove only a portion adequate to determine compliance. C. All insulation applications will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.8 INDOOR EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Insulate indoor and outdoor equipment that is not factory insulated. B. Domestic chilled-water (potable) pump insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1 inch (25 mm thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) nominal density. 2. Mineral-Fiber Board: 1 inch (25 mm thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) nominal density. C. Domestic hot-water pump insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1 inch (25 mm thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m nominal density. 2. Mineral-Fiber Board: 1 inch (25 mm thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. mnominal density. D. Above Grade domestic chilled-water (potable) storage tank insulation shall be one of the following: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 220716 - 13 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. 2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1 inch (25 mm) thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) nominal density. 3. Mineral-Fiber Board: 1 inch (25 mm) thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) nominal density. 4. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. 5. Polyolefin: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. E. Domestic water filter-housing insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1 inch (25 mm thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) nominal density. 2. Mineral-Fiber Board: 1 inch (25 mm thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. (32-kg/cu. m) nominal density. 3. Mineral-Fiber Pipe and Tank: 1 inches (25 mm) thick. 3.9 INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Equipment, Concealed: 1. Aluminum, Stucco Embossed: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick. D. Equipment, Exposed, up to 48 Inches (1200 mm) in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces of up to 72 Inches (1800 mm): 1. Aluminum, Stucco Embossed: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick. E. Equipment, Exposed, Larger Than 48 Inches (1200 mm) in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces Larger Than 72 Inches (1800 mm): 1. Stucco Embossed 0.032 inch (0.81 mm)] [0.040 inch (1.0 mm)] thick. 3.10 OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Equipment, Concealed: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION 220716 - 14 1. Aluminum, Stucco Embossed: 0.024 inch (0.61 mm) thick. D. Equipment, Exposed, up to 48 Inches (1200 mm) in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces of up to 72 Inches (1800 mm): 1. Stucco Embossed with Z-Shaped Locking Seam: 0.024 inch (0.61 mm) thick. E. Equipment, Exposed, Larger Than 48 Inches (1200 mm) in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces Larger Than 72 Inches (1800 mm): 1. Stucco Embossed 0.032 inch (0.81 mm)] [0.040 inch (1.0 mm) thick. END OF SECTION 220716 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 1 SECTION 220719 - PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following plumbing piping services: 1. Domestic cold-water piping. 2. Domestic hot-water piping. 3. Domestic recirculating hot-water piping. 4. Supplies and drains for handicap-accessible lavatories and sinks. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 220716 "Plumbing Equipment Insulation" for equipment insulation. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of insulation and hanger. 2. Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation. 3. Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation. 4. Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each type of insulation. 5. Detail removable insulation at piping specialties, equipment connections, and access panels. 6. Detail application of field-applied jackets. 7. Detail application at linkages of control devices. C. Samples: For each type of insulation and jacket indicated. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B. Material test reports. C. Field quality-control reports. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 2 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products in accordance with ASTM E84 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less and smoke-developed index of 150 or less. C. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous components: 1. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. 1.6 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. B. Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Piping Insulation Schedule," "Outdoor, Aboveground Piping Insulation Schedule," and "Outdoor, Underground Piping Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come into contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested in accordance with ASTM C871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable in accordance with ASTM C795. E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Cellular Glass: Inorganic, incombustible, foamed or cellulated glass with annealed, rigid, hermetically sealed cells. Comply with ASTM C552. 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Type II, Class 1, without jacket. 2. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Type II, Class 2, with factory-applied [ASJ] [ASJ-SSL] jacket. 3. Factory fabricate shapes in accordance with ASTM C450 and ASTM C585. 4. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. G. Flexible Elastomeric: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C534/C534M, Type I for tubular materials. H. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C547. 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Type I, Grade A with factory-applied ASJ. 2. 850 deg F (454 deg C). 3. Factory fabricate shapes in accordance with ASTM C450 and ASTM C585. 4. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. I. Polyolefin: Unicellular, polyethylene thermal plastic insulation. Comply with ASTM C534/C534M or ASTM C1427, Type I, Grade 1, for tubular materials. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 4 2.2 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Cellular-Glass Adhesive: Two-component, thermosetting urethane adhesive containing no flammable solvents, with a service temperature range of minus 100 to plus 200 deg F (minus 73 to plus 93 deg C). C. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Solvent-based adhesive. 1. Flame-spread index shall be 25 or less and smoke-developed index shall be 50 or less as tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Wet Flash Point: Below 0 deg F (minus 18 deg C). 3. Service Temperature Range: 40 to 200 deg F (4 to plus 93 deg C). D. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. E. ASJ Adhesive and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A, for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. F. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. 2.3 MASTICS AND COATINGS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. B. Vapor-Retarder Mastic, Water Based: Suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services. 1. Water-Vapor Permeance: Comply with ASTM E96/E96M or ASTM F1249. 2. Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 18 to plus 82 deg C. C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above-ambient services. 1. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M, greater than 1.0 perm (0.66 metric perms) at manufacturer's recommended dry film thickness. 2. Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 18 to plus 82 deg C). 2.4 SEALANTS A. Materials shall be as recommended by the insulation manufacturer and shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. B. Joint Sealants: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 5 1. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 58 to plus 176 deg F (Minus 50 to plus 80 deg C). C. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 3. Color: Aluminum. D. ASJ Flashing Sealants and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 3. Color: White. 2.5 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with ASTM C1136, Type I. 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C1136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C1136, Type II. 2.6 FIELD-APPLIED FABRIC-REINFORCING MESH A. Woven Glass-Fiber Fabric: Approximately 2 oz./sq. yd. (68 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in. (4 strands by 4 strands/sq. mm) for covering pipe and pipe fittings. B. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. (34 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in. (4 strands by 4 strands/sq. mm), in a Leno weave, for pipe. 2.7 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A. Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C1136, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil-face, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing. C. Metal Jacket: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 6 1. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-14. a. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing b. Finish and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. c. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 2.5-mil- (0.063-mm-) thick polysurlyn. d. Factory-Fabricated Fitting Covers: 1) Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. 2) Preformed two-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows. 3) Tee covers. 4) Flange and union covers. 5) End caps. 6) Beveled collars. 7) Valve covers. 8) Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting covers are not available. 2.8 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C1136. 1. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 2. Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm). 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C1136. 1. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 2. Thickness: 6.5 mils (0.16 mm). 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 6. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. C. PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Width: 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Thickness: 6 mils (0.15 mm). LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 7 3. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch (0.7 N/mm) in width. 4. Elongation: 500 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch (3.3 N/mm) in width. D. Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Width: 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Thickness: 3.7 mils (0.093 mm). 3. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch (1.1 N/mm) in width. 4. Elongation: 5 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch (6.2 N/mm) in width. 2.9 SECUREMENTS A. Bands: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M, Type 304 or Type 316; 0.015 inch (0.38 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with wing seal. 2. Aluminum: ASTM B209 (ASTM B209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H- 14, 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with wing seal. B. Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- (19-mm-) wide, stainless steel or Monel. C. Wire: [0.062-inch (1.6-mm) soft-annealed, stainless steel. 2.10 PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS A. Protective Shielding Piping Enclosures: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Truebro; a brand of IPS Corporation. b. Zurn Industries, LLC; Tubular Brass Plumbing Products Operation. 2. Description: Manufactured plastic enclosure for covering plumbing fixture hot- and cold-water supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with ADA requirements. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows: 1. Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick and an epoxy finish 5 mils (0.127 mm) thick if operating in a temperature range of between 140 and 300 deg F (60 and 149 deg C). Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. 2. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature of between 32 and 300 deg F (0 and 149 deg C) with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. B. Coordinate insulation installation with the tradesman installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping, including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and of thicknesses required for each item of pipe system, as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during storage, application, and finishing. Replace insulation materials that get wet. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 9 I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends attached to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward-clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward-clinching staples along edge at 4 inches (100 mm) o.c. a. For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, in accordance with insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 25 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches in similar fashion to butt joints. P. For above-ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 10 1. Vibration-control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Cleanouts. 3.3 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm) below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm). 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. E. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. 1. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers. F. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 11 2. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.4 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials, except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, Mechanical Couplings, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, mechanical couplings, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation made from same material and density as that of adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation of same material and thickness as that used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation of same material, density, and thickness as that used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than 2 times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than 2 times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers, so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below-ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 6. Insulate flanges, mechanical couplings, and unions, using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than 2 times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union" matching size and color of pipe labels. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below-ambient services and a breather mastic for above-ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour. 8. For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket, except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 12 unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing, using PVC tape. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers at locations as required. Installation shall conform to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as that of adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union at least 2 times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm) over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF CELLULAR-GLASS INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of insulation to pipe with wire or bands, and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient services, secure laps with outward-clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. 4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient services, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive, as recommended by insulation material manufacturer, and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 13 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of cellular-glass block insulation of same thickness as that of pipe insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch (25 mm), and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as that of straight segments of pipe insulation when available. Secure according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. When preformed sections of insulation are not available, install mitered sections of cellular-glass insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of cellular-glass insulation to valve body. 2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION A. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness as that of pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install mitered sections of pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 14 1. Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as that of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties, and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands, and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward-clinched staples at 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. 4. For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive, as recommended by insulation material manufacturer, and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch (25 mm), and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as that of straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as that of straight segments of pipe insulation when available. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 15 2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. 3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.8 INSTALLATION OF POLYOLEFIN INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Seal split-tube longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of polyolefin sheet insulation of same thickness as that of pipe insulation. 4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install mitered sections of polyolefin pipe insulation. 2. Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install cut sections of polyolefin pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. 2. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 3. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties, and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated. 3.9 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where glass-cloth jackets are indicated, install directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory-applied jackets. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 16 1. Draw jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at seams and joints. 2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick coats of lagging adhesive. 3. Completely encapsulate insulation with coating, leaving no exposed insulation. B. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor-barrier mastic. C. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch (25-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 1. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. B. Tests and Inspections: Inspect pipe, fittings, strainers, and valves, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three locations of straight pipe, three locations of threaded fittings, three locations of welded fittings, two locations of threaded strainers, two locations of welded strainers, three locations of threaded valves, and three locations of flanged valves for each pipe service defined in the "Piping Insulation Schedule, General" Article. C. All insulation applications will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.11 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following: 1. Drainage piping located in crawl spaces. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 17 2. Underground piping. 3. Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury. 3.12 INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Domestic Cold Water: 1. Insulation shall be one of the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick. b. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick. c. Polyolefin: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick. B. Domestic Hot and Recirculated Hot Water: 1. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) and Smaller: Insulation shall be one of the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. b. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. c. Polyolefin: 1 inch (25 mm) thick. 2. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and Larger: Insulation shall be one of the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric: 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) thick. b. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) thick. c. Polyolefin: 1-1/2 inch (38 mm) thick. C. Exposed Sanitary Drains, Domestic Water, Domestic Hot Water, and Stops for Plumbing Fixtures for People with Disabilities: 1. All Pipe Sizes: Install Protective Shielding Piping Enclosures as specified above. D. Floor Drains, Traps, and Sanitary Drain Piping within 10 Feet (3 m) of Drains Receiving Condensate and Equipment Drain Water below 60 Deg F (16 Deg C): 1. All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following: a. Flexible Elastomeric: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick. b. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick. c. Polyolefin: 1/2 inch (13 mm) thick. 3.13 INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION 220719 - 18 B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Piping, Concealed: 1. None. D. Piping, Exposed: 1. Aluminum, Smooth: 0.016 inch (0.41 mm) thick. END OF SECTION 220719 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING 220800 - 1 SECTION 220800 – COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes Cx process requirements for the following plumbing systems, assemblies, and equipment: 1. Domestic hot- and cold-water piping. 2. Sanitary waste and vent piping. 3. Storm drainage piping. 4. Rainwater retention piping, water treatment, pumping and storage.equipment. 5. Plumbing pumps. 6. Plumbing equipment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for general Cx process requirements and CxA responsibilities. 2. For construction checklists, comply with requirements in various Division 22 Sections specifying plumbing systems, system components, equipment, and products. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Cx: Commissioning, as defined in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements." B. CxA: Commissioning Authority, as defined in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements." C. IAPMO: International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials. D. IgCC: International Green Construction Code. E. "Systems," "Assemblies," "Subsystems," "Equipment," and "Components": Where these terms are used together or separately, they shall mean "as-built" systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Construction Checklists: 1. Draft Cx plan, including draft construction checklists to be prepared by CxA under Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements." Contractor is to review LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING 220800 - 2 Construction Checklist in accordance with requirements in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements" and ASHRAE 202 and to resolve any issues with the CxA. B. Test Equipment and Instruments: For all test equipment and instruments to be used in conducting Cx tests by Contractor, provide the following: 1. Equipment/instrument identification number. 2. Planned Cx application or use. 3. Manufacturer, make, model, and serial number. 4. Calibration history, including certificates from agencies that calibrate the equipment and instrumentation. 5. Equipment manufacturers' proprietary instrumentation and tools. For each instrument or tool, identify the following: a. Instrument or tool identification number. b. Equipment schedule designation of equipment for which the instrument or tool is required. c. Manufacturer, make, model, and serial number. d. Calibration history, including certificates from agencies that calibrate the instrument or tool, where appropriate. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Equipment and Instrumentation Quality and Calibration: 1. Capable of testing and measuring performance within the specified acceptance criteria. 2. Be calibrated at manufacturer's recommended intervals with current calibration tags permanently affixed to the instrument being used. 3. Be maintained in good repair and operating condition throughout duration of use on Project. 4. Be recalibrated/repaired if dropped or damaged in any way since last calibrated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Cx PROCESS A. Perform commissioning process for plumbing systems in accordance with: 1. ASHRAE 202. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING 220800 - 3 3.2 CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS A. Preliminary detailed construction checklists are to be prepared under Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for each plumbing system, assembly, subsystem, equipment, and component required to be commissioned, as detailed in ASHRAE 202. Contractor performs the following: 1. Review plumbing preliminary construction checklists and provide written comments on Construction Checklist items where appropriate. 2. Return preliminary Construction Checklist with review comments within 10 days of receipt. 3. When review comments have been resolved, the CxA will provide final construction checklists marked "Approved for Use, (date)." 4. Use only construction checklists marked "Approved for Use, (date)." Mark construction checklists in the appropriate place, as indicated Project events are completed, and provide pertinent details and other information. B. Systems required to be commissioned: 1. Facility water-distribution piping, including the following: a. Domestic and fire-suppression water piping, fittings, and specialties outside the building. b. Pumps, motors, accessories, and controls. c. Outdoor water-storage tanks. d. Sleeves and sleeve seals. e. Meters and gauges. f. General-duty and specialty valves. g. Hangers and supports. h. Vibration isolation and seismic restraints. 2. Domestic water piping, including the following: a. Domestic cold- and hot-water piping, fittings, and specialties inside the building. b. Pumps, motors, accessories, and controls. c. Sleeves and sleeve seals. d. Indoor water-storage tanks. e. Meters and gauges. f. General-duty and specialty valves. g. Hangers and supports. h. Vibration isolation and seismic restraints. 3. Sanitary waste and vent piping, including the following: a. Gravity and forced-main sewerage piping, fittings, and specialties. b. Sanitary waste interceptors. c. Pumps, motors, accessories, and controls. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING 220800 - 4 d. Drains. e. Sleeves and sleeve seals. f. Meters and gauges. g. General-duty and specialty valves. h. Hangers and supports. i. Vibration isolation and seismic restraints. 4. Storm-water piping, including the following: a. Drainage piping, fittings, and specialties. b. Pumps, motors, accessories, and controls. c. Drains and collection basins. d. Rainwater-collection and storage equipment. e. Sleeves and sleeve seals. f. Meters and gauges. g. General-duty and specialty valves. h. Hangers and supports. i. Heat tracing. j. Vibration isolation and seismic restraints. 5. Plumbing fixtures, including the following: a. Water closets, supports and connections, supplies, and flush valves. b. Urinals, supports and connections, supplies, and flush valves. c. Lavatories, supports, supplies, drain connections, and faucets. d. Sinks, supports, supplies, drain connections, and faucets. e. Showers, supplies, drain connections, and faucets. f. Wash fountains, supplies, drain connections, and faucets. g. Emergency plumbing fixtures, supplies, drain connections, and controls. h. Drinking fountains, supplies, and drainage connections. 3.3 Cx TESTING PREPARATION A. Certify that plumbing systems, subsystems, and equipment have been installed, calibrated, and started and that they are operating in accordance with the Contract Documents and approved submittals. B. Certify that plumbing system instrumentation and control systems have been completed and calibrated, point-to-point checkout has been successfully completed, and systems are operating in accordance with their design sequence of operation, Contract Documents, and approved submittals. Certify that all sensors are operating within specified accuracy and that all systems are set to and maintaining set points as required by the design documents. C. Set systems, subsystems, and equipment into operating mode to be tested in accordance with approved test procedures (for example, normal shutdown, normal auto position, normal manual position, unoccupied cycle, emergency power, and alarm conditions). LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING 220800 - 5 3.4 Cx TEST CONDITIONS A. Perform tests using design conditions, whenever possible. 1. Simulated conditions may, with approval of Architect, be imposed using an artificial load when it is impractical to test under design conditions. Before simulating conditions, calibrate testing instruments. Provide equipment to simulate loads. Set simulated conditions as directed by CxA, and document simulated conditions and methods of simulation. After tests, return configurations and settings to normal operating conditions. 2. Cx test procedures may direct that set points be altered when simulating conditions is impractical. 3. Cx test procedures may direct that sensor values be altered with a signal generator when design or simulating conditions and altering set points are impractical. B. If tests cannot be completed because of a deficiency outside the scope of the plumbing system, document the deficiency and report it to Architect. After deficiencies are resolved, reschedule tests. C. If seasonal testing is specified, complete appropriate initial performance tests and documentation and schedule seasonal tests. 3.5 Cx TESTS COMMON TO PLUMBING SYSTEMS A. Measure capacities and effectiveness of systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components, including operational and control functions, to verify compliance with acceptance criteria. B. Test systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components for operating modes, interlocks, control responses, responses to abnormal or emergency conditions, and response according to acceptance criteria. C. Coordinate schedule with, and perform Cx activities at the direction of, CxA. D. Comply with Construction Checklist requirements, including material verification, installation checks, startup, and performance test requirements specified in Division 22 Sections specifying plumbing systems and equipment. E. Provide technicians, instrumentation, tools, and equipment to perform and document the following: 1. Cx Construction Checklist verification tests. 2. Cx Construction Checklist verification test demonstrations. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMISSIONING OF PLUMBING 220800 - 6 3.6 CONSTRUCTION CHECKLIST EXAMPLES A. General 1. Specific test procedures are to be developed by the CxA or Contractor. END OF SECTION 220800 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221113 - 1 SECTION 221113 - FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes water-distribution piping and related components outside the building for water service mains. B. Utility-furnished products include water meters that will be furnished to the site, ready for installation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. PE: Polyethylene plastic. B. PP: Polypropylene plastic. C. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Detail precast concrete vault assemblies and indicate dimensions, method of field assembly, and components. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: For piping and specialties including relation to other services in same area, drawn to scale. Show piping and specialty sizes and valves, meter and specialty locations, and elevations. B. Field quality-control test reports. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221113 - 2 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For water valves and specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with requirements of utility company supplying water. Include tapping of water mains and backflow prevention. 2. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for potable-water-service piping, including materials, installation, testing, and disinfection. 3. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for fire-suppression water- service piping, including materials, hose threads, installation, and testing. B. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. D. Comply with ASTM F645 for selection, design, and installation of thermoplastic water piping. E. Comply with FMG's "Approval Guide" or UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" for fire- service-main products. F. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 24 for materials, installations, tests, flushing, and valve and hydrant supervision for fire-service-main piping for fire suppression. 1. Potable-water piping and components shall comply with NSF 14, NSF 61, and NSF 372. Include marking "NSF-pw" on piping. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver piping with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe-end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Protect stored piping from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not exceed structural capacity of floor when storing inside. C. Protect flanges, fittings, and specialties from moisture and dirt. D. Store plastic piping protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221113 - 3 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Water-Distribution Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water-distribution service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Construction Manager and Owner no fewer than three days in advance of proposed interruption of service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of water-distribution service without written permission. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Application" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. B. Potable-water piping and components shall comply with NSF 14, NSF 61, and NSF 372. Include marking "NSF-pw" on piping. 2.2 PE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PE, ASTM Pipe: ASTM D2239, SIDR No. 5.3, 7, or 9; with PE compound number required to give pressure rating not less than 160 psig (1100 kPa). 1. Insert Fittings for PE Pipe: ASTM D2609, made of PA, PP, or PVC with serrated male insert ends matching inside of pipe. Include bands or crimp rings. 2. Molded PE Fittings: ASTM D3350, PE resin, socket- or butt-fusion type, made to match PE pipe dimensions and class. B. PE, AWWA Pipe: AWWA C906, DR No. 7.3, 9, or 9.3; with PE compound number required to give pressure rating not less than 160 psig (1100 kPa). 1. PE, AWWA Fittings: AWWA C906, socket- or butt-fusion type, with DR number matching pipe and PE compound number required to give pressure rating not less than 160 psig (1100 kPa). 2.3 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PVC, Schedule 80 Pipe: ASTM D1785. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221113 - 4 1. PVC, Schedule 80 Socket Fittings: ASTM D2467. 2.4 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Transition Fittings: Manufactured fitting or coupling same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined. 2.5 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventers: 1. Standard: ASSE 1013 and AWWA C511. 2. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 3. Pressure Loss: 12 psig (83 kPa) maximum, through middle 1/3 of flow range. 4. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; cast iron with interior lining complying with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 5. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 6. Accessories: a. Valves: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; OS&Y gate type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet of NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. b. Air-Gap Fitting: ASME A112.1.2, matching backflow preventer connection. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. General: Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods for piping systems according to the following applications. B. Transition couplings and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used, unless otherwise indicated. C. Do not use flanges or unions for underground piping. D. Underground water-service piping NPS 3/4 to NPS 3 (DN 20 to DN 80) shall be any of the following: 1. PE, ASTM pipe; insert fittings for PE pipe; and clamped] [molded PE fittings; and heat- fusion] joints. 2. PVC, Schedule 80 pipe; PVC, Schedule 80 socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221113 - 5 3. Or other owner pre-approved alternates E. Underground water-service piping NPS 4 to NPS 8 (DN 100 to DN 200) shall be any of the following: 1. PE, AWWA pipe; PE, AWWA fittings; and heat-fusion joints. 2. PVC, Schedule 80 pipe; PVC, Schedule 80 socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 6 (DN 100 and DN 150) PVC, AWWA Class 150 pipe; PVC, AWWA Class 150 fabricated or molded fittings; and gasketed joints. 4. Or other owner pre-approved alternates 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Water-Main Connection: Arrange with utility company for tap of size and in location indicated in water main or tap water main according to requirements of water utility company and of size and in location indicated. B. Bury piping with depth of cover over top at least 24 inches (635 mm) and according to the following: 1. Under Driveways: With at least 36 inches (910 mm) cover over top. 2. Under Railroad Tracks: With at least 48 inches (1220 mm) cover over top. 3. In Loose Gravelly Soil and Rock: With at least 36 inches (910 mm) cover over top. C. Extend water-service piping and connect to water-supply source and building-water-piping systems at outside face of building wall in locations and pipe sizes indicated. 1. Terminate water-service piping at building wall until building-water-piping systems are installed. Terminate piping with caps, plugs, or flanges as required for piping material. Make connections to building-water-piping systems when those systems are installed. D. Install underground piping with restrained joints at horizontal and vertical changes in direction. 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Make pipe joints according to the following: 1. PE Piping Insert-Fitting Joints: Use plastic insert fittings and fasteners according to fitting manufacturer's written instructions. 2. PVC Piping Gasketed Joints: Use joining materials according to AWWA C900. Construct joints with elastomeric seals and lubricant according to ASTM D2774 or ASTM D3139 and pipe manufacturer's written instructions. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221113 - 6 3.4 ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION A. Anchorage, General: Install water-distribution piping with restrained joints. B. Install anchorages for tees, plugs and caps, bends, crosses, valves. C. Apply full coat of asphalt or other acceptable corrosion-resistant material to surfaces of installed ferrous anchorage devices. 3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION A. AWWA Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. Install each underground valve with stem pointing up and with valve box. B. AWWA Valves Other Than Gate Valves: Comply with AWWA C600 and AWWA M44. 3.6 BACKFLOW PREVENTER INSTALLATION A. Install backflow preventers of type, size, and capacity indicated. Include valves and test cocks. Install according to requirements of plumbing and health department and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Do not install backflow preventers that have relief drain in vault or in other spaces subject to flooding. C. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers. D. Support NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger backflow preventers, valves, and piping. 3.7 CONNECTIONS A. Connect water-distribution piping to water supply. B. Connect water-distribution piping to interior domestic water piping. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after concrete thrust blocks have hardened sufficiently. Fill pipeline 24 hours before testing and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water. B. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than one-and-one-half times working pressure for two hours. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING 221113 - 7 1. Increase pressure in 50-psig (350-kPa) increments and inspect each joint between increments. Hold at test pressure for 1 hour; decrease to 0 psig (0 kPa). Slowly increase again to test pressure and hold for 1 more hour. Maximum allowable leakage is 2 quarts (1.89 L) per hour per 100 joints. Remake leaking joints with new materials and repeat test until leakage is within allowed limits. C. Prepare reports of testing activities. 3.9 IDENTIFICATION A. Install continuous underground detectable warning tape during backfilling of trench for underground water-distribution piping. Locate below finished grade, directly over piping. Delete paragraph below if metallic water-service piping without electrically insulated fittings will be used. B. Permanently attach equipment nameplate or marker indicating plastic water-service piping, on main electrical meter panel. 3.10 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect water-distribution piping as follows: 1. Purge new water-distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired before use. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if method is not prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction, use procedure described in AWWA C651 or do as follows: a. Fill system or part of system with water/chlorine solution containing at least 50 ppm of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 24 hours. b. Drain system or part of system of previous solution and refill with water/chlorine solution containing at least 200 ppm of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours. c. After standing time, flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine remains in water coming from system. d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedure if biological examination shows evidence of contamination. B. Prepare reports of purging and disinfecting activities. END OF SECTION 221113 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. CPVC piping. 2. PEX tube and fittings. 3. PEX pipe and fittings 4. PVC pipe and fittings. 5. Polypropylene 6. Piping joining materials. 7. Transition fittings. 8. Dielectric fittings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 221113 "Facility Water Distribution Piping" for water-service piping outside the building from source to the point where water-service piping enters the building. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For transition fittings and dielectric fittings. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. System purging and disinfecting activities report. B. Field quality-control reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer qualifications for PEX products: Installer shall have successfully completed the Uponor Piping Systems Training Course and is able to provide proof/verification. Course shall be conducted by the manufacturer or a manufacturer's representative. 1. Regulatory requirements and approvals: Ensure the piping distribution system complies with all applicable codes and regulations. 2. Certifications: Provide letters of certification indicating: Installer uses skilled workers holding a trade qualification license or equivalent, or apprentices under the supervision of a licensed tradesperson. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 2 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. B. Storage and protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful environmental conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by the manufacturer. 1. Store PEX piping in cartons or under cover to avoid dirt or foreign material from entering the piping. 2. Do not expose white PEX tubing to direct sunlight for more than one month or red or blue PEX tubing to direct sunlight for more than 6 months. If construction delays are encountered, cover the tubing to prevent exposure to direct sunlight. 3. Store piping on a flat surface to prevent unwanted deformation. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's warranty: PEX-a manufacturer system warranty shall cover piping and fittings for a duration of 25 years from the date of installation. Piping system warranty shall apply to potable water distribution and water service systems constructed of pipe and fitting products sourced from the same manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. B. Potable-water piping and components shall comply with NSF 14, NSF 61, and NSF 372. Include marking "NSF-pw" on piping. 2.2 CPVC PIPING A. CPVC Pipe: ASTM F441/F441M, with wall thickness as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. 1. CPVC Socket Fittings: ASTM F438 for Schedule 40. B. CPVC Piping System: ASTM D2846/D2846M, SDR 11, pipe and socket fittings. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 3 2.3 PEX TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Tube Material: PEX plastic according to ASTM F876. B. Fittings: ASTM F1807, metal insert and copper crimp rings and ASTM F1960, cold expansion fittings and reinforcing rings. C. Push-Fit Fittings: ASSE 1061, push-fit fittings. D. Manifold: Multiple-outlet, plastic or corrosion-resistant-metal assembly complying with ASTM F876; with plastic or corrosion-resistant-metal valve for each outlet. 2.4 PEX WATER PIPING AND FITTINGS A. Performance requirements: 1. PEX-a piping and fittings shall meet the following pressure and temperature ratings per ASTM F876: a. 200 degrees F (93 degrees C) at 80 psi (551 kPa). b. 180 degrees F (82 degrees C) at 100 psi (689 kPa). c. 73.4 degrees F (23 degrees C) at 160 psi (1,102 kPa). 2. PEX-a piping and fittings shall be tested for compliance by an independent third-party agency. 3. Minimum bend radius (cold bending): Six times the outside diameter. 4. Show compliance with ASTM E119 and ANSI/UL 263 through certification listings through UL. a. UL Design No. L557 1 hour wood frame floor/ceiling assemblies. b. UL Design No. K913 2 hour concrete floor/ceiling assemblies. c. UL Design No. U372 1 hour wood stud/gypsum wallboard wall assemblies. d. UL Design No. V444 1 hour steel stud/gypsum wallboard wall assemblies. 5. PEX-a piping shall be tested to comply with the ASTM F2023 requirement for minimum chlorine resistance at the end use condition of 100% of the time at 140°F (60°C) at 80 psi (0.55 MPa) gauge pressure. a. PEX-a piping and tubing material designation codes shall be PEX 5106 or PEX 5306. B. Piping: 1. Pipe LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 4 a. PEX-a (Engel-method crosslinked polyethylene), ASTM F876 and F877 (CAN/CSA-B137.5), SDR 9, CTS, 1/2 inch (16mm) through 3 inch (75mm) nominal pipe size. 2. Pre-sleeved piping a. High-density polyethylene (HDPE) corrugated sleeved PEX-a (Engel-method crosslinked polyethylene), ASTM F876 and F877 (CAN/CSA-B137.5), SDR 9, CTS, 1/2 inch (16mm) and 3/4 inch (19 mm) nominal pipe size. 3. Pre-insulated piping a. Factory fabricated and assembled Uponor AquaPEX PEX-a piping with a closed- cell polyethylene foam insulation, 1/2 inch (16mm) through 2 inch (51mm) nominal pipe size. 4. Insulation shall not be exposed to groundwater C. Fittings: 1. Third-party certified to NSF 14 and ASTM F1960 cold-expansion with PEX reinforcing ring and shall comply with ASTM F876 and ASTM F877, 1/2 inch through 3 inch nominal pipe size fittings manufactured from the following material types: 2. Reinforcing cold-expansion rings shall be manufactured from the same source as PEX-a piping manufacturer and marked “F1960”. 2.5 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PVC Pipe: ASTM D1785, with wall thickness as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. B. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D2466 for Schedule 40 2.6 POLYPROPYLENE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe shall be manufactured from a PP-R resin (Fusiolen) meeting the short-term properties and long-term strength requirements of ASTM F 2389. The pipe shall contain no rework or recycled materials except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. All pipe shall be made in an extrusion process. Domestic hot water shall contain a fiber layer (faser) to restrict thermal expansion. All pipe shall comply with the rated pressure requirements of ASTM F 2389. All pipe shall be certified by NSF International as complying with NSF 14, NSF 61, and ASTM F 2389 or CSA B137.11. B. Fittings shall be manufactured from a PP-R resin (Fusiolen) meeting the short-term properties and long-term strength requirements of ASTM F 2389. The fittings shall contain no rework or recycled materials except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 5 specification from the same raw material. All fittings shall be certified by NSF International as complying with NSF 14, NSF 61, and ASTM F 2389 or CSA B137.11. C. Valves shall be manufactured in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and shall comply with the performance requirements of ASTM F 2389 or CSA B137.11. The valves shall contain no rework or recycled thermoplastic materials except that generated in the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. D. Warranty 1. Manufacturer shall warrant pipe and fittings for 10 years to be free of defects in materials or manufacturing. 2. Warranty shall cover labor and material costs of repairing and/or replacing defective materials and repairing any incidental damage caused by failure of the piping system due to defects in materials or manufacturing. 3. Warranty shall be in effect only upon submission by the contractor to the manufacturer of valid pressure/leak test documentation indicating that the system was tested and passed the manufacturer’s pressure/leak test. 2.7 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Solvent Cements for Joining CPVC Piping and Tubing: ASTM F493. B. Solvent Cements for Joining PVC Piping: ASTM D2564. Include primer according to ASTM F656. C. Fusion welding of polypropylene joints 1. Install fittings and joints using socket-fusion, elecrofusion, or butt-fusion as applicable for the fitting type. All fusion-weld joints shall be made in accordance with the pipe and fitting manufacturer’s specifications and product standards. 2. Fusion-weld tooling, welding machines, and electrofusion devices shall be as specified by the pipe and fittings manufacturer. 3. Prior to joining, the pipe and fittings shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM F 2389 and the manufacturer’s specifications. 4. Joint preparation, setting and alignment, fusion process, cooling times and working pressure shall be in accordance with the pipe and fitting manufacturer’s specifications. 2.8 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. General Requirements: 1. Same size as pipes to be joined. 2. Pressure rating at least equal to pipes to be joined. 3. End connections compatible with pipes to be joined. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 6 B. Fitting-Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. C. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: 1. Description: a. CPVC or PVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions. b. One end with threaded brass insert and one solvent-cement-socket end. D. Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: 1. Description: a. CPVC or PVC four-part union. b. Brass or stainless steel threaded end. c. Solvent-cement-joint or threaded plastic end. d. Rubber O-ring. e. Union nut. E. PEX-to-metal transition fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Provide fittings from the same manufacturer of the piping. 2. Third-party certified to NSF 14 and ASTM F1960 cold-expansion with PEX reinforcing ring and shall comply with ASTM F876 and ASTM F877, 1/2 inch through 3 inch nominal pipe size fittings manufactured from the following material types: 3. PEX-a to thread transition: One-piece Lead free (LF) brass fitting with male or female threaded adapter and ASTM F 1960 cold-expansion end, with PEX-a reinforcing cold- expansion ring. 4. PEX-a to copper sweat transition: One-piece lead free (LF) brass fitting with sweat adapter and ASTM F 1960 cold-expansion end, with PEX-a reinforcing cold-expansion ring. 5. PEX-a to copper press transition: One-piece lead free (LF) brass fitting with one ASME B16.51 copper press end and one ASTM F1960 cold-expansion end, with PEX-a reinforcing cold-expansion ring. 6. PEX-a to flange transition: Two-piece fitting with one steel flange conforming to ASME B 16.5 and one lead free (LF) brass adapter conforming to ASTM F1960. 7. PEX-a to groove transition: One-piece lead free (LF) brass fitting with one CSA B242-05 groove end in either iron pipe size (IPS) or copper tube size (CTS) and one ASTM F1960 cold-expansion end, with PEX-a reinforcing cold-expansion ring. 8. PEX-a to water meter transition: Two-piece fitting with one NPSM union thread and one ASTM F 1960 cold-expansion end, with PEX-a reinforcing cold-expansion ring. F. PEX-to-thermoplastic transition fittings: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 7 1. PEX-a to CPVC transition: Thermoplastic fitting with one spigot or socket end and one ASTM F1960 cold-expansion end, with PEX-a reinforcing cold-expansion ring. 2.9 VALVES A. PEX-to-PEX, lead-free (LF) brass ball valves (1/2 inch (13 mm) through 2 inch (50 mm) nominal pipe size) 1. Manufacturers: Provide ball valve(s) from the same manufacturer as the piping system. 2. Full-port ball valve: two-piece, ASTM F1960 cold-expansion ends, with PEX-a reinforcing cold-expansion ring. 3. LF brass valve with a positive stop shoulder. 4. In compliance with 250 CWP, ANSI/NSF 359, ANSI/NSF 372, ANSI/NSF 14/61, cNSF- us-pw_G lead free 0.25% lead maximum, ASTM F1960, ASTM F877 (CAN/CSA B137.5). 5. Provide stem extension kits for insulated piping. B. PEX-to-NPSM, lead-free (LF) full-port brass water meter service valve 1. 3/4 inch PEX x 1 inch NPSM straight and elbow 2. 1 inch PEX x 1-1/4 inch NPSM straight and elbow 3. Metal and polypropylene NPSM union nut 4. In compliance with 250 CWP, ANSI/NSF 359, ANSI/NSF 14/61, cNSF-us-pw_G lead free 0.25% lead maximum, ASTM F1960, ASTM F877 (CAN/CSA B137.5). 2.10 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Dielectric Unions: 1. Standard: ASSE 1079. 2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum at 180 deg F (82 deg C). 3. End Connections: Solder-joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. C. Dielectric Nipples: 1. Standard: IAPMO PS 66. 2. Electroplated steel nipple complying with ASTM F1545. 3. Pressure Rating and Temperature: 300 psig (2070 kPa) at 225 deg F (107 deg C). 4. End Connections: Male threaded or grooved. 5. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. B. Flanges and unions may be used for aboveground piping joints unless otherwise indicated. C. Under-building-slab, domestic water, building-service piping, NPS 8 (DN 200)and smaller, shall be the following: 1. PVC, Schedule 40; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. 2. Or other owner pre-approved alternates D. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, shall be one of the following: 1. CPVC, Schedule 40; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. 2. CPVC Tubing System: CPVC tube; CPVC socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and NPS 2 (DN 50) CPVC pipe with CPVC socket fittings may be used instead of tubing. 3. Polypropylene (PP-R) piping in SDR 7.4, 11, or 17.6 based on the required minimum pressure rating and use temperature, in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and ASTM F2389. 4. PEX tube, NPS 1 (DN 25) and smaller. a. Fittings for PEX tube: 1) ASTM F1807, metal insert and copper crimp rings. 2) ASTM F1960, cold expansion fittings and reinforcing rings. 3) ASSE 1061, push-fit fittings. 5. PEX Piping: a. 3 inch (75mm) and smaller: 1) PEX-a piping with engineered polymer (EP) or lead-free brass ASTM F1960 cold-expansion fittings. b. 2 inch (51mm) and smaller: 1) Pre-Insulated PEX-a piping with engineered polymer (EP) or lead-free brass ASTM F1960 cold-expansion fittings. 6. PVC, Schedule 40; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 9 7. Or other owner pre-approved alternates E. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100), shall be one of the following: 1. CPVC, Schedule 40; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. 2. PVC, Schedule 40; socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. 3. Polypropylene (PP-R) piping in SDR 7.4, 11, or 17.6 based on the required minimum pressure rating and use temperature, in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and ASTM F2389. 4. Or other owner pre-approved alternates F. Aboveground domestic water piping, NPS 5 to NPS 8 (DN 125 to DN 200), shall be one of the following: 1. Polypropylene (PP-R) piping in SDR 7.4, 11, or 17.6 based on the required minimum pressure rating and use temperature, in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and ASTM F2389. 2. Or other owner pre-approved alternates 3.2 EARTHWORK A. Comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF PIPING A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install water-pressure-reducing valves downstream from shutoff valves. Comply with requirements for pressure-reducing valves in Section 221119 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." C. Install domestic water piping level with 0.25 percent slope downward toward drain and plumb. D. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." E. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 10 F. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. G. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space. H. Install piping to permit valve servicing. I. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than the system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. J. Install piping free of sags and bends. K. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. L. Install PEX tubing with loop at each change of direction of more than 90 degrees. M. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and specialty. N. Install pressure gauges on suction and discharge piping for each plumbing pump and packaged booster pump. Comply with requirements for pressure gauges in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." O. Install thermostats in hot-water circulation piping. Comply with requirements for thermostats in Section 221123 "Domestic Water Pumps." P. Install thermometers on inlet and outlet piping from each water heater. Comply with requirements for thermometers in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." Q. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. R. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. S. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 11 C. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. D. Joint Construction for Solvent-Cemented Plastic Piping: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. Apply primer. 2. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D2846/D2846M Appendix. 3. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D2855. E. Joints for PEX Tubing, ASTM: Join according to ASTM F1807 for metal insert and copper crimp ring fittings and ASTM F1960 for cold expansion fittings and reinforcing rings. F. Joints for PEX Tubing, ASSE: Join according to ASSE 1061 for push-fit fittings. G. Joints for Dissimilar-Material Piping: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. H. PEX-a connections: 1. Install per manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Use manufacturer-recommended cold-expansion ProPEX tool for ASTM F1960 connections. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF TRANSITION FITTINGS A. Install transition couplings at joints of dissimilar piping. B. Transition Fittings in Underground Domestic Water Piping: 1. Fittings for NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) and Smaller: Fitting-type coupling. 2. Fittings for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Larger: Sleeve-type coupling. C. Transition Fittings in Aboveground Domestic Water Piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Plastic-to-metal transition fittings or unions. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 12 B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Use dielectric couplings or nipples. C. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Use dielectric flanges]. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF PEX PIPING A. Comply with manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletins, installation instructions and design drawings, including the following. B. Install PEX piping system in compliance with the manufacturer’s installation guide. C. PEX shall not be installed in areas within five feet of a UV light source, such as LED and fluorescent light fixtures or other UV generating devices. D. White PEX shall not be installed outdoors where it is exposed to direct sunlight light for more than one month; red or blue PEX shall not be installed outdoors where it is exposed to direct sunlight for more than six months. E. PEX piping shall be installed per ASTM E84 requirements for plenum applications. F. Install PEX-a Pipe Support and provide all required hangers and supporting strapping as required by manufacturer to provide a code compliant installation. G. Install PEX piping in straight runs free of sags and kinks and provide bend supports at all 1/2 inch and 3/4 inch drops. H. All PEX piping penetrations through wall plates shall be protected or shielded as required to prevent damage to piping. I. PEX tubing passing through metal studs shall use grommets or sleeves at the penetration. J. Install PEX piping from the multiport tee or manifold to each fixture as a home run. K. Install PEX-a Pipe Support, fixed anchor points and hangers in compliance with Uponor Plumbing Design Assistance Manual (PDAM) to minimize expansion and contraction. L. Install PEX piping at each fixture with out of the wall support bracket to secure piping and prevent excess movement when water stops or shut valves are operated. M. Install all PEX manifolds centered in access panels to permit servicing. 3.8 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 13 B. Comply with requirements for hangers, supports, and anchor devices in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." C. Install vinyl-coated hangers for CPVC and PVC piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. D. Install vinyl-coated hangers for PEX tubing, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. E. Support vertical runs of PEX tubing to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. F. Support horizontal piping within 12 inches (300 mm) of each fitting. G. Support vertical runs of CPVC and PVC piping to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. 3.9 PEX-a piping hangers and supports A. Horizontal PEX-a piping: Install supports suitable for PEX-a piping in compliance with local codes and the Uponor Piping Systems Installation Guide, current edition. 1. Note: Per ICC PMG-1006, the above maximum hanger spacing requirements may be extended with the use of a continuous support channel such as Uponor PEX-a Pipe Support. B. Horizontal PEX-a piping with PEX-a Pipe Support: Install supports for PEX-a piping with horizontal support channel in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and the following maximum spacing: 1. 3 inch nominal and smaller: Maximum span, 8 feet (2.4 m). 2. Support 1-1/2 inch and smaller fittings within 12 inches (0.3 m). 3. Install clamps and fixed points per the Uponor Piping Systems Installation Guide, current edition. C. Vertical PEX-a piping: Install supports suitable for PEX-a piping in compliance with local codes and the Uponor Piping Systems Installation Guide, current edition: 1. Support vertical in-wall piping every 5 feet (1.5 m). 2. Support riser piping at the base of each floor and every 5 feet (1.5 m) vertically. a. Refer to the Uponor Piping Systems Installation Guide, current edition, for additional requirements. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 14 3.10 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. When installing piping adjacent to equipment and machines, allow space for service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water-service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. D. Connect domestic water piping to water-service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the following: 1. Domestic Water Booster Pumps: Cold-water suction and discharge piping. 2. Water Heaters: Cold-water inlet and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 3. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water-supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than that required by plumbing code. 4. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water-supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 3.11 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification materials and installation in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.12 ADJUSTING A. Perform the following adjustments before operation: 1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. 2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. 3. Open throttling valves to proper setting. 4. Adjust balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide adequate flow. a. Manually adjust ball-type balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide hot-water flow in each branch. b. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated. 5. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of piping during installation. 6. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs. 7. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application where used and are clean and ready for use. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 15 8. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Piping Inspections: a. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. b. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: 1) Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing in after roughing in and before setting fixtures. 2) Final Inspection: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified in "Piping Tests" Subparagraph below and to ensure compliance with requirements. c. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. d. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Piping Tests: a. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. b. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. c. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. d. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig (345 kPa) above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow it to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. e. Repair leaks and defects with new materials, and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. f. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required. B. Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 221116 - 16 3.14 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm (50 mg/L) of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. 2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm (200 mg/L) of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours. c. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time. d. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. e. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. Include copies of water- sample approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. C. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. END OF SECTION 221116 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 1 SECTION 221119 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Vacuum breakers. 2. Backflow preventers. 3. Water pressure-reducing valves. 4. Balancing valves. 5. Temperature-actuated, water mixing valves. 6. Strainers for domestic water piping. 7. Hose bibbs. 8. Wall hydrants. 9. Water-hammer arresters. 10. Trap-seal primer device. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For domestic water piping specialties. 1. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Test and inspection reports. B. Field quality-control reports. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Domestic water piping specialties intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption are to comply with the SDWA, requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, and NSF 61 and NSF 372, or to be certified in compliance with NSF 61 and NSF 372 by an American National Standards Institute (ANSI)-accredited third-party certification body that the weighted average lead content at wetted surfaces is less than or equal to 0.25 percent. 2.2 VACUUM BREAKERS A. Pipe-Applied, Atmospheric-Type Vacuum Breakers: 1. Standard: ASSE 1001. 2. Size: NPS 1/4 to NPS 3 (DN 8 to DN 80), as required to match connected piping. 3. Body: Bronze. 4. Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded. 5. Finish: Rough bronze. B. Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: 1. Standard: ASSE 1011. 2. Body: Bronze, nonremovable, with manual drain. 3. Outlet Connection: Garden-hose threaded complying with ASME B1.20.7. 4. Finish: Chrome or nickel plated. 2.3 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Intermediate Atmospheric-Vent Backflow Preventers: 1. Standard: ASSE 1012. 2. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 3. Body: Bronze. 4. End Connections: Union, solder joint. 5. Finish: Rough bronze. B. Reduced-Pressure-Principle Backflow Preventers: 1. Standard: ASSE 1013. 2. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications. 3. Pressure Loss: 14 psig maximum, through middle third of flow range. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 3 4. Body: Lead Free Bronze for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; ductile or cast iron with interior lining that complies with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved or stainless steel for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 5. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 6. Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight-through flow. 7. Accessories: a. Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet. b. Valves NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Outside-screw and yoke-gate type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet. c. Air-Gap Fitting: ASME A112.1.2, matching backflow-preventer connection. C. Double-Check, Backflow-Prevention Assemblies: 1. Standard: ASSE 1015. 2. Operation: Continuous-pressure applications unless otherwise indicated. 3. Pressure Loss: 6 psig maximum, through middle third of flow range. 4. Body: Lead Free Bronze for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; ductile or cast iron with interior lining that complies with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved or stainless steel for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 5. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 6. Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight-through flow. 7. Accessories: a. Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet. b. Valves NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Outside-screw and yoke-gate type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet. 2.4 WATER PRESSURE-REDUCING VALVES A. Water Regulators: 1. Standard: ASSE 1003. 2. Pressure Rating: Initial working pressure of 150 psig (1035 kPa). 3. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; cast iron with interior lining that complies with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3 (DN 65 and DN 80). 4. Valves for Booster Heater Water Supply: Include integral bypass. 5. End Connections: Threaded or solder for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged or solder for NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3 (DN 65 and DN 80). LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 4 2.5 BALANCING VALVES A. Memory-Stop Balancing Valves: 1. Standard: MSS SP-110 for two-piece, copper-alloy ball valves. 2. Pressure Rating: 400-psig (2760-kPa) minimum CWP. 3. Size: NPS 2 (DN 50) or smaller. 4. Body: Copper alloy. 5. Port: Standard or full port. 6. Ball: Chrome-plated brass or stainless steel. 7. Seats and Seals: Replaceable. 8. End Connections: Solder joint or threaded. 9. Handle: Vinyl-covered steel with memory-setting device. 2.6 TEMPERATURE-ACTUATED, WATER MIXING VALVES A. Water-Temperature Limiting Devices: 1. Standard: ASSE 1070. 2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa). 3. Type: Thermostatically controlled, water mixing valve. 4. Material: Bronze body with corrosion-resistant interior components. 5. Connections: Threaded inlets and outlet. 6. Accessories: Check stops on hot- and cold-water supplies, and adjustable, temperature- control handle. 7. Tempered-Water Setting: 110 deg F. B. Primary, Thermostatic, Water Mixing Valves: 1. Standard: ASSE 1017. 2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum unless otherwise indicated. 3. Type: Exposed-mounted, thermostatically controlled, water mixing valve. 4. Material: Bronze body with corrosion-resistant interior components. 5. Connections: Threaded or union inlets and outlet. 6. Accessories: Manual temperature control, check stops on hot- and cold-water supplies, and adjustable, temperature-control handle. 7. Tempered-Water Setting: 110 deg F. 2.7 STRAINERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING A. Y-Pattern Strainers: 1. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum unless otherwise indicated. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 5 2. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; cast iron with interior lining that complies with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved, epoxy coated and for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 3. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. 4. Screen: Stainless steel with round perforations unless otherwise indicated. 5. Perforation Size: a. Strainers NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: 0.020 inch (0.51 mm). b. Strainers NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): 0.045 inch (1.14 mm). c. Strainers NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: 0.10 inch (2.54 mm. 6. Drain: Pipe plug. 2.8 HOSE BIBBS A. Hose Bibbs: 1. Standard: ASME A112.18.1 for sediment faucets. 2. Body Material: Bronze. 3. Seat: Bronze, replaceable. 4. Supply Connections: NPS 1/2 or NPS 3/4 (DN 15 or DN 20) threaded or solder-joint inlet. 5. Outlet Connection: Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. 6. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa). 7. Vacuum Breaker: Integral nonremovable, drainable, hose-connection vacuum breaker complying with ASSE 1011. 8. Finish: Rough bronze, or chrome or nickel plated. 9. Include operating key with each operating-key hose bibb. 2.9 WALL HYDRANTS A. Moderate-Climate Wall Hydrants: 1. Standard: ASME A112.21.3M for concealed-outlet, self-draining wall hydrants. 2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa). 3. Operation: Loose key. 4. Inlet: NPS 3/4 or NPS 1 (DN 20 or DN 25). 5. Outlet, Concealed: a. With integral vacuum breaker or nonremovable hose-connection vacuum breaker complying with ASSE 1011 or backflow preventer complying with ASSE 1052. b. Garden-hose thread complying with ASME B1.20.7. 6. Box: Deep, flush mounted with cover. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 6 7. Box and Cover Finish: Polished nickel bronze. 2.10 WATER-HAMMER ARRESTERS A. Water-Hammer Arresters: 1. Standard: ASSE 1010 or PDI-WH 201. 2. Type: Piston. 3. Size: ASSE 1010, Sizes AA and A through F, or PDI-WH 201, Sizes A through F. 2.11 TRAP-SEAL PRIMER DEVICE A. Supply-Type, Trap-Seal Primer Device: 1. Standard: ASSE 1018. 2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa) minimum. 3. Body: Bronze. 4. Inlet and Outlet Connections: NPS 1/2 (DN 15) threaded, union, or solder joint. 5. Gravity Drain Outlet Connection: NPS 1/2 (DN 15) threaded or solder joint. 6. Finish: Chrome plated, or rough bronze for units used with pipe or tube that is not chrome finished. 2.12 TRAP SEAL PROTECTION DEVICES A. Barrier Type Trap Seal Protection Devices: 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to acceptance by the local jurisdiction, provide SureSeal Manufacturing; Inline Floor Drain Trap Sealer, or a comparable product with IAPMO approval from another manufacturer. 2. Standard: ASSE 1072-2007. 3. Body: ASB Plastic 4. Diaphragm & Sealing Gasket: Neoprene Rubber 5. Size: 2 inch (50 mm), 3 inch (75 mm), 3-1/2 inch (89 mm), or 4 inch (100 mm). 6. Gravity Drain Outlet Connection: Compression fit sealing gasket 80 durometer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Backflow Preventers: Install in each water supply to mechanical equipment and systems and to other equipment and water systems that may be sources of contamination. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 7 1. Locate backflow preventers in same room as connected equipment or system. 2. Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric-vent drain connection with air-gap fitting, fixed air-gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation of at least two pipe diameters in drain piping and pipe-to-floor drain. Locate air-gap device attached to or under backflow preventer. Simple air breaks are unacceptable for this application. 3. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers. B. Water Regulators: Install with inlet and outlet shutoff valves. Install pressure gauges on inlet and outlet. C. Balancing Valves: Install in locations where they can easily be adjusted. Set at indicated design flow rates. D. Temperature-Actuated, Water Mixing Valves: Install with check stops or shutoff valves on inlets and with shutoff valve on outlet. 1. Install cabinet-type units recessed in or surface mounted on wall as specified. E. Y-Pattern Strainers: For water, install on supply side of each water pressure-reducing valve and pump. F. Water-Hammer Arresters: Install in water piping in accordance with PDI-WH 201. G. Supply-Type, Trap-Seal Primer Device: Install with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow. H. Drainage-Type, Trap-Seal Primer Device: Install as lavatory trap with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. I. Install supply-type, trap-seal primer valves or Barrier Type Trap Seal Protection Devices on all traps subject to evaporation (floor drains, floor sinks, etc.). Install supply-type, trap-seal primer valves with outlet piping pitched down toward drain trap a minimum of 1 percent, and connect to floor-drain body, trap, or inlet fitting. Adjust valve for proper flow. 3.2 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. When installing piping specialties adjacent to equipment and machines, allow space for service and maintenance. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119 - 8 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Set field-adjustable pressure set points of water pressure-reducing valves. B. Set field-adjustable flow set points of balancing valves. C. Set field-adjustable temperature set points of temperature-actuated, water mixing valves. D. Adjust each pressure vacuum breaker, reduced-pressure-principle backflow preventer, double- check, backflow-prevention assembly, and double-check, detector-assembly backflow preventer in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, authorities having jurisdiction and the device's reference standard. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. 1. Test each pressure vacuum breaker, reduced-pressure-principle backflow preventer, double-check, backflow-prevention assembly, and double-check, detector-assembly backflow preventer according to authorities having jurisdiction and the device's reference standard. 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm unit operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Domestic water piping specialties will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 221119 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS INLINE, DOMESTIC-WATER CIRCULATORS 221123 - 1 SECTION 221123 - INLINE, DOMESTIC-WATER CIRCULATORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. In-line, wet rotor circulators. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor-operated water pumps. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Warranty shall include a 1 year labor warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 IN-LINE, WET ROTOR CIRCULATORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the basis of design products shown on the plans or an equal product by one of the following: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS INLINE, DOMESTIC-WATER CIRCULATORS 221123 - 2 1. Armstrong Pumps Inc. 2. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; ITT Corporation. 3. Grundfos Pumps Corp. 4. TACO Incorporated. 5. Wilo B. Pump Construction: 1. Pump Body: Lead free bronze 2. Impeller: Noryl 3. Shaft: Ceramic 4. Bearings: Double-Sintered Carbon 5. Motor: Single speed, unless otherwise indicated. C. Capacities and Characteristics: As indicated on the plans. 2.2 MOTORS A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors appropriate for the proposed service. 1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 2.3 CONTROLS A. Thermostats: Electric; adjustable for control of hot-water circulation pump. 1. Type: Water-immersion temperature sensor, for installation in piping. 2. Range: 65 to 200 deg F (18 to 93 deg C). 3. Operation of Pump: On or off. 4. Transformer: Provide if required. 5. Settings: Start pump at 110 deg F and stop pump at 120 deg F. B. Timers: Electric, for control of hot-water circulation pump. 1. Type: Programmable, seven-day clock with manual override on-off switch. 2. Operation of Pump: On or off. 3. Transformer: Provide if required. 4. Programmable Sequence of Operation: Up to two on-off cycles each day for seven days. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS INLINE, DOMESTIC-WATER CIRCULATORS 221123 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PUMP INSTALLATION A. Install all equipment, material, accessories, etc. according to the manufacturer’s instructions. B. Install pumps with shaft horizontal unless otherwise indicated. C. Install continuous-thread hanger rods of size required to support pump weight (if weight is such that support by connecting piping is not adequate). Support per manufacturer’s instructions. D. Install thermostats in hot-water return piping. E. Install timers on wall adjacent to water heater. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to pumps to allow service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic water piping to pumps. Install suction and discharge piping equal to or greater than size of pump nozzles. D. Connect thermostats and timers to pumps that they control. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Install balancing valves at the end of each hot water recirculation line and other locations as required to balance the recirculation system flow. 1. Install balancing valves in locations where they can easily be adjusted. B. Adjust domestic water pumps to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. C. Adjust initial temperature set points. D. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated. END OF SECTION 221123 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221123.13 - 1 SECTION 221123.13 - DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes Variable Speed Packaged Pumping Systems for domestic water piping systems. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each packaged booster pump specified. Include certified performance curves with operating points plotted on curves; and rated capacities of selected models, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For packaged booster pumps and accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 2. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. 3. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slides and rails and equipment mounting frames. 4. Wiring Diagrams: Detail power, signal, and control wiring. C. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that packaged booster pumps, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 22 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Include the following: 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221123.13 - 2 a. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified." b. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. D. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each packaged booster pump to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All pumps must have a pump efficiency index (PEI) less than or equal to one where required per DOE regulations. B. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of packaged booster pumps and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 01 Section "Product Requirements." C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. D. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9 for piping. E. Packaged booster pumps shall be listed and labeled as pumping systems by testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. F. The packaged pump system shall be a standard product of a single pump manufacturer. The entire pump system including pumps and pump logic controller, shall be designed, built, and tested by the same manufacturer. G. C. The complete packaged water booster pump system shall be certified and listed by UL (Category QCZJ – Packaged Pumping Systems) for conformance to U.S. and Canadian Standards. H. D. The complete packaged pumping system shall be NSF61 Annex G Listed for drinking water and low lead requirements. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221123.13 - 3 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Retain shipping flange protective covers and protective coatings during storage. B. Protect bearings and couplings against damage. C. Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions for handling. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 03. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. The warranty period shall be a non-prorated period of 24 months from date of installation, not to exceed 30 months from date of manufacture. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VARIABLE-SPEED, MULTIPLEX BOOSTER PUMPS A. The pumps shall be of the in-line vertical multi-stage design. B. The head-capacity curve shall have a steady rise in head from maximum to minimum flow within the preferred operating region. The shut-off head shall be a minimum of 20% higher than the head at the best efficiency point. C. Small Vertical In-Line Multi-Stage Pumps (Nominal flow from 3 to 125 gallons per minute) shall have the following features: 1. The pump impellers shall be secured directly to the pump shaft by means of a splined shaft arrangement. 2. The suction/discharge base shall have ANSI Class 250 flange or internal pipe thread (NPT) connections as determined by the pump station manufacturer. 3. Pump Construction. a. Suction/discharge base, pump head, motor stool: cast 316 stainless steel (ASTM CF-8M) resulting in all wetted parts of stainless steel b. Impellers, diffuser chambers, outer sleeve: 304 Stainless Steel c. Shaft 316 or 431 Stainless Steel LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221123.13 - 4 d. Impeller wear rings: 304 Stainless Steel e. Shaft journals and chamber bearings: Silicon Carbide f. O-rings: EPDM Shaft couplings for motor flange sizes 184TC and smaller shall be made of cast iron or sintered steel. Shaft couplings for motor flange sizes larger than 184TC shall be made of ductile iron (ASTM 60-40-18). 4. The shaft seal shall be a balanced o-ring cartridge type with the following features: a. Collar, Drivers, Spring: 316 Stainless Steel b. Shaft Sleeve, Gland Plate: 316 Stainless Steel c. Stationary Ring: Silicon Carbide d. Rotating Ring: Silicon Carbide e. O-rings: EPDM The Silicon Carbide shall be imbedded with graphite. 5. Shaft seal replacement shall be possible without removal of any pump components other than the coupling guard, shaft coupling and motor. The entire cartridge shaft seal shall be removable as a one piece component. Pumps with motors equal to or larger than 15 hp (fifteen horsepower) shall have adequate space within the motor stool so that shaft seal replacement is possible without motor removal. D. Large In-line Vertical Multi-Stage Pumps (Nominal flows from 130 to 500 gallons per minute) shall have the following features: 1. The pump impellers shall be secured directly to the smooth pump shaft by means of a split cone and nut design. 2. The suction/discharge base shall have ANSI Class 125 or Class 250 flange connections in a slip ring (rotating flange) design as indicated in the drawings or pump schedule. 3. Pump Construction. a. Suction/discharge base, pump head Ductile Iron (ASTM 65-45-12) b. Shaft couplings, flange rings: Ductile Iron (ASTM 65-45-12) c. Shaft 431 Stainless Steel d. Motor Stool Cast Iron (ASTM Class 30) e. Impellers, diffuser chambers, outer sleeve: 304 Stainless Steel f. Impeller wear rings: 304 Stainless Steel g. Intermediate Bearing Journals: Tungsten Carbide h. Intermediate Chamber Bearings: Leadless Tin Bronze i. Chamber Bushings: Graphite Filled PTFE j. O-rings: EPDM 4. The shaft seal shall be a single balanced metal bellows cartridge with the following construction: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221123.13 - 5 a. Bellows: 904L Stainless Steel b. Shaft Sleeve, Gland Plate, Drive Collar: 316 Stainless Steel c. Stationary Ring: Carbon d. Rotating Ring: Tungsten Carbide e. O-rings: EPDM 5. Shaft seal replacement shall be possible without removal of any pump components other than the coupling guard, motor couplings, motor and seal cover. The entire cartridge shaft seal shall be removable as a one piece component. Pumps with motors equal to or larger than 15 hp (fifteen horsepower) shall have adequate space within the motor stool so that shaft seal replacement is possible without motor removal. 2.2 INTEGRATED VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE MOTORS A. Each motor shall be of the Integrated Variable Frequency Drive design consisting of a motor and a Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) built and tested as one unit by the same manufacturer. B. The VFD shall be of the PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) design using current IGBT (Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor) technology. C. The VFD shall convert incoming fixed frequency three-phase AC power into a variable frequency and voltage for controlling the speed of motor. The motor current shall closely approximate a sine wave. Motor voltage shall be varied with frequency to maintain desired motor magnetization current suitable for centrifugal pump control and to eliminate the need for motor de-rating. D. The VFD shall utilize an energy optimization algorithm to minimize energy consumption. The output voltage shall be adjusted in response to the load, independent of speed. E. The VFD shall automatically reduce the switching frequency and/or the output voltage and frequency to the motor during periods of sustained ambient temperatures that are higher than the normal operating range. The switching frequency shall be reduced before motor speed is reduced. F. An integral RFI filter shall be standard in the VFD. G. The VFD shall have a minimum of two skip frequency bands which can be field adjustable. H. The VFD shall have internal solid-state overload protection designed to trip within the range of 125-150% of rated current. I. The integrated VFD motor shall include protection against input transients, phase imbalance, loss of AC line phase, over-voltage, under-voltage, VFD over-temperature, and motor over- temperature. Three-phase integrated VFD motors shall be capable of providing full output voltage and frequency with a voltage imbalance of up to 10%. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221123.13 - 6 J. The integrated VFD motor shall have, as a minimum, the following input/output capabilities: 1. Speed Reference Signal: 0-10 VDC, 4-20mA 2. Digital remote on/off 3. Fault Signal Relay (NC or NO) 4. Fieldbus communication port (RS485) K. The motor shall be Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled (TEFC) with a standard NEMA C-Face, Class F insulation with a temperature rise no higher than Class B. L. The cooling design of the motor and VFD shall be such that a Class B motor temperature rise is not exceeded at full rated load and speed at a minimum switching frequency of 9.0 kHz. M. Motor drive end bearings shall be adequately sized so that the minimum L10 bearing life is 17,500 hours at the minimum allowable continuous flow rate for the pump at full rated speed. 2.3 PUMP SYSTEM CONTROLLER A. The pump system controller shall be a standard product developed and supported by the pump manufacturer. B. The controller shall be microprocessor based capable of having software changes and updates via personal computer (notebook). The controller user interface shall have a color display with a minimum screen size of 3-1/2” x 4-5/8” for easy viewing of system status parameters and for field programming. The display shall have a back light with contrast adjustment. Password protection of system settings shall be standard. C. The controller shall provide internal galvanic isolation to all digital and analog inputs as well as all fieldbus connections. D. The controller shall have the ability to be connected to a battery to maintain power on controller during periods of loss of supply power. E. The controller shall have built in data logging capability. Logged vales shall be graphically displayed on the controller and able to be exported to computer via standard connection. A minimum of 3600 samples per logged value with the following parameters available for logging: 1. Estimated flow-rate 2. Speed of pumps 3. Inlet pressure 4. Discharge pressure 5. Power consumption 6. Controlling parameter (process value) LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221123.13 - 7 F. The controller shall display the following as status readings from a single display on the controller (this display shall be the default): 1. Current value of the control parameter, (typically discharge pressure) 2. Most recent existing alarm (if any) 3. System status with current operating mode 4. Status of each pump with current operating mode and rotational speed as a percentage (%) 5. Estimated flow-rate, (not requiring flow meter connection) G. The controller shall have as a minimum the following hardware inputs and outputs: 1. Three analog inputs (4-20mA or 0-10VDC) 2. Three digital inputs 3. Two digital outputs 4. Ethernet connection 5. Field Service connection to PC for advanced programming and data logging H. Pump system programming (field adjustable) shall include as a minimum the following: 1. Water shortage protection (analog or digital) 2. Transducer Settings (Suction and Discharge Analog supply/range) 3. PI Controller (Proportional gain and Integral time) settings 4. High system pressure indication and shut-down 5. Low system pressure indication and shut-down 6. Low suction pressure/level shutdown (via digital contact) 7. Low suction pressure/level warning (via analog signal) 8. Low suction pressure/level shutdown (via analog signal) 9. Flow meter settings (if used, analog signal) I. The system controller shall be able to accept up to seven programmable set-points via a digital input, (additional input/output module may be required). J. The controller shall have advanced water shortage protection. When analog sensors (level or pressure) are used for water shortage protection, there shall be two indication levels. One level is for warning indication only (indication that the water level/pressure is getting lower than expected levels) and the other level is for complete system shut-down (water or level is so low that pump damage can occur). System restart after shut-down shall be manual or automatic (user selectable). K. The system pressure set-point shall be capable of being automatically adjusted by using an external set-point influence. The set-point influence function enables the user to adjust the control parameter (typically pressure) by measuring an additional parameter. (Example: Lower the system pressure set-point based on a flow measurement to compensate for lower friction losses at lower flow rates). LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221123.13 - 8 L. The controller shall be capable of receiving a remote analog set-point (4-20mA or 0-10 VDC) as well as a remote system on/off (digital) signal. M. The controller shall be able to adjust the ramp time of a change in set point on both an increase or decrease change in set point. N. The pump system controller shall store up to 24 warning and alarms in memory. The time, date and duration of each alarm shall be recorded. A potential-free relay shall be provided for alarm notification to the building management system. The controller shall display the following alarm conditions: 1. High System Pressure 2. Low system pressure 3. Low suction pressure (warning and alarm) 4. Individual pump failure 5. VFD trip/failure 6. Loss of sensor signal (4-20 mA) 7. Loss of remote set-point signal (4-20mA) 8. System power loss O. The pump system controller shall be mounted in a UL Type 3R rated enclosure. A self-certified NEMA enclosure rating shall not be considered equal. The entire control panel shall be UL 508 listed as an assembly. The control panel shall include a main disconnect, circuit breakers for each pump and the control circuit and control relays for alarm functions. Control panel options shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Pump Run Lights 2. System Fault Light 3. Audible Alarm (80 db[A]) 4. Surge Arrestor 5. Emergency/Normal Operation Switches 6. Service Disconnect Switches 7. Qty (9) Configurable Digital Outputs available for monitoring P. The controller shall be capable of receiving a redundant sensor input to function as a backup to the primary sensor (typically discharge pressure). Q. The controller shall have a pump “Test Run” feature such that pumps are switched on during periods of inactivity (system is switched to the “off” position but with electricity supply still connected). The inoperative pumps shall be switched on for a period of two to three (3-4) seconds every 24 hours, 48 hours or once per week and at specific time of day (user selectable). R. The controller shall be capable of changing the number of pumps available to operate or have the ability limit the maximum power consumption by activation of a digital input for purposes of limited generator supplied power. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221123.13 - 9 S. The controller shall be capable of displaying instantaneous power consumption (Watts or kilowatts) and cumulative energy consumption (kilowatt-hours). T. The controller shall be capable of displaying instantaneous specific energy use (kw/gpm), (optional flow meter must be connected). U. The actual pump performance curves (5th order polynomial) shall be loaded (software) into the pump system controller or be able to input manually into controller based on three points on pump curve of pumps controlled. V. The controller shall be capable of displaying an estimated flow-rate on the default status screen. W. The controller shall have the ability to compensate for pipe friction loss by decreasing pressure set-point at lower flow-rates and increasing pressure set-point at higher flow-rates without the requirement of a flow meter. X. The controller shall have the ability to communicate in BACnet, via optional communication expansion card installed inside controller. Y. The controller shall have a built in Ethernet connection allowing controller to connected to network and access of controller via web browser and internet anywhere around the world where internet communication is available. Z. The controller shall have a programmable Service Contact Field that can be populated with service contact information including: contact name, address, phone number(s) and website. 2.4 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION A. The system controller shall operate equal capacity variable speed pumps to maintain a constant discharge pressure (system set-point). The system controller shall receive an analog signal [4- 20mA] from the factory installed pressure transducer on the discharge manifold, indicating the actual system pressure. As flow demand increases the pump speed shall be increased to maintain the system set-point pressure. When the operating pump(s) reach 96% of full speed (adjustable), an additional pump will be started and will increase speed until the system set- point is achieved. When the system pressure is equal to the system set-point all pumps in operation shall reach equal operating speeds. As flow demand decreases the pump speed shall be reduced while system set-point pressure is maintained. When all pumps in operation are running at low speed the system controller shall switch off pumps when fewer pumps are able to maintain system demand. B. The system controller shall be capable of switching pumps on and off to satisfy system demand without the use of flow switches, motor current monitors or temperature measuring devices. C. All pumps in the system shall alternate automatically based on demand, time and fault. If flow demand is continuous (no flow shut-down does not occur), the system controller shall have the LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221123.13 - 10 capability to alternate the pumps every 24 hours, every 48 hours or once per week. The interval and actual time of the pump change-over shall be field adjustable. D. The system controller shall be able to control a pressure maintenance pump, (jockey pump), in the system. The set point of the pressure maintenance pump shall be able to be any value above or below the pump system’s set point. The pressure maintenance pump shall be able to be staged on as back-up pump when capacity of pump system is exceeded. 2.5 LOW FLOW STOP FUNCTION A. The system controller shall be capable of stopping pumps during periods of low-flow or zero- flow without wasting water or adding unwanted heat to the liquid. Temperature based no flow shut-down methods that have the potential to waste water and add unwanted temperature rise to the pumping fluid are not acceptable. B. Standard Low Flow Stop and Energy Saving Mode 1. If a low or no flow shut-down is required (periods of low or zero demand) a bladder type diaphragm tank shall be installed with a pre-charge pressure of 70% of system set-point. The tank shall be piped to the discharge manifold or system piping downstream of the pump system. When only one pump is in operation the system controller shall be capable of detecting low flow (less than 10% of pump nominal flow) without the use of additional flow sensing devices. When a low flow is detected, the system controller shall increase pump speed until the discharge pressure reaches the stop pressure (system set-point plus 50% of programmed on/off band). The pump shall remain off until the discharge pressure reaches the start pressure (system set-point minus 50% of programmed on/off band). Upon low flow shut-down a pump shall be restarted in one of the following two ways: a. Low Flow Restart: If the drop in pressure is slow when the start pressure is reached (indicating the flow is still low), the pump shall start and the speed shall again be increased until the stop pressure is reached and the pump shall again be switched off. b. Normal Flow Restart: If the drop in pressure is fast (indicating the flow is greater than 10% of pump nominal flow) the pump shall start and the speed shall be increased until the system pressure reaches the system set-point. It shall be possible to change from the standard low flow stop to the optional low flow stop (and vice-versa) via the user interface. 2.6 SYSTEM CONSTRUCTION A. Suction and discharge manifold construction shall be in way that ensures minimal pressure drops, minimize potential for corrosion, and prevents bacteria growth at intersection of piping into the manifold. Manifold construction that includes sharp edge transitions or interconnecting LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221123.13 - 11 piping protruding into manifold is not acceptable. Manifold construction shall be such that water stagnation can not exist in manifold during operation to prevent bacteria growth inside manifold. B. The suction and discharge manifolds shall be constructed of 316 stainless steel. Manifold connection sizes shall be as follows: 1. 3 inch and smaller: Male NPT threaded 2. 4 inch through 8 inch: ANSI Class 150 rotating flanges 3. 10 inch and larger: ANSI Class 150 flanges C. Pump Isolation valves shall be provided on the suction and discharge of each pump. Isolation valve sizes 2 inch and smaller shall be nickel plated brass full port ball valves. Isolation valve sizes 3 inch and larger shall be a full lug style butterfly valve. The valve disk shall be of stainless steel. The valve seat material shall be EPDM and the body shall be cast iron, coated internally and externally with fusion-bonded epoxy. D. A spring-loaded non-slam type check valve shall be installed on the discharge of each pump. The valve shall be a wafer style type fitted between two flanges. The head loss through the check valve shall not exceed 5 psi at the pump design capacity. Check valves 1-1/2” and smaller shall have a POM composite body and poppet, a stainless steel spring with EPDM or NBR seats. Check valves 2” and larger shall have a body material of stainless steel or epoxy coated iron (fusion bonded) with an EPDM or NBR resilient seat. Spring material shall be stainless steel. Disk shall be of stainless steel or leadless bronze. E. For systems that require a diaphragm tank, a connection of no smaller than ¾” shall be provided on the discharge manifold. F. A pressure transducer shall be factory installed on the discharge manifold (or field installed as specified on plans). Systems with positive inlet gauge pressure shall have a factory installed pressure transducer on the suction manifold for water shortage protection. Pressure transducers shall be made of 316 stainless steel. Transducer accuracy shall be +/- 1.0% full scale with hysteresis and repeatability of no greater than 0.1% full scale. The output signal shall be 4-20 mA with a supply voltage range of 9-32 VDC. G. A bourdon tube pressure gauge, 2.5 inch diameter, shall be placed on the suction and discharge manifolds. The gauge shall be liquid filled and have copper alloy internal parts in a stainless steel case. Gauge accuracy shall be 2/1/2 %. The gauge shall be capable of a pressure of 30% above its maximum span without requiring recalibration. H. Systems with a flooded suction inlet or suction lift configuration shall have a factory installed water shortage protection device on the suction manifold. I. The base frame shall be constructed of corrosion resistant 304 stainless steel. Rubber vibration dampers shall be fitted between each pumps and baseframe to minimize vibration. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221123.13 - 12 J. Depending on the system size and configuration, the control panel shall be mounted in one of the following ways: 1. On a 304 stainless steel fabricated control cabinet stand attached to the system skid. 2. On a 304 stainless steel fabricated skid, separate from the main system skid 3. On its own base (floor mounted with plinth. 2.7 Capacity and Characteristics: Per the equipment schedules on the plans. 2.8 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: 1. Flex-Hose Co., Inc. 2. Flexicraft Industries. 3. Flex-Pression, Ltd. 4. Flex-Weld, Inc. 5. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. 6. Mercer Rubber. 7. Metraflex, Inc. 8. Proco Products, Inc. 9. Tozen America Corporation. 10. Unaflex Inc. B. Description: Corrugated, bronze inner tubing covered with bronze wire braid. Include copper- tube ends or bronze flanged ends, braze-welded to tubing. Include 175-psig (1200-kPa) minimum working-pressure rating and ends according to the following: 1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. Provide flanged ends if pump has flanged connections. 2. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged. 2.9 BUILDING-AUTOMATION-SYSTEM INTERFACE A. Provide auxiliary contacts in pump controllers for interface to BACnet building automation system. Include the following: 1. On-off status of each pump. 2. Alarm status. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221123.13 - 13 2.10 TESTING A. The entire pump station shall be factory tested for functionality. Functionality testing shall include the following parameters: Dry Run Protection, Minimum Pressure and Maximum Pressure alarms (where applicable), Setpoint Operation, and Motor Rotation. B. The system shall undergo a factory hydrostatic test at the end of the production cycle. The system shall be filled with water and pressurized to 1.5 times the nameplate maximum pressure. Systems with 150# flange connections shall be tested at 350 psig, and systems with 300# flange connections shall be tested at 450 psig. The pressure shall be maintained for a minimum of 15 minutes with no leakage (slight leakage around pump(s) mechanical seal is acceptable) prior to shipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in for packaged booster pumps to verify actual locations of connections before booster pump installation. 3.2 CONCRETE BASES A. Install concrete bases of dimensions indicated for packaged booster pumps. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing." 1. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around full perimeter of base. 2. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be imbedded. 4. Install anchor bolts to elevation required for proper attachment to supported equipment. B. Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 03. 3.3 BOOSTER PUMP INSTALLATION A. Install packaged booster pumps level on concrete bases with access for periodic maintenance including removal of pumps, motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories. 1. Do not dismantle packaged booster pumps or remove individual components. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221123.13 - 14 B. Support connected domestic water piping so weight of piping is not supported by packaged booster pumps. 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect domestic water piping to packaged booster pumps. Install suction and discharge pipe equal to or greater than size of unit suction and discharge piping. 1. Install flexible connectors on piping connections to unit suction and discharge piping. Install flexible connectors same size as piping. 2. Install shutoff valves on piping connections to each booster pump suction and discharge piping. Install ball, butterfly, or gate valves same size as suction and discharge piping. General-duty valves are specified in Division 22 Section "General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." 3. Install union or flanged connections on pump suction and discharge piping at connection to domestic water piping. 4. Install piping adjacent to packaged booster pumps to allow service and maintenance. C. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." D. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." 3.5 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform the following startup service: 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Check piping connections for tightness. 3. Clean strainers if any. 4. Verify that pump controls are correct for required application. B. Perform the following startup checks for each pump of packaged booster pump unit before starting: 1. Verify bearing lubrication. 2. Prime pumps by opening suction valves and closing discharge valves, and prepare pumps for operation. 3. Start motors. 4. Open discharge valves slowly. 5. Adjust settings. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DOMESTIC-WATER PACKAGED BOOSTER PUMPS 221123.13 - 15 C. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting packaged booster pumps to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project outside normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 3.6 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION A. Install identifying equipment markers and equipment signs on booster pumps. Labeling and identification materials are specified in Division 22 Section "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain packaged booster pumps. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" END OF SECTION 221123.13 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 221313 - 1 SECTION 221313 - FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. ABS pipe and fittings. 2. PVC pipe and fittings. 3. HDPE pipe and fittings. 4. Nonpressure-type transition couplings. 5. Pressure-type pipe couplings. 6. Expansion joints and deflection fittings. 7. Backwater valves. 8. Cleanouts. 9. Manholes. 10. Concrete. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Pipe and fittings. 2. Non-pressure and pressure couplings 3. Expansion joints and deflection fittings. 4. Backwater valves. 5. Cleanouts. B. Shop Drawings: For manholes. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and frames and covers. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 221313 - 2 1. Show pipe sizes, locations, and elevations. Show other piping in same trench and clearances from sewer system piping. Indicate interface and spatial relationship between manholes, piping, and proximate structures. 2. Show system piping in profile. Draw profiles to horizontal scale of not less than 1 inch equals 50 feet (1:500) and to vertical scale of not less than 1 inch equals 5 feet (1:50). Indicate manholes and piping. Show types, sizes, materials, and elevations of other utilities crossing system piping. B. Product Certificates: For each type of pipe and fitting. C. Field quality-control reports. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store plastic manholes, pipe, and fittings in direct sunlight. B. Protect pipe, pipe fittings, and seals from dirt and damage. C. Handle manholes according to manufacturer's written rigging instructions. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Sanitary Sewerage Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than seven days in advance of proposed interruption of service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of service without Owner's written permission. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ABS PIPE AND FITTINGS A. ABS Sewer Pipe and Fittings: ASTM D2661, with bell-and-spigot ends for gasketed joints. 1. NPS 3 to NPS 6 (DN 80 to DN 150): SDR 35. 2. NPS 8 to NPS 12 (DN 200 to DN 300): SDR 42. B. Gaskets: ASTM F477, elastomeric seals. 2.2 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PVC Type PSM Sewer Piping: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 221313 - 3 1. Pipe: ASTM D 3034, SDR-26, PVC Type PSM sewer pipe with bell-and-spigot ends for gasketed joints. 2. Fittings: ASTM D 3034, PVC with bell ends. 3. Gaskets: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seals. 2.3 High Density Polyethylene Pipe (HDPE) and fittings A. Shall meet the requirements of ASTM F714 Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) based on outside diameter, ASTM 01248, ASTM 03350. All HDPE pipe shall be marked with a green stripe to signify its use for sanitary sewer utilities. Only solid wall HDPE pipe in accordance with ASTM F714 shall be accepted. HDPE profile wall pipe and fittings will not be accepted. B. Pipe shall be manufactured from high density high molecular weight polyethylene resin and shall conform to ASTM 01248. Minimum cell classification shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM 03350-84. C. Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) OD. The SDR (Standard Dimensional Ratio) of the pipe shall be SDR-11, 160 PSI or SDR-17, 100 PSI. D. Joints: Pipe shall be joined by use of heat fusion technique or butt fusion resulting in a monolithic pipe. Friatic fusion welded couplings are also acceptable. All joints shll be fully restrained and as strong as the pipe in both tension and hydrostatic loading. E. Fittings: Fittings shall be molded from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe or shall be manufactured using a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe supplied under this specification. All fittings supplied under this specification shall be of the same manufacturer as the pipe being supplied, unless electorfused couplings are used. Minimum cell classification shall be 345434 C as referenced in ASTM D 3350-84. 2.4 NONPRESSURE-TYPE TRANSITION COUPLINGS A. Comply with ASTM C 1173, elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, for joining underground nonpressure piping. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. B. Sleeve Materials: 1. For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC. 2. For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined. C. Unshielded, Flexible Couplings: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 221313 - 4 1. Description: Elastomeric sleeve with stainless-steel shear ring and corrosion-resistant- metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. D. Ring-Type, Flexible Couplings: Elastomeric compression seal with dimensions to fit inside bell of larger pipe and for spigot of smaller pipe to fit inside ring. 2.5 BACKWATER VALVES A. Cast-Iron Backwater Valves: 1. Description: ASME A112.14.1, gray-iron body and bolted cover, with bronze seat. 2. Horizontal type; with swing check valve and hub-and-spigot ends. 3. Combination horizontal and manual gate-valve type; with swing check valve, integral gate valve, and hub-and-spigot ends. 4. Terminal type; with bronze seat, swing check valve, and hub inlet. B. PVC Backwater Valves: 1. Description: Horizontal type; with PVC body, PVC removable cover, and PVC swing check valve. 2.6 CLEANOUTS A. Cast-Iron Cleanouts: 1. Description: ASME A112.36.2M, round, gray-iron housing with clamping device and round, secured, scoriated, gray-iron cover. Include gray-iron ferrule with inside calk or spigot connection and countersunk, tapered-thread, brass closure plug. 2. Sewer Pipe Fitting and Riser to Cleanout: ASTM A74, Service class, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings. B. PVC Cleanouts: 1. Description: PVC body with PVC threaded plug. Include PVC sewer pipe fitting and riser to cleanout of same material as sewer piping. 2.7 MANHOLES A. Standard Precast Concrete Manholes: 1. Description: ASTM C 478, precast, reinforced concrete, of depth indicated, with provision for sealant joints. 2. Diameter: 48 inches minimum unless otherwise indicated. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 221313 - 5 3. Ballast: Increase thickness of precast concrete sections or add concrete to base section, as required to prevent flotation. 4. Base Section: 6-inch minimum thickness for floor slab and 4-inch minimum thickness for walls and base riser section; with separate base slab or base section with integral floor. 5. Riser Sections: 4-inch minimum thickness, of length to provide depth indicated. 6. Top Section: Eccentric-cone type unless concentric-cone or flat-slab-top type is indicated; with top of cone of size that matches grade rings. 7. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 990, bitumen or butyl rubber. 8. Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C 923, cast or fitted into manhole walls, for each pipe connection. 9. Steps: Individual FRP steps, or ASTM A 615/A 615M, deformed, 1/2-inch steel reinforcing rods encased in ASTM D 4101, PP; wide enough to allow worker to place both feet on one step and designed to prevent lateral slippage off step. Cast or anchor steps into sidewalls at 12- to 16-inch intervals. Omit steps if total depth from floor of manhole to finished grade is less than 60 inches . 10. Adjusting Rings: Interlocking HDPE rings, with level or sloped edge in thickness and diameter matching manhole frame and cover, and with height as required to adjust manhole frame and cover to indicated elevation and slope. Include sealant recommended by ring manufacturer. 11. Grade Rings: Reinforced-concrete rings, 6 to 12-inch total thickness, with diameter matching manhole frame and cover, and with height as required to adjust manhole frame and cover to indicated elevation and slope. B. Manhole Frames and Covers: 1. Description: Ferrous; 24-inch ID by 7- to 9-inch riser, with 4-inch minimum-width flange and 26-inch diameter cover. Include indented top design with lettering cast into cover, using wording equivalent to "SANITARY SEWER." 2. Material: ASTM A 536, Grade 60-40-18 ductile iron unless otherwise indicated. C. Manhole-Cover Inserts: 1. Description; Manufactured, plastic form, of size to fit between manhole frame and cover and designed to prevent stormwater inflow. Include handle for removal and gasket for gastight sealing. 2. Type: Drainage with vent holes. 2.8 CONCRETE A. General: Cast-in-place concrete complying with ACI 318, ACI 350 (ACI 350M), and the following: 1. Cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type II. 2. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33/C33M, sand. 3. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C33/C33M, crushed gravel. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 221313 - 6 4. Water: Potable. B. Portland Cement Design Mix: 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) minimum, with 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. 1. Reinforcing Fabric: ASTM A1064/A1064M, steel, welded wire fabric, plain. 2. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (420-MPa) deformed steel. C. Manhole Channels and Benches: Factory or field formed from concrete. Portland cement design mix, 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) minimum, with 0.45 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. Include channels and benches in manholes. 1. Channels: Concrete invert, formed to same width as connected piping, with height of vertical sides to three-fourths of pipe diameter. Form curved channels with smooth, uniform radius and slope. a. Invert Slope: 1 percent through manhole. 2. Benches: Concrete, sloped to drain into channel. a. Slope: 4 percent. D. Ballast and Pipe Supports: Portland cement design mix, 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) minimum, with 0.58 maximum water/cementitious materials ratio. 1. Reinforcing Fabric: ASTM A1064/A1064M, steel, welded wire fabric, plain. 2. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60 (420-MPa) deformed steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans and details to indicate general location and arrangement of underground sanitary sewer piping. Location and arrangement of piping layout take into account design considerations. Install piping as indicated, to extent practical. Where specific installation is not indicated, follow piping manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install piping beginning at low point, true to grades and alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install gaskets, seals, sleeves, LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 221313 - 7 and couplings according to manufacturer's written instructions for using lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. C. Install manholes for changes in direction unless fittings are indicated. Use fittings for branch connections unless direct tap into existing sewer is indicated. D. Install proper size increasers, reducers, and couplings where different sizes or materials of pipes and fittings are connected. Reducing size of piping in direction of flow is prohibited. E. When installing pipe under streets or other obstructions that cannot be disturbed, use pipe- jacking process of microtunneling. F. Install gravity-flow, nonpressure, drainage piping according to the following: 1. Install piping [NPS 6 (DN 150)] <Insert pipe size> and larger with restrained joints at tee fittings and at changes in direction. Use corrosion-resistant rods, pipe or fitting manufacturer's proprietary restraint system, or cast-in-place-concrete supports or anchors. 2. Install ABS sewer piping according to ASTM D2321 and ASTM F1668. 3. Install PVC Type PSM sewer piping according to ASTM D2321 and ASTM F1668. G. Clear interior of piping and manholes of dirt and superfluous material as work progresses. Maintain swab or drag in piping, and pull past each joint as it is completed. Place plug in end of incomplete piping at end of day and when work stops. 3.3 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join gravity-flow, nonpressure, drainage piping according to the following: 1. Join ABS sewer piping according to ASTM D2321 for elastomeric-seal joints. 2. Join PVC Type PSM sewer piping according to ASTM D2321 and ASTM D3034 for elastomeric-seal joints or ASTM D3034 for elastomeric-gasket joints. 3. Join dissimilar pipe materials with nonpressure-type, flexible couplings. 4. HDPE Joining: a. Butt-fused Joint 1) The polyethylene pipe shall be assembled and joined at the site using the butt-fusion method to provide a leak proof joint. Socket fusion, extrusion welding or hot gas welding, threaded or solvent cement joints and connections are not permitted. All equipment and procedures used shall be used in strict compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Fusion shall be accomplished by personnel certified as fusion technicians by a manufacturer of polyethylene pipe and/or fusing equipment. Certifications for all personnel shall be submitted to JCW prior to the inspection of the work. 2) The butt-fused joint shall have true alignment and uniform roll back beads resulting from the use of proper temperature and pressure. The LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 221313 - 8 joint shall be allowed adequate cooling time before removal of the pressure. The fused joint shall be water tight and shall have tensile strength equal to that of the pipe and shall indicate a ductile rather than brittle fracture when tested. All defective joints shall be cut out and replaced. Any section of the pipe with a gash, blister, abrasion, nick, scar, or other deleterious fault greater in depth than five percent (5%) of the wall thickness, shall not be used and must be removed from the site. However, a defective area of the pipe may be cut out and the joint fused in accordance with the procedures stated above. In addition, any section of the pipe having other defects such as concentrated ridges, discoloration, excessive spot roughness, pitting, variable wall thickness or any other defect of manufacturing or handling in the opinion of JCW shall be discarded and not used. 3) Butt fusion beads shall be uniform on both sides of the joint (i.e. no wrinkles or discontinuities). 4) All internal beads shall be removed after the cooling time using a suitable bead removal tool from the manufacturer. The bead removal tool shall not induce any slits, gouges or defects in the pipe wall. 5) After the pipe has been successfully joined, the installer shall place the pipe in the trench and haunch the pipe. b. Electrofusion Joints: 1) HDPE joining using electrofusion couplings shall be witnessed by Inspection 2) Pipe edges shall be chamfered and the pipe interior and exterior shall be cleaned and pipe shall be rounded as recommended by the manufacturer. 3) The oxide layer of the pipe shall be removed using a scraper tool from the manufacturer. Files, rasps, sandpaper and other similar tools shall not be used. 4) Pipe shall be inserted in the coupling for final connection in a manner to ensure a stress-free assembly of the component parts. 5) The coupling shall be connected by fusion leads to the electrofusion unit and the fusion process shall be recorded, completed and documented as required by the manufacturer. 6) Joint shall be allowed to cool as recommended by the manufacturer before moving or placing any stress on the joint. 7) All defective joints shall be removed and replaced. B. Pipe couplings, expansion joints, and deflection fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 MANHOLE INSTALLATION A. General: Install manholes complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 221313 - 9 B. Install precast concrete manhole sections with sealants according to ASTM C891. C. Install FRP manholes according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Form continuous concrete channels and benches between inlets and outlet. E. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface of manholes that occur in pavements. Set tops 3 inches (76 mm) above finished surface elsewhere unless otherwise indicated. F. Install manhole-cover inserts in frame and immediately below cover. 3.5 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Place cast-in-place concrete according to ACI 318. 3.6 BACKWATER VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install horizontal-type backwater valves in piping manholes or pits. B. Install combination horizontal and manual gate-type valves in piping and in manholes. C. Install terminal-type backwater valves on end of piping and in manholes. Secure units to sidewalls. 3.7 CLEANOUT INSTALLATION A. Install cleanouts and riser extensions from sewer pipes to cleanouts at grade. Use cast-iron soil pipe fittings in sewer pipes at branches for cleanouts, and use cast-iron soil pipe for riser extensions to cleanouts. Install piping so cleanouts open in direction of flow in sewer pipe. 1. Use Light-Duty, top-loading classification cleanouts in earth or unpaved foot-traffic areas. 2. Use Medium-Duty, top-loading classification cleanouts in paved foot-traffic areas. 3. Use Heavy-Duty, top-loading classification cleanouts in vehicle-traffic service areas. 4. Use Extra-Heavy-Duty, top-loading classification cleanouts in roads. B. Set cleanout frames and covers in earth on cast-in-place-concrete block, 12 by 12 by 4 inches deep. Set with tops 1 inch above surrounding grade. C. Set cleanout frames and covers in concrete pavement and roads with tops flush with pavement surface. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 221313 - 10 3.8 CONNECTIONS A. Connect nonpressure, gravity-flow drainage piping to building's sanitary building drains specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." B. Connect force-main piping to building's sanitary force mains specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." Terminate piping where indicated. C. Make connections to existing piping and underground manholes. 1. Use commercially manufactured wye fittings for piping branch connections. Remove section of existing pipe, install wye fitting into existing piping, and encase entire wye fitting plus 6-inch (150-mm) overlap with not less than 6 inches (150 mm) of concrete with 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa). 2. Make branch connections from side into existing piping, NPS 4 to NPS 20 (DN 100 to DN 500). Remove section of existing pipe, install wye fitting into existing piping, and encase entire wye with not less than 6 inches (150 mm) of concrete with 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa). 3. Make branch connections from side into existing piping, NPS 21 (DN 525) or larger, or to underground manholes by cutting opening into existing unit large enough to allow 3 inches (76 mm) of concrete to be packed around entering connection. Cut end of connection pipe passing through pipe or structure wall to conform to shape of, and be flush with, inside wall unless otherwise indicated. On outside of pipe or manhole wall, encase entering connection in 6 inches (150 mm) of concrete for minimum length of 12 inches (300 mm) to provide additional support of collar from connection to undisturbed ground. a. Use concrete that will attain a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) unless otherwise indicated. b. Use epoxy-bonding compound as interface between new and existing concrete and piping materials. 4. Protect existing piping and manholes to prevent concrete or debris from entering while making tap connections. Remove debris or other extraneous material that may accumulate. 3.9 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for underground utility identification devices. Arrange for installation of green warning tapes directly over piping and at outside edges of underground manholes. 1. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground manholes. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 221313 - 11 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect interior of piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches (600 mm) of backfill is in place, and again at completion of Project. 1. Submit separate report for each system inspection. 2. Defects requiring correction include the following: a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between structures. b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or cylinder of size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter. c. Damage: Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping. d. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping. e. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping. 3. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified. 4. Reinspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. B. Test new piping systems, and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired, for leaks and defects. 1. Do not enclose, cover, or put into service before inspection and approval. 2. Test completed piping systems according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Schedule tests and inspections by authorities having jurisdiction with at least 24 hours' advance notice. 4. Submit separate report for each test. 5. Hydrostatic Tests: Test sanitary sewerage according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction and the following: a. Fill sewer piping with water. Test with pressure of at least 10-foot (3-m) head of water, and maintain such pressure without leakage for at least 15 minutes. b. Close openings in system and fill with water. c. Purge air and refill with water. d. Disconnect water supply. e. Test and inspect joints for leaks. 6. Air Tests: Test sanitary sewerage according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, UNI-B-6, and the following: a. Test plastic gravity sewer piping according to ASTM F1417. b. Test concrete gravity sewer piping according toASTM C1628. 7. Manholes: Perform hydraulic test according to ASTM C969 (ASTM C969M). LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS 221313 - 12 C. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. D. Replace leaking piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified. 3.11 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and superfluous material from interior of piping. END OF SECTION 221313 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 1 SECTION 221316 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping 2. Condensate-drain piping 3. Pipe, tube, and fittings. 4. Specialty pipe fittings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF/ANSI 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping and "NSF-sewer" for plastic sewer piping. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Hydronic piping components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure and temperature unless otherwise indicated: 1. Condensate-Drain Piping: 150 deg F (66 deg C). 2.2 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 2.3 HUBLESS, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301. Pipe and fittings shall be marked with the collective trademark of the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 2 B. CISPI, Hubless-Piping Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ANACO-Husky. b. Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co. c. Fernco Inc. d. Matco-Norca, Inc. e. MIFAB, Inc. f. Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc. g. Stant. h. Tyler Pipe. 2. Shielded Couplings: Assembly of metal shield or housing, corrosion-resistant fasteners, and rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. 2.4 ABS PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Solid-Wall ABS Pipe: ASTM D 2661, Schedule 40. B. ABS Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2661, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns. C. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2235. 1. ABS solvent cement shall have a VOC content of 325 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Solvent cement shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.5 SANITARY WASTE & VENT PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Solid-Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent. B. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe. 2.6 CONDENSATE DRAIN PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. CPVC Plastic Pipe: ASTM F 441/F 441M, with wall thickness as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 3 1. CPVC Plastic Pipe Fittings: Socket-type pipe fittings, ASTM F 438 for Schedule 40 pipe; ASTM F 439 for Schedule 80 pipe. B. PVC Plastic Pipe: ASTM D 1785, with wall thickness as indicated in "Piping Applications" Article. 1. PVC Plastic Pipe Fittings: Socket-type pipe fittings, ASTM D 2466 for Schedule 40 pipe; ASTM D 2467 for Schedule 80 pipe. 2.7 JOINING MATERIALS A. Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping: 1. CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493. a. CPVC solvent cement shall have a VOC content of 490 g/L or less. b. Adhesive primer shall have a VOC content of 550 g/L or less. c. Solvent cement and adhesive primer shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's (formerly, the California Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." 2. PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656. a. PVC solvent cement shall have a VOC content of 510 g/L or less. b. Adhesive primer shall have a VOC content of 550 g/L or less. c. Solvent cement and adhesive primer shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's (formerly, the California Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." B. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys. Include water-flushable flux according to ASTM B 813. 2.8 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS A. Transition Couplings: 1. General Requirements: Fitting or device for joining piping with small differences in OD's or of different materials. Include end connections same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined. 2. Fitting-Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 4 3. Shielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Cascade Waterworks Mfg. Co. 2) Mission Rubber Company; a division of MCP Industries, Inc. b. Standard: ASTM C 1460. c. Description: Elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosion-resistant outer shield and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. 2.9 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Dielectric Unions: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. A.Y. McDonald Mfg. Co. b. Capitol Manufacturing Company. c. Central Plastics Company. d. Hart Industries International, Inc. e. Jomar International Ltd. f. Matco-Norca. g. Watts Regulator Co. h. Victaulic Company Of America. i. Zurn Industries, LLC. C. Dielectric Waterways 1. 1/2 inch (DN15) through 4 inch (DN100) sizes, IPS to copper-tubing size dielectric transition fitting. Fittings shall be a copper-silicon casting conforming to UNS C87850, and UL classified in accordance with ANSI / NSF-61 for potable water service. Fittings shall have threaded ends, grooved ends, or a combination. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLENUM PIPING A. With the approval of the local jurisdiction, plastic piping as specified may be used and where located in return air plenums shall be wrapped with noncombustible insulation listed for plenum installation with a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed index of not more than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 3.2 EARTH MOVING A. Comply with requirements in other sections of these specifications for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping at indicated slopes. F. Install piping free of sags and bends. G. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. H. Make changes in direction for condensate drain, soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 6 I. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. J. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 (DN 80) and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger. 2. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 (DN 80) and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger. 3. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack. K. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." L. Install aboveground ABS piping according to ASTM D 2661. M. Install aboveground PVC piping according to ASTM D 2665. N. Install underground ABS and PVC piping according to ASTM D 2321. O. Plumbing Specialties: 1. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers in sanitary drainage gravity-flow piping. Comply with requirements for cleanouts specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 2. Install cleanouts located not more than 100 feet apart, at changes in direction greater than 45 degreesand at the base of each waste or soil stack. 3. Install drains in sanitary drainage gravity-flow piping. Comply with requirements for drains specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." P. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. Q. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. R. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. S. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 7 T. Pipe indoor condensate drains to appropriate receptors as shown on the plans. U. Pipe outdoor condensate drains to nearest roof drain, downspout or other location as indicated on the plans. Do not spill on roof unless indicated on plans. 3.4 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Use dielectric unions. 3.5 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Join hubless, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-piping coupling joints. D. Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated, to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32. E. Plastic Piping Solvent-Cemented Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix. 3. PVC Pressure Piping: Join ASTM D 1785 schedule number, PVC pipe and PVC socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule number PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855. 4. PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855. 3.6 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTING INSTALLATION A. Transition Couplings: 1. Install transition couplings at joints of piping with small differences in OD's. 2. In Drainage Piping: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 8 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and installation specified in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 1. Install carbon-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in noncorrosive environments. 2. Install stainless-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in corrosive environments. 3. Install carbon-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in noncorrosive environments. 4. Install stainless-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in corrosive environments. 5. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 6. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs: a. 100 Feet (30 m) and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m): MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. c. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m) if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 7. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet (30 m) or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 8. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. B. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches (300 mm) of each fitting, valve, and coupling. C. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. D. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch (10-mm) minimum rods. E. Install hangers and supports for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod. 2. NPS 3 (DN 80): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5 (DN 100 and DN 125): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 5/8-inch (16-mm) rod. 4. NPS 6 and NPS 8 (DN 150 and DN 200): 60 inches (1500 mm) with 3/4-inch (19-mm) rod. 5. Spacing for 10-foot (3-m) lengths may be increased to 10 feet (3 m). Spacing for fittings is limited to 60 inches (1500 mm). F. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet (4.5 m). G. Install hangers and supports for ABS and PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: 1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 3 feet. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 9 2. NPS 1-1/4 and Larger: Maximum span, 4 feet. H. Install supports for vertical ABS and PVC piping every 48 inches (1200 mm). I. Install hangers and supports for copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 1-1/4 and Smaller: Maximum span, 6 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). 2. NPS 1-1/2 and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch (10 mm). J. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions. 3.8 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 4. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with cover flush with floor. 5. Install horizontal backwater valves in pit with pit cover flush with floor. 6. Comply with requirements for backwater valves, cleanouts, and drains specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 7. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve if indicated and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger. D. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of equipment. E. Make connections according to the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 10 3.9 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify sanitary waste and vent piping. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 3. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping except outside leaders on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water (30 kPa). From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent- stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg (250 Pa). Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 11 3.11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. D. Exposed ABS and PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of water-based latex paint. 3.12 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Aboveground, soil and waste piping shall be one of the following: 1. Solid-wall ABS pipe, ABS socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 2. Solid-wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints wrapped with noncombustible insulation listed for plenum installation. B. Underground, soil and waste piping shall be any of the following: 1. Solid-wall ABS pipe, ABS socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 2. Solid-wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 3. Or other owner pre-approved alternates C. Underground, grease waste piping within 20 feet of a fixture receiving waste from a dishwasher shall be the following: 1. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless-steel couplings; and hubless-coupling joints. 2. Or other owner pre-approved alternates D. Aboveground force mains shall be any of the following: 1. Solid-wall schedule 40 ABS pipe, ABS socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. Where installed in plenums, wrap with noncombustible insulation listed for plenum installation. 2. Solid-wall schedule 40 PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. Where installed in plenums, wrap with noncombustible insulation listed for plenum installation. 3. Or other owner pre-approved alternates E. Above and below ground vent piping shall be any of the following: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 221316 - 12 1. Hubless cast-iron soil pipe and fittings; standard, shielded, stainless-steel couplings; and hubless-coupling joints. 2. Solid-wall ABS pipe, ABS socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. Where installed in plenums, wrap with noncombustible insulation listed for plenum installation. 3. Solid-wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. Where installed in plenums, wrap with noncombustible insulation listed for plenum installation. 4. Or other owner pre-approved alternates F. Condensate-Drain Piping: 1. Indoor Piping: Type M (Type C), drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and soldered joints or pressure seal joints. 2. Outdoor Piping: Schedule 40 PVC plastic pipe and fittings and solvent-welded joints. 3. Or other owner pre-approved alternates END OF SECTION 221316 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319 - 1 SECTION 221319 - SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Backwater valves. 2. Cleanouts. 3. Floor drains. 4. Roof flashing assemblies. 5. Miscellaneous sanitary drainage piping specialties. 6. Flashing materials. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 BACKWATER VALVES A. Horizontal, Plastic Backwater Valves: 1. Size: Same as connected piping. 2. Body: ABS or PVC to match drain piping. 3. Cover: Same material as body with threaded access to check valve. 4. Check Valve: Removable swing check. 5. End Connections: Socket type. 2.2 CLEANOUTS A. Exposed Cast-Iron Cleanouts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Josam Company. b. MIFAB, Inc. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319 - 2 c. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co. d. Tyler Pipe. e. Wade f. Watts Drainage Products. g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group. 2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for cast iron for cleanout test tee. 3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping 4. Body Material: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee] as required to match connected piping. 5. Closure: Countersunk cast-iron plug. 6. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. B. Cast-Iron Floor Cleanouts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. Oatey. c. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. d. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. e. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. f. Wade g. Watts Drainage Products Inc. h. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. i. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M for adjustable housing cleanout. 3. Size: Same as connected branch. 4. Type: Cast-iron soil pipe with cast-iron ferrule. 5. Body or Ferrule: Cast iron. 6. Outlet Connection: Threaded. 7. Closure: Brass plug with tapered threads. 8. Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with threads. 9. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Nickel-bronze, copper alloy. 10. Frame and Cover Shape: Round. C. Cast-Iron Wall Cleanouts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Josam Company; Josam Div. b. MIFAB, Inc. c. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. d. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319 - 3 e. Wade f. Watts Drainage Products Inc. g. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 2. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M. Include wall access. 3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping. 4. Body: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping. 5. Closure: Countersunk brass plug. 6. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. 7. Wall Access: Round, nickel-bronze, copper-alloy, or stainless-steel wall-installation frame and cover. 2.3 FLOOR DRAINS A. Cast-Iron Floor Drains: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Commercial Enameling Co. b. Josam Company; Josam Div. c. MIFAB, Inc. d. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. e. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. f. Wade g. Watts Drainage Products Inc. h. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. i. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 2. Pattern: Floor drain. 3. Outlet: Bottom. 4. Top or Strainer Material: Nickel bronze. 5. Trap Features: Trap-seal primer valve drain connection. 2.4 ROOF FLASHING ASSEMBLIES A. Roof Flashing Assemblies: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Acorn Engineering Company; Elmdor/Stoneman Div. b. Thaler Metal Industries Ltd. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319 - 4 2. Description: Manufactured assembly made of 4.0-lb/sq. ft. (20-kg/sq. m), 0.0625-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick, lead flashing collar and skirt extending at least 6 inches (150 mm) from pipe, with galvanized-steel boot reinforcement and counterflashing fitting. a. Open-Top Vent Cap: Without cap. b. Low-Silhouette Vent Cap: With vandal-proof vent cap. c. Extended Vent Cap: With field-installed, vandal-proof vent cap. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Floor-Drain, Trap-Seal Primer Fittings: 1. Description: Cast iron, with threaded inlet and threaded or spigot outlet, and trap-seal primer valve connection. 2. Size: Same as floor drain outlet with NPS 1/2 (DN 15) side inlet. B. Barrier Type Floor Drain Trap Seal Protection Device 1. An ICC-ES certified product with HDPE housing with heavy duty silicone diaphragm and soft EPDM rubber sealing gasket complying with ASSE 1072-2007 C. Air-Gap Fittings: 1. Standard: ASME A112.1.2, for fitting designed to ensure fixed, positive air gap between installed inlet and outlet piping. 2. Body: Bronze or cast iron. 3. Inlet: Opening in top of body. 4. Outlet: Larger than inlet. 5. Size: Same as connected waste piping and with inlet large enough for associated indirect waste piping. D. Sleeve Flashing Device: 1. Description: Manufactured, cast-iron fitting, with clamping device, that forms sleeve for pipe floor penetrations of floor membrane. Include galvanized-steel pipe extension in top of fitting that will extend 2 inches (51 mm) above finished floor and galvanized-steel pipe extension in bottom of fitting that will extend through floor slab. 2. Size: As required for close fit to riser or stack piping. E. Stack Flashing Fittings: 1. Description: Counterflashing-type, cast-iron fitting, with bottom recess for terminating roof membrane, and with threaded or hub top for extending vent pipe. 2. Size: Same as connected stack vent or vent stack. F. Vent Caps: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319 - 5 1. Description: Cast-iron body with threaded or hub inlet and vandal-proof design. Include vented hood and setscrews to secure to vent pipe. 2. Size: Same as connected stack vent or vent stack. 2.6 FLASHING MATERIALS A. Lead Sheet: ASTM B 749, Type L51121, copper bearing, with the following minimum weights and thicknesses, unless otherwise indicated: 1. General Use: 4.0-lb/sq. ft. (20-kg/sq. m), 0.0625-inch (1.6-mm) thickness. 2. Vent Pipe Flashing: 3.0-lb/sq. ft. (15-kg/sq. m), 0.0469-inch (1.2-mm) thickness. 3. Burning: 6-lb/sq. ft. (30-kg/sq. m), 0.0938-inch (2.4-mm) thickness. B. Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened. C. Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units required for installation; matching or compatible with material being installed. D. Solder: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloy. E. Bituminous Coating: SSPC-Paint 12, solvent-type, bituminous mastic. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Where shown on the plans and where plumbing fixtures are installed on a floor with a finished floor elevation below the elevation of the manhole cover of the next upstream manhole in the public sewer, install backwater valves in building drain piping. 1. For interior installation, provide cleanout deck plate flush with floor and centered over backwater valve cover, and of adequate size to remove valve cover for servicing. B. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4 (DN 100). Use NPS 4 (DN 100) for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. 2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet (15 m) for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller and 100 feet (30 m) for larger piping. 4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319 - 6 C. For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor. D. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall. E. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Position floor drains for easy access and maintenance. 2. Set floor drains below elevation of surrounding finished floor to allow floor drainage. Set with grates depressed according to the following drainage area radii: a. Radius, 30 Inches (750 mm) or Less: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not less than 1/4-inch (6.35-mm) total depression. b. Radius, 30 to 60 Inches (750 to 1500 mm): Equivalent to 1 percent slope. c. Radius, 60 Inches (1500 mm) or Larger: Equivalent to 1 percent slope, but not greater than 1-inch (25-mm) total depression. 3. Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. 4. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise indicated. F. Install roof flashing assemblies on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof. G. Install flashing fittings on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof. H. Install floor-drain, trap-seal primer fittings on inlet to floor drains that require trap-seal primer connection. 1. Exception: Fitting may be omitted if trap has trap-seal primer connection. 2. Size: Same as floor drain inlet. I. Install air-gap fittings on draining-type backflow preventers and on indirect-waste piping discharge into sanitary drainage system. J. Install sleeve flashing device with each riser and stack passing through floors with waterproof membrane. K. Install vent caps on each vent pipe passing through roof. L. Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319 - 7 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" for piping installation requirements. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. C. Grease Interceptors: Connect inlet and outlet to unit, and connect flow-control fitting and vent to unit inlet piping. Install valve on outlet of automatic drawoff-type unit. 3.3 FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Fabricate flashing from single piece unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are required. Join flashing according to the following if required: 1. Lead Sheets: Burn joints of lead sheets 6.0-lb/sq. ft. (30-kg/sq. m), 0.0938-inch (2.4-mm) thickness or thicker. Solder joints of lead sheets 4.0-lb/sq. ft. (20-kg/sq. m), 0.0625-inch (1.6-mm) thickness or thinner. B. Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in floors and roofs with waterproof membrane. 1. Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching pipe size, with minimum length of 10 inches (250 mm), and skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches (200 mm) around pipe. 2. Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches (200 mm) around sleeve. 3. Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches (200 mm) around specialty. C. Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement. D. Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device. E. Install flashing for piping passing through roofs with counterflashing or commercially made flashing fittings, according other sections of the specifications. F. Extend flashing up vent pipe passing through roofs and turn down into pipe, or secure flashing into cast-iron sleeve having calking recess. 3.4 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or near each grease interceptor. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221319 - 8 B. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION 221319 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY DRAINS 221319.13 - 1 SECTION 221319.13 – SANITARY DRAINS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Floor drains. 2. Floor sinks. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DRAIN ASSEMBLIES A. Sanitary drains shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 14 for plastic sanitary piping specialty components. 2.2 FLOOR DRAINS A. Cast-Iron Floor Drains <FD>: 1. Basis of Design: J.R. Smith 2010 2. Pattern: Floor drain. 3. Body Material: Cast Iron. 4. Outlet: Bottom. 5. Top or Strainer Material: Bronze 6. Top Shape: Square. 7. Dimensions of Top or Strainer: 5 inches. 2.3 FLOOR SINKS A. Cast-Iron Floor Sinks <FS-1, FS-2, FS-3>: 1. Basis of Design: J.R. Smith 3100 2. Outlet: Bottom, connection. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY DRAINS 221319.13 - 2 3. Coating on Interior Surfaces: Acid-resistant enamel. 4. Internal Strainer: Dome. 5. Internal Strainer Material: Aluminum. 6. Top of Body and Grate Finish: Nickel bronze. 7. Top Shape: Square. 8. Top Grate: FS-1 no grate, FS-2 half grate, FS-3 three-quarters grate PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install floor-drain flashing collar or flange, so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. a. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. 2. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" for piping installation requirements. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Comply with requirements in Section 221323 "Sanitary Waste Interceptors" for grease interceptors, grease-removal devices, oil interceptors, sand interceptors, and solid interceptors. C. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION 221319.13 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE INTERCEPTORS 221323 - 1 SECTION 221323 – SANITARY WASTE INTERCEPTORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Grease interceptors. 2. Oil interceptors. 3. Solids interceptors. 4. Precast-concrete manhole risers. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of interceptor. B. Shop Drawings: For each type and size of precast-concrete interceptor indicated. 1. Include materials of construction, dimensions, rated capacities, retention capacities, location and size of each pipe connection, furnished specialties, and accessories. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GREASE INTERCEPTORS A. Precast-Concrete Grease Interceptors: Comply with ASTM C913 and the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Include rubber-gasketed joints, vent connections, manholes, compartments or baffles, and piping or openings to retain grease and to permit wastewater flow. 2. Structural Design Loads: a. Heavy-Traffic Load: Comply with ASTM C890, A-16. 3. Steps: "Grade Rings" Subparagraph below is an optional feature. 4. Grade Rings: Reinforced-concrete rings, 6- to 9-inch (150- to 225-mm) total thickness, to match diameter of manhole frame and cover. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE INTERCEPTORS 221323 - 2 5. Manhole Frames and Covers: Ferrous; 24-inch (610-mm) ID. a. Ductile Iron: ASTM A536, Grade 60-40-18, unless otherwise indicated. b. Gray Iron: ASTM A48/A48M, Class 35, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Capacities and Characteristics: a. To be calculated based on the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction, and/or the requirements of the code. 2.2 OIL INTERCEPTORS A. Precast Concrete Oil Interceptors: Comply with ASTM C913 and the authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Include rubber-gasketed joints, vent connections, manholes, compartments or baffles, and piping or openings to retain grease and to permit wastewater flow. 2. Structural Design Loads: a. Heavy-Traffic Load: Comply with ASTM C890, A-16. 3. Resilient Pipe Connectors: ASTM C923 (ASTM C923M), cast or fitted into interceptor walls, for each pipe connection. 4. Grade Rings: Reinforced-concrete rings, 6- to 9-inch (150- to 225-mm) total thickness, to match diameter of manhole frame and cover. 5. Manhole Frames and Covers: Ferrous; 24-inch (610-mm) ID by 7- to 9-inch (175- to 225- mm) riser with 4-inch- (100-mm-) minimum-width flange and 26-inch- (660-mm-) diameter cover. a. Ductile Iron: ASTM A536, Grade 60-40-18, unless otherwise indicated. b. Gray Iron: ASTM A48/A48M, Class 35, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Capacities and Characteristics: a. Capacity: To be calculated based on the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction, and/or the requirements of the code. 7. Extension: Cast-iron or steel shroud, full size of interceptor, extending from top of interceptor to grade. 2.3 PRECAST-CONCRETE MANHOLE RISERS A. Precast Concrete Manhole Risers: ASTM C478 (ASTM C478M), with rubber-gasket joints. 1. Structural Design Loads: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE INTERCEPTORS 221323 - 3 a. Heavy-Traffic Load: Comply with ASTM C890, A-16. 2. Length: From top of underground concrete structure to grade. 3. Riser Sections: 3-inch (75-mm) minimum thickness and 36-inch (915-mm) diameter. 4. Top Section: Eccentric cone unless otherwise indicated. Include top of cone to match grade ring size. 5. Gaskets: ASTM C443 (ASTM C443M), rubber. B. Grade Rings: Reinforced-concrete rings, 6- to 9-inch (150- to 225-mm) total thickness, diameter matching manhole frame and cover, and height as required to adjust the manhole frame and cover to indicated elevation and slope. C. Manhole Frames and Covers: Ferrous; 24-inch (610-mm) ID by 7- to 9-inch (175- to 225-mm) riser with 4-inch- (100-mm-) minimum-width flange and 26-inch- (660-mm-) diameter cover. 1. Ductile Iron: ASTM A536, Grade 60-40-18, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Gray Iron: ASTM A48/A48M, Class 35, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Include indented top design with lettering cast into cover, using wording equivalent to the following: PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Equipment Mounting: 1. Install grease interceptors and solids interceptors on cast-in-place concrete equipment base(s). B. Install precast concrete interceptors according to ASTM C891. C. Set interceptors level and plumb. D. Install manhole risers from top of underground concrete interceptors to manholes and gratings at finished grade. E. Set tops of manhole frames and covers flush with finished surface in pavements. 1. Set tops 3 inches (75 mm) above finish surface elsewhere unless otherwise indicated. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY WASTE INTERCEPTORS 221323 - 4 F. Set tops of grating frames and grates flush with finished surface. G. Install grease interceptors, including trapping, venting, and flow-control fitting, according to authorities having jurisdiction and with clear space for servicing. H. Install solids interceptors with cleanout immediately downstream from interceptors that do not have integral cleanout on outlet. 1. Install trap on interceptors that do not have integral trap and are connected to sanitary drainage and vent systems. 3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Piping installation requirements are specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Make piping connections between interceptors and piping systems. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Identification materials and installation are specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving." 1. Arrange for installation of green warning tapes directly over piping and at outside edges of underground interceptors. 2. Use warning tapes or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping. 3. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground structures. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect sanitary waste interceptors from damage during construction period. B. Repair damage to adjacent materials caused by sanitary waste interceptor installation. END OF SECTION 221323 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY SEWERAGE PUMPS 221329 - 1 SECTION 221329 - SANITARY SEWERAGE PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Submersible sewage pumps. 2. Wet-pit-volute sewage pumps. 3. Sewage-pump basins and basin covers. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting details. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 2. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor-operated water pumps. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY SEWERAGE PUMPS 221329 - 2 2.2 SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS A. Submersible Sewage Pumps: 1. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested sewage-pump unit. 2. Pump Type: Submersible, end-suction, single-stage, close-coupled, overhung-impeller, centrifugal sewage pump as defined in HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3. 3. Pump Casing: Cast iron, with open inlet, legs that elevate pump to permit flow into impeller, and vertical discharge for piping connection. 4. Impeller: Statically and dynamically balanced, nonclog, open, or semiopen design for solids handling, and keyed and secured to shaft. 5. Pump and Motor Shaft: Stainless steel, with factory-sealed, grease-lubricated ball bearings. 6. Seal: Mechanical. 7. Motor: Hermetically sealed, capacitor-start type; with built-in overload protection; lifting eye or lug; and three-conductor, waterproof power cable of length required and with grounding plug and cable-sealing assembly for connection at pump. 8. Controls: a. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4X. b. Switch Type: Mechanical-float type, in NEMA 250, Type 6 enclosures with mounting rod and electric cables. c. Automatic Alternator: Start pumps on successive cycles and start multiple pumps if one cannot handle load. d. High-Water Alarm: Rod-mounted, NEMA 250, Type 6 enclosure with mechanical- float switch matching control and electric bell; 120 V ac, with transformer and contacts for remote alarm bell. 9. Control-Interface Features: a. Remote Alarm Contacts: For remote alarm interface. b. Building Automation System Interface: Auxiliary contacts in pump controls for interface to building automation system and capable of providing the following: 1) On-off status of pump. 2) Alarm status. 2.3 SEWAGE-PUMP BASINS AND BASIN COVERS A. Basins: Factory-fabricated, watertight, cylindrical, basin sump with top flange and sidewall openings for pipe connections. 1. Material: Fiberglass or Polyethylene. 2. Reinforcement: Mounting plates for pumps, fittings, guide-rail supports if used, and accessories. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY SEWERAGE PUMPS 221329 - 3 3. Anchor Flange: Same material as or compatible with basin sump, cast in or attached to sump, in location and of size required to anchor basin in concrete slab. B. Basin Covers: Fabricate metal cover with openings having gaskets, seals, and bushings; for access to pumps, pump shafts, control rods, discharge piping, vent connections, and power cables. 1. Reinforcement: Steel or cast iron, capable of supporting foot traffic for basins installed in foot-traffic areas. 2. Cover Material: Cast iron. 3. Cover Diameter: Not less than outside diameter of basin top flange. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Pump Installation Standards: 1. Comply with HI 1.4 for installation of centrifugal pumps. 2. Comply with HI 3.1-3.5 for installation of progressing-cavity sewage pumps. B. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use lacing bars and distribution spools. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection. 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SANITARY SEWERAGE PUMPS 221329 - 4 B. Pumps and controls will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 221329 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 221413 - 1 SECTION 221413 - FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. ABS pipe and fittings. 2. PVC pipe and fittings. 3. Specialty pipe and fittings. B. Related Requirements: 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure unless otherwise indicated: 1. Storm Drainage Piping: 10-foot head of water (30 kPa). 2.2 ABS PIPE AND FITTINGS A. NSF Marking: Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-drain" for plastic storm drain and "NSF-sewer" for plastic storm sewer piping. B. Solid-Wall ABS Pipe: ASTM D 2661, Schedule 40. C. ABS Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2661, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 221413 - 2 D. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2235. 2.3 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. NSF Marking: Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-drain" for plastic storm drain and "NSF-sewer" for plastic storm sewer piping. B. Solid-Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665; drain, waste, and vent. C. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe. D. Adhesive Primer: ASTM F 656. E. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564. 2.4 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS A. Transition Couplings: 1. General Requirements: Fitting or device for joining piping with small differences in ODs or of different materials. Include end connections same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined. 2. Fitting-Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified-piping- system fitting. 3. Unshielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings: a. Standard: ASTM C 1173. b. Description: Elastomeric sleeve, reducing or transition pattern. Include shear ring and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. c. Sleeve Materials: 1) For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D 5926, PVC. 2) For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined. 4. Shielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings: a. Standard: ASTM C 1460. b. Description: Elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosion-resistant outer shield and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. c. End Connections: Same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 221413 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. 1. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. 2. Install piping as indicated unless deviations from layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping to permit valve servicing. F. Install piping at indicated slopes. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. I. Install piping to allow application of insulation. J. Install seismic restraints on piping. Make changes in direction for piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. 1. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. 2. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. a. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. K. Lay buried building piping beginning at low point of each system. 1. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. 2. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 221413 - 4 3. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. L. Install piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Storm Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 (DN 80) and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger. 2. Horizontal Storm Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. M. Install aboveground ABS piping according to ASTM D 2661. N. Install aboveground PVC piping according to ASTM D 2665. O. Install underground ABS and PVC piping according to ASTM D 2321. P. Plumbing Specialties: 1. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building storm drains connect to building storm sewers in storm drainage gravity-flow piping. 2. Install drains in storm drainage gravity-flow piping. Q. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. R. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. S. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. T. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. U. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. 1. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." V. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. 1. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." W. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. 1. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 221413 - 5 3.2 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. ABS and PVC, Nonpressure-Piping, Solvent-Cemented Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2235 and ASTM D 2661 appendices. 3. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855 and ASTM D 2665 appendices. 4. Join corrugated PE piping according to ASTM D 3212 for push-on joints. 5. Join PVC corrugated sewer piping according to ASTM D 2321 for elastomeric-seal joints. 6. Join reinforced-concrete sewer piping according to ACPA's "Concrete Pipe Installation Manual" for rubber-gasketed joints. 7. Join dissimilar pipe materials with nonpressure-type flexible couplings. 3.3 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTING INSTALLATION A. Transition Couplings: 1. Install transition couplings at joints of piping with small differences in ODs. 3.4 MANHOLE INSTALLATION A. General: Install manholes, complete with appurtenances and accessories indicated. B. Install precast concrete manhole sections with sealants according to ASTM C 891. C. Where specific manhole construction is not indicated, follow manhole manufacturer's written instructions. D. Set tops of frames and covers flush with finished surface of manholes that occur in pavements. Set tops 3 inches above finished surface elsewhere unless otherwise indicated. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Comply with requirements for hangers, supports, and anchor devices specified in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 1. Install carbon-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in noncorrosive environments. 2. Install stainless-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in corrosive environments. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 221413 - 6 3. Install carbon-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in noncorrosive environments. 4. Install stainless-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in corrosive environments. 5. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 6. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs: a. 100 Feet (30 m) and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m): MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. c. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m) if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 7. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet (30 m) or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 8. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. C. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. D. Install hangers for ABS and PVC piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. E. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches (300 mm) of each fitting[, valve,] and coupling. F. Support vertical cast-iron soil piping with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent, but as a minimum at base and at each floor. G. Support vertical ABS and PVC piping with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect interior storm drainage piping to exterior storm drainage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. C. Connect storm drainage piping to roof drains and storm drainage specialties. 1. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor, and floor cleanouts with cover flush with floor. D. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance. E. Make connections according to the following unless otherwise indicated: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 221413 - 7 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify exposed storm drainage piping. B. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. B. Test storm drainage piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. a. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced storm drainage piping until it has been tested and approved. a. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. 3. Test Procedure: a. Test storm drainage piping on completion of roughing-in. b. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water (30 kPa). From 15 minutes before inspection starts until completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. 4. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING 221413 - 8 5. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. C. Piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. 3.10 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping unless otherwise indicated. B. Storm drainage piping shall be any of the following: 1. Solid-wall ABS pipe, ABS socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 2. Solid-wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 3. Or other owner pre-approved alternates END OF SECTION 221413 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221423 - 1 SECTION 221423 - STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Roof drains. 2. Miscellaneous storm drainage piping specialties. 3. Cleanouts. 4. Flashing materials. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Drainage piping specialties shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: A. Josam Company; Josam Div. B. MIFAB, Inc. C. Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.; Division of Smith Industries, Inc. D. Tyler Pipe; Wade Div. E. Wade F. Watts Drainage Products Inc. G. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Light Commercial Operation. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221423 - 2 H. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation. 2.2 METAL ROOF DRAINS A. Cast-Iron General-Purpose Roof Drains: 1. Standard: ASME A112.6.4, for general-purpose roof drains. 2. Body Material: Cast iron. 3. Dimension of Body: Nominal 14-inch diameter. 4. Outlet: Bottom. 5. Underdeck Clamp: Required. 6. Sump Receiver Plate: Required. 7. Dome Material: Cast iron. 8. Water Dam: 2 inches high (on overflow drains only). 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Downspout Adaptors: 1. Description: Manufactured, gray-iron casting, for attaching to horizontal-outlet, parapet roof drain and to exterior, sheet metal downspout. 2. Size: Inlet size to match parapet drain outlet. B. Downspout Boots: 1. Description: Manufactured, ASTM A 48/A 48M, gray-iron casting, with strap or ears for attaching to building; NPS 4 (DN 100) outlet; and shop-applied bituminous coating. 2. Size: Inlet size to match downspout and NPS 4 (DN 100) outlet. C. Downspout Nozzles: 1. Description: Bronze body with bronze wall flange with mounting holes. 2. Size: Same as connected conductor. 2.4 CLEANOUTS A. Floor Cleanouts: 1. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M, for threaded, adjustable housing cleanouts. 2. Size: Same as connected branch. 3. Type: Threaded, adjustable housing. 4. Body or Ferrule Material: Cast iron 5. Outlet Connection: Threaded. 6. Closure: Brass plug with tapered threads. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221423 - 3 7. Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron. 8. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Nickel-bronze, copper alloy. 9. Frame and Cover Shape: Round. B. Test Tees: 1. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M and ASTM A 74, ASTM A 888, or CISPI 301, for cleanout test tees. 2. Size: Same as connected drainage piping. 3. Body Material: Hub-and-spigot, cast-iron soil-pipe T-branch or hubless, cast-iron soil- pipe test tee as required to match connected piping. 4. Closure Plug: Countersunk. 5. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. C. Wall Cleanouts: 1. Standard: ASME A112.36.2M, for cleanouts. Include wall access. 2. Size: Same as connected drainage piping. 3. Body Material: Hubless, cast-iron soil-pipe test tee as required to match connected piping. 4. Closure: Countersunk plug. 5. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. 6. Wall Access: Round, deep, chrome-plated bronze cover plate with screw. 7. Wall Access: Round wall-installation frame and cover. 2.5 FLASHING MATERIALS A. Copper Sheet: ASTM B 152/B 152M, 12 oz./sq. ft. (3.7 kg/sq. m or 0.41-mm thickness). B. Zinc-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, with 0.20 percent copper content and 0.04- inch (1.01-mm) minimum thickness unless otherwise indicated. Include G90 (Z275) hot-dip galvanized, mill-phosphatized finish for painting if indicated. C. Elastic Membrane Sheet: ASTM D 4068, flexible, chlorinated polyethylene, 40-mil (1.01-mm) minimum thickness. D. Fasteners: Metal compatible with material and substrate being fastened. E. Metal Accessories: Sheet metal strips, clamps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units required for installation; matching or compatible with material being installed. F. Solder: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloy. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221423 - 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install roof drains at low points of roof areas according to roof membrane manufacturer's written installation instructions. 1. Install flashing collar or flange of roof drain to prevent leakage between drain and adjoining roofing. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. 2. Install expansion joints, if indicated, in roof drain outlets. 3. Position roof drains for easy access and maintenance. B. Install downspout adapters on outlet of back-outlet parapet roof drains and connect to sheet metal downspouts. C. Install downspout boots at grade with top 6 inches (152 mm) above grade. Secure to building wall. D. Install conductor nozzles at exposed bottom of conductors where they spill onto grade. E. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following instructions unless otherwise indicated: 1. Use cleanouts the same size as drainage piping up to NPS 4 (DN 100). Use NPS 4 (DN 100) for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. 2. Locate cleanouts at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate cleanouts at minimum intervals of 50 feet (15 m) for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller and 100 feet (30 m) for larger piping. 4. Locate cleanouts at base of each vertical stack. F. For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor. G. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall. H. Install test tees in vertical conductors and near floor. I. Install wall cleanouts in vertical conductors. Install access door in wall if indicated. J. Install trench drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished surface unless otherwise indicated. K. Install sleeve flashing device with each conductor passing through floors with waterproof membrane. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES 221423 - 5 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Section 221413 "Facility Storm Drainage Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. 3.3 FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Fabricate flashing from single piece of metal unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are required. Join flashing according to the following if required: 1. Lead Sheets: Burn joints of 6.0-lb/sq. ft. (30-kg/sq. m) lead sheets, 0.0938-inch (2.4-mm) thickness or thicker. Solder joints of 4.0-lb/sq. ft. (20-kg/sq. m) lead sheets, 0.0625-inch (1.6-mm) thickness or thinner. 2. Copper Sheets: Solder joints of copper sheets. B. Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in floors and roofs with waterproof membrane. 1. Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching the pipe size, with a minimum length of 10 inches (250 mm) and with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches (200 mm) around pipe. 2. Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches (200 mm) around sleeve. 3. Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches (200 mm) around specialty. C. Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement. D. Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device. E. Fabricate and install flashing and pans, sumps, and other drainage shapes. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION 221423 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SUMP PUMPS 221429 - 1 SECTION 221429 - SUMP PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Submersible sump pumps. 2. Sump-pump basin covers. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For pumps and controls, to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All pumps must have a pump efficiency index (PEI) less than or equal to one where required per DOE regulations. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor-operated water pumps. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SUMP PUMPS 221429 - 2 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Retain shipping flange protective covers and protective coatings during storage. B. Protect bearings and couplings against damage. C. Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions for handling. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion. 2. Warranty shall include a 1 year labor warranty. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS A. Submersible, Fixed-Position, Single-Seal Sump Pumps: 1. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested sump-pump unit. 2. Pump Type: Submersible, end-suction, single-stage, close-coupled, overhung-impeller, centrifugal sump pump. 3. Pump Casing: Cast iron, with strainer inlet, legs that elevate pump to permit flow into impeller, and vertical discharge for piping connection. 4. Impeller: Statically and dynamically balanced, design for clear wastewater handling, and keyed and secured to shaft. 5. Pump and Motor Shaft: Stainless steel or steel, with factory-sealed, grease-lubricated ball bearings. 6. Seal: Mechanical. 7. Motor: Hermetically sealed, capacitor-start type; with built-in overload protection; lifting eye or lug; and three-conductor, waterproof power cable of length required and with grounding plug and cable-sealing assembly for connection at pump. B. Controls: 1. Enclosure: NEMA Type 4X wall-mounted 115 V single phase control panel with: a. 20 foot piggyback electrical supply cord b. Audible and light alarms with dry contacts c. Preset ‘on’ and ‘off’ points and ability to differentiate oil and water d. Alarm test and silence switches LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SUMP PUMPS 221429 - 3 e. 304 Stainless steel probes 2. Control-Interface Features: a. Building Automation System Interface: Auxiliary contacts in pump controls for interface to building automation system and capable of providing the following: 1) On-off status of pump. 2) Alarm status. 2.2 SUMP PUMP CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS A. As indicated on the equipment schedule on the plans. 2.3 SUMP-PUMP BASIN COVERS A. Basin Covers: Fabricate metal cover with openings having gaskets, seals, and bushings; for access to pumps, pump shafts, control rods, discharge piping, vent connections, and power cables. B. Capacities and Characteristics: 1. As indicated on the equipment schedule on the plans. 2.4 MOTORS A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors appropriate for the proposed service. 1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. B. Motors for submersible pumps shall be hermetically sealed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing-in for plumbing piping to verify actual locations of piping connections before sump pump installation. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SUMP PUMPS 221429 - 4 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install all equipment, material, accessories, etc. according to the manufacturer’s instructions. B. Pump Installation Standards: Comply with HI 1.4 for installation of sump pumps. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections, and to assist in testing. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection. 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Pumps and controls will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust pumps to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Adjust control set points. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SUMP PUMPS 221429 - 5 3.6 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain controls and pumps. END OF SECTION 221429 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS 223300 - 1 SECTION 223300 - ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Commercial, electric, storage, domestic-water heaters. 2. Domestic-water heater accessories. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Seismic Qualification Data: Certificates, for commercial domestic-water heaters, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. B. Product Certificates: For each type of electric, domestic-water heater. C. Domestic-Water Heater Labeling: Certified and labeled by testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Source quality-control reports. E. Field quality-control reports. F. Sample warranty. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS 223300 - 2 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of electric, domestic- water heaters that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Periods: From date of Substantial Completion. a. Commercial, Electric, Storage, Domestic-Water Heaters: 1) Storage Tank: Five years. 2) Controls and Other Components: Five years. b. Expansion Tanks: Five years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and use. B. Seismic Performance: Commercial, electric, domestic-water heaters shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Component Importance Factor: 1.0. C. ASHRAE/IES Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IES 90.1. D. ASME Compliance: Where ASME-code construction is indicated, fabricate and label commercial, domestic-water heater storage tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. E. NSF Compliance: Fabricate and label equipment components that will be in contact with potable water to comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS 223300 - 3 2.2 COMMERCIAL, ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS A. Commercial, Electric, Storage, Domestic-Water Heaters: 1. Standard: UL 1453. 2. Storage-Tank Construction: ASME-code (if 120 gallon or more), steel. a. Tappings: Factory fabricated of materials compatible with tank and piping connections. Attach tappings to tank before testing. 1) NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends in accordance with ASME B1.20.1. 2) NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged ends in accordance with ASME B16.5 for steel and stainless steel flanges, and in accordance with ASME B16.24 for copper and copper-alloy flanges. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). c. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 barrier materials for potable- water tank linings, including extending lining material into tappings. 3. Factory-Installed, Storage-Tank Appurtenances: a. Anode Rod: Replaceable magnesium. b. Drain Valve: Corrosion-resistant metal with hose-end connection. c. Insulation: Comply with ASHRAE/IES 90.1. d. Jacket: Steel with enameled finish or high-impact composite material. e. Heating Elements: Electric, screw-in or bolt-on immersion type arranged in multiples of three. f. Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat. g. Safety Controls: High-temperature-limit and low-water cutoff devices or systems. h. Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped for combination temperature-and- pressure relief valves. Include one or more relief valves with total relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than working-pressure rating of domestic-water heater. Select one relief valve with sensing element that extends into storage tank. 4. Special Requirements: NSF 5 construction. 2.3 DOMESTIC-WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES A. Domestic-Water Expansion Tanks: 1. Description: Steel pressure-rated tank constructed with welded joints and factory- installed, butyl-rubber diaphragm. Include air precharge to minimum system-operating pressure at tank. 2. Construction: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS 223300 - 4 a. Tappings: Factory-fabricated steel, welded to tank before testing and labeling. Include ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread. b. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 barrier materials for potable- water tank linings, including extending finish into and through tank fittings and outlets. c. Air-Charging Valve: Factory installed. B. Drain Pans: Corrosion-resistant metal with raised edge. Include dimensions not less than base of domestic-water heater, and include drain outlet not less than NPS 3/4 (DN 20) with ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads. C. Piping-Type Heat Traps: Field-fabricated piping arrangement in accordance with ASHRAE/IES 90.1. D. Heat-Trap Fittings: ASHRAE/IES 90.1. E. Pressure-Reducing Valves: ASSE 1003 for water. Set at 25-psig- (172.5-kPa-) maximum outlet pressure unless otherwise indicated. F. Combination Temperature-and-Pressure Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped. Include relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than working- pressure rating of domestic-water heater. Select relief valves with sensing element that extends into storage tank. G. Pressure Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped. Include pressure setting less than working- pressure rating of domestic-water heater. H. Vacuum Relief Valves: ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4. I. Shock Absorbers: ASSE 1010 or PDI-WH 201, Size A water hammer arrester. J. Domestic-Water Heater Stands: Manufacturer's factory-fabricated steel stand for floor mounting, capable of supporting domestic-water heater and water. Include dimension that will support bottom of domestic-water heater a minimum of 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor. K. Domestic-Water Heater Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's factory-fabricated steel bracket for wall mounting, capable of supporting domestic-water heater and water. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Factory Tests: Test and inspect domestic-water heaters specified to be ASME-code construction, in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. B. Hydrostatically test domestic-water heaters to minimum of one and one-half times pressure rating before shipment. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS 223300 - 5 C. Electric, domestic-water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DOMESTIC-WATER HEATER INSTALLATION A. Commercial, Electric, Domestic-Water Heater Mounting: Install commercial, electric, domestic-water heaters on concrete base. Comply with requirements for concrete bases specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." 1. Exception: Omit concrete bases for commercial, electric, domestic-water heaters if installation on stand, bracket, suspended platform, or directly on floor is indicated. 2. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. 3. Arrange units so controls and devices that require servicing are accessible. 4. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 5. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. 6. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 7. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 8. Anchor domestic-water heaters to substrate. B. Install electric, domestic-water heaters level and plumb, in accordance with layout drawings, original design, and referenced standards. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls and devices needing service are accessible. 1. Install shutoff valves on domestic-water-supply piping to domestic-water heaters and on domestic-hot-water outlet piping. Comply with requirements for shutoff valves specified in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping," Section 220523.13 "Butterfly Valves for Plumbing Piping," and Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping." C. Install commercial, electric, domestic-water heaters with seismic-restraint devices. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." D. Install combination temperature-and-pressure relief valves in top portion of storage tanks. Use relief valves with sensing elements that extend into tanks. Extend domestic-water heater relief- valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic-water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by positive air gap onto closest floor drain. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS 223300 - 6 E. Install water-heater drain piping as indirect waste to spill by positive air gap into open drains or over floor drains. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water piping for electric, domestic-water heaters that do not have tank drains. Comply with requirements for hose-end drain valves specified in Section 221119 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." F. Install thermometers on outlet piping of electric, domestic-water heaters. Comply with requirements for thermometers specified in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." G. Install thermometers on inlet and outlet piping of residential, solar, electric, domestic-water heaters. Comply with requirements for thermometers specified in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." H. Assemble and install inlet and outlet piping manifold kits for multiple electric, domestic-water heaters. Fabricate, modify, or arrange manifolds for balanced water flow through each electric, domestic-water heater. Include shutoff valve and thermometer in each domestic-water heater inlet and outlet, and throttling valve in each electric, domestic-water heater outlet. Comply with requirements for valves specified in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping," Section 220523.13 "Butterfly Valves for Plumbing Piping," and Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping," and comply with requirements for thermometers specified in Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." I. Install piping-type heat traps on inlet and outlet piping of electric, domestic-water heater storage tanks without integral or fitting-type heat traps. J. Fill electric, domestic-water heaters with water. K. Charge domestic-water expansion tanks with air to required system pressure. L. Install dielectric fittings in all locations where piping of dissimilar metals is to be joined. The wetted surface of the dielectric fitting contacted by potable water shall contain less than 0.25 percent of lead by weight. M. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.2 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where installing piping adjacent to electric, domestic-water heaters, allow space for service and maintenance of water heaters. Arrange piping for easy removal of domestic-water heaters. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC-WATER HEATERS 223300 - 7 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Perform tests and inspections. D. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. E. Electric, domestic-water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain electric, domestic-water heaters. B. END OF SECTION 223300 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS 224213.13 - 1 SECTION 224213.13 - COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wall-mounted water closets. 2. Flushometer valves 3. Toilet seats. 4. Supports. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For flushometer valves to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL-MOUNTED WATER CLOSETS A. Water Closets, Wall Mounted, Top Spud, Accessible <WC-1>: 1. Bowl: a. Basis of Design: Sloan Model ST-2459 b. Standards: ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1 and ASME A112.19.5. c. Material: Vitreous china. d. Type: Siphon jet. e. Style: Flushometer valve. f. Height: Refer to architectural details and plans for heights and locations of accessible and non-accessible fixtures. g. Rim Contour: Elongated. h. Water Consumption: 1.28 gal. (4.8 L) per flush. i. Spud Size and Location: NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40); top. 2. Lever-Handle, Diaphragm Flushometer Valves: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS 224213.13 - 2 a. Basis of Design: Sloan Royal Model 111-1.28 b. Standard: ASSE 1037. c. Minimum Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa). d. Features: Include integral check stop and backflow-prevention device. e. Material: Brass body with corrosion-resistant components. f. Exposed Flushometer-Valve Finish: Chrome plated. g. Style: Exposed. h. Consumption: 1.28 gal. (4.8 L) per flush. i. Minimum Inlet: NPS 1 (DN 25). 3. Toilet Seat:. a. Standard: IAPMO/ANSI Z124.5. b. Material: Plastic. c. Type: Commercial (Heavy duty). d. Shape: Elongated rim, open front. e. Hinge: Self-sustaining, check. f. Hinge Material: Noncorroding metal. g. Seat Cover: Not required. h. Color: White. 4. Support: Water closet carrier: a. Standard: ASME A112.6.1M b. Description: Extra Heavy Duty combination carrier to support minimum 750 lbs, designed for wall-mounting, water-closet-type fixture. Include single or double, vertical or horizontal, compact or regular, hub-and-spigot or hubless waste fitting as required for piping arrangement; faceplates; couplings with gaskets; feet; and fixture bolts and hardware matching fixture. Include additional extension coupling, faceplate, and feet for installation in wide pipe space. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Water-Closet Installation: 1. Install level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings. 2. Install non-accessible, wall-mounted water closets at mounting height indicated in the architectural details 3. Install accessible, wall-mounted water closets at mounting height for handicapped/elderly, according to ICC/ANSI A117.1. B. Support Installation: 1. Use carrier supports with waste-fitting assembly and seal. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS 224213.13 - 3 2. Install wall-mounted, back-outlet water-closet supports with waste-fitting assembly and waste-fitting seals; and affix to building substrate. C. Flushometer-Valve Installation: 1. Install flushometer-valve, water-supply fitting on each supply to each water closet. 2. Attach supply piping to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. 3. Install lever-handle flushometer valves for accessible water closets with handle mounted on open side of water closet. 4. Install actuators in locations that are easy for people with disabilities to reach. D. Install toilet seats on water closets. E. Wall Flange and Escutcheon Installation: 1. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. 2. Install deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. F. Joint Sealing: 1. Seal joints between water closets and walls and floors using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant silicone sealant. 2. Match sealant color to water-closet color. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Connect water closets with water supplies and soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match water closets. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." D. Where installing piping adjacent to water closets, allow space for service and maintenance. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust water closets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning water closets, fittings, and controls. B. Adjust water pressure at flushometer valves to produce proper flow. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS 224213.13 - 4 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean water closets and fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. B. Install protective covering for installed water closets and fittings. C. Do not allow use of water closets for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION 224213.13 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL URINALS 224213.16 - 1 SECTION 224213.16 - COMMERCIAL URINALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wall-hung urinals. 2. Urinal flushometer valves. 3. Supports. B. Related Requirements: 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL-HUNG URINALS A. Urinals - Wall Hung, Back Outlet, Washout: <UR-1>. 1. Fixture: a. Basis of Design: Sloan SU-1009-A b. Standards: ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1 and ASME A112.19.5/CSA B45.15. c. Material: Vitreous china. d. Type: Washout with extended shields. e. Strainer or Trapway: Manufacturer's standard strainer with integral trap. f. Water Consumption: 0.125 gpf (0.5 Lpf). g. Spud Size and Location: NPS 3/4 (DN 20), top. h. Outlet Size and Location: NPS 2 (DN 50), back. i. Color: White. 2. Lever-Handle, Diaphragm Flushometer Valves: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL URINALS 224213.16 - 2 a. Basis of Design: Sloan Royal Model 186 b. Standard: ASSE 1037/ASME 112.1037/CSA B125.37. c. Minimum Pressure Rating: 125 psig (860 kPa). d. Features: Include integral check stop and backflow-prevention device. e. Material: Brass body with corrosion-resistant components. f. Exposed Flushometer-Valve Finish: Chrome plated. g. Panel Finish: Chrome plated or stainless steel. h. Style: [Exposed] [Concealed]. i. Consumption: 0.125 gal. (0.47 L) per flush. j. Minimum Inlet: NPS 3/4 (DN 20). 3. Waste Fitting: a. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2 for coupling. b. Size: NPS 2 (DN 50). 4. Support: Type I urinal carrier, with fixture support plates and coupling with seal and fixture bolts and hardware matching fixture. Include rectangular, steel uprights. 5. Urinal Mounting Height: Refer to architectural details and plans for heights and locations of accessible and non-accessible fixtures. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Urinal Installation: 1. Install urinals level and plumb according to rough-in drawings. 2. Install wall-hung, back-outlet urinals onto waste fitting seals and attached to supports. 3. Install non-accessible, wall-mounted urinals at mounting height indicated in the architectural details 4. Install accessible, wall-mounted urinals at mounting height for the handicapped/elderly, according to ICC A117.1. B. Support Installation: 1. Install supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-hung urinals. 2. Use off-floor carriers with waste fitting and seal for back-outlet urinals. 3. Use chair-type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible urinals. C. Flushometer-Valve Installation: 1. Install flushometer-valve water-supply fitting on each supply to each urinal. 2. Attach supply piping to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL URINALS 224213.16 - 3 3. Install lever-handle flushometer valves for accessible urinals with handle mounted on open side of compartment. D. Wall Flange and Escutcheon Installation: 1. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. 2. Install deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. E. Joint Sealing: 1. Seal joints between urinals and walls and floors using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew- resistant silicone sealant. 2. Match sealant color to urinal color. 3.2 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Connect urinals with water supplies and soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match urinals. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." D. Where installing piping adjacent to urinals, allow space for service and maintenance. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust urinals and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning urinals, fittings, and controls. B. Adjust water pressure at flushometer valves to produce proper flow. C. Install fresh batteries in battery-powered, electronic-sensor mechanisms. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean urinals and fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. B. Install protective covering for installed urinals and fittings. C. Do not allow use of urinals for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL URINALS 224213.16 - 4 END OF SECTION 224213.16 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES 224216.13 - 1 SECTION 224216.13 - COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Vitreous-china, wall-mounted lavatories. 2. Manually operated lavatory faucets. 3. Supply fittings. 4. Waste fittings. 5. Lavatory supports. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VITREOUS-CHINA, WALL-MOUNTED LAVATORIES A. Lavatory - Vitreous China, Wall Mounted, with Back <L-1>: 1. Fixture: a. Basis of Design: Sloan SS-3005 b. Standard: ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1. c. Type: For wall hanging. d. Nominal Size: Rectangular, 22-3/8 by 19-3/4 inches. e. Faucet-Hole Punching: Three holes, 4-inch (102-mm) centers. f. Faucet-Hole Location: Top. g. Color: White. 2. Faucet: F-1. 3. Support: Type II, concealed-arm lavatory carrier. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES 224216.13 - 2 4. Lavatory Mounting Height: Refer to architectural details and plans for heights and locations of accessible and non-accessible fixtures. 2.2 MANUALLY OPERATED LAVATORY FAUCETS A. Lavatory faucets intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption are to comply with the U.S. Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), with requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), and with NSF 61/NSF 372, or be certified in compliance with NSF 61/NSF 372 by an American National Standards Institute (ANSI) accredited third-party certification body, that the weighted average lead content at wetted surfaces is less than or equal to 0.25 percent. B. Lavatory Faucets - Manual Type: Single-control mixing, <F-1>. 1. Basis of Design: Chicago Faucets Model 2200-4CP 2. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. 3. Body Type: Centerset. 4. Body Material: Commercial, solid-brass, or die-cast housing with brazed copper and brass waterway. 5. Finish: Polished chrome plate. 6. Maximum Flow Rate: 0.5 gpm (1.5 L/min.). 7. Mounting Type: Deck, exposed. 8. Valve Handle(s): Single lever. 9. Spout: Rigid type. 2.3 SUPPLY FITTINGS A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for supply-fitting materials that will be in contact with potable water. B. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. C. Supply Piping: Chrome-plated-brass pipe or chrome-plated copper tube matching water-supply piping size. Include chrome-plated-brass or stainless steel wall flange. D. Supply Stops: Chrome-plated-brass, one-quarter-turn, ball-type or compression valve with inlet connection matching supply piping. E. Operation: Wheel handle. F. Risers: 1. NPS 3/8 (DN 10). 2. ASME A112.18.6/CSA B125.6, braided- or corrugated-stainless steel, flexible hose riser. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES 224216.13 - 3 2.4 WASTE FITTINGS A. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2. B. Drain: Grid type with NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) offset and straight tailpiece. a. Chrome-plated, [two-piece, cast-brass trap and swivel elbow with 0.032-inch- (0.83-mm-) thick brass tube to wall and chrome-plated, brass or steel wall flange. 2.5 LAVATORY SUPPORTS A. Lavatory Carrier: 1. Standard: ASME A112.6.1M. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install lavatories level and plumb in accordance with roughing-in drawings. B. Install supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-mounted lavatories. C. Install non-accessible, wall-mounted lavatories at mounting height indicated in the architectural details. D. Install accessible wall-mounted lavatories at handicapped/elderly mounting height for people with disabilities or the elderly, in accordance with ICC A117.1. E. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." F. Seal joints between lavatories, counters, and walls using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew- resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." G. Install protective shielding pipe covers and enclosures on exposed supplies and waste piping of accessible lavatories. Comply with requirements in Section 220719 "Plumbing Piping Insulation." LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES 224216.13 - 4 3.2 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust lavatories and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning lavatories, fittings, and controls. B. Install new batteries in battery-powered, electronic-sensor mechanisms. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After completing installation of lavatories, inspect and repair damaged finishes. B. Clean lavatories, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. C. Provide protective covering for installed lavatories and fittings. D. Do not allow use of lavatories for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION 224216.13 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL SINKS 224216.16 - 1 SECTION 224216.16 - COMMERCIAL SINKS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Service sinks. 2. Kitchen/utility sinks. 3. Handwash sinks. 4. Manually operated sink faucets. 5. Supply fittings. 6. Waste fittings. 7. Sink supports. 8. Grout. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 114000 "Foodservice Equipment" for NSF-compliant foodservice and handwash sinks. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Counter cutout templates for mounting of counter-mounted sinks. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SERVICE SINKS A. Service Sinks - Molded Stone, Floor Mounted: <MS-1>. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL SINKS 224216.16 - 2 1. Fixture: a. Basis of Design: Fiat Model MSB-2424 b. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2. c. Shape: Square. d. Nominal Size: 24 by 24 inches (610 by 610 mm). e. Height: 10 inches (255 mm). f. Rim Guard: On front top surfaces. g. Drain: Grid with NPS 3 (DN 80) outlet. 2. Mounting: On floor and flush to wall. 3. Commercial Service Sink Faucets - Manual Type: a. Basis of Design: Fiat Model 830 AA b. Description: Wall/back mounted, brass body, with integral service stops, checks, spout with bucket/pail hook, 3/4-inch (20-mm) hose thread end, integral vacuum breaker, inlets 8 inches (200 mm) o.c., and two-handle mixing. c. Faucet: 1) Standards: a) ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. b) NSF 61 and NSF 372. c) ICC A117.1. d) ASSE 1001 (VB). 2) Finish: Rough chrome plated. 3) Handles: 4 arms. 4) Brace: Adjustable top brace. 2.2 KITCHEN/UTILITY SINKS A. Kitchen/Utility Sinks - Stainless Steel, Counter Mounted: <S-1 >. 1. Basis of Design: Elkay LRAD 1919 2. Fixture: a. Standard: ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4. b. Type: Stainless steel, self-rimming, sound-deadened unit. c. Number of Compartments: One. d. Overall Dimensions: 19-1/2x19x6-1/2 deep. e. Material: 18 gauge, Type 304 stainless steel. f. Compartment: 1) Dimensions: 16x13-1/2x6-1/2. 2) Drain Location: Off centered right. 3) Depth: Wheelchair accessible, 6-1/2”. 3. Faucet(s): LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL SINKS 224216.16 - 3 a. Sink faucets intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption are to comply with the U.S. Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), with requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), and with NSF 61 and NSF 372, or be certified in compliance with NSF 61 and NSF 372 by an ANSI-accredited third- party certification body, in that the weighted average lead content at wetted surfaces is less than or equal to 0.25 percent. b. Commercial Sink Faucets - Manual Type: Two-handle mixing. 1) Basis of Design: Chicago Faucets 895-317CP 2) Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. 3) General: Coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture hole punchings; coordinate outlet with spout and sink receptor. 4) Body Type: Centerset. 5) Body Material: Commercial, solid brass, or die-cast housing with brazed copper and brass waterway. 6) Finish: Chrome plated. 7) Maximum Flow Rate: 2.2 gpm (8.3 L/min). 8) Mounting Type: Deck. 9) Valve Handle(s): 4-inch (102-mm) wrist blade. 10) Spout Type: 3-1/2” rigid gooseneck 11) Spout Outlet: Aerator. c. Number Required: One. d. Mounting: On ledge. 4. Supply Fittings: a. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. b. Supplies: Chrome-plated brass compression stop with inlet connection matching water-supply piping type and size. 1) Operation: Wheel handle. 2) Risers: NPS 1/2 (DN 15), ASME A112.18.6/CSA B125.6, braided or corrugated stainless steel flexible hose. 5. Waste Fittings: a. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2. b. Trap(s): 1) Size: NPS 2 (DN 50). 2) Material: a) Chrome-plated, two-piece, cast-brass trap and swivel elbow with 17- gauge brass tube to wall; and chrome-plated brass or steel wall flange. 6. Mounting: On counter with sealant. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL SINKS 224216.16 - 4 B. Kitchen/Utility Sinks - Stainless Steel, Counter Mounted: <S-2>. 1. Basis of Design: Elkay LRAD 3319 2. Fixture: a. Standard: ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4. b. Type: Stainless steel, self-rimming, sound-deadened unit. c. Number of Compartments: Two. d. Overall Dimensions: 33”x19”x6-1/2”. e. Material: 18 gauge, Type 304 stainless steel. f. Each Compartment: 1) Dimensions: 14”x14”x6-1/2”. 2) Drains: Grid with NPS 2 (DN 50) tailpiece and twist drain. 3) Drain Location: Near back of compartment. 4) Depth: Wheelchair accessible, 6-1/2”. 3. Faucet(s): a. Sink faucets intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption are to comply with the U.S. Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), with requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), and with NSF 61 and NSF 372, or be certified in compliance with NSF 61 and NSF 372 by an ANSI-accredited third- party certification body, in that the weighted average lead content at wetted surfaces is less than or equal to 0.25 percent. b. Commercial Sink Faucets - Manual Type: Two-handle mixing. 1) Basis of Design: Chicago faucets 895-317GN8AE3CP 2) Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. 3) General: Coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture hole punchings; coordinate outlet with spout and sink receptor. 4) Body Type: Centerset. 5) Body Material: Commercial, solid brass, or die-cast housing with brazed copper and brass waterway. 6) Finish: Chrome plated. 7) Maximum Flow Rate: 2.2 gpm (8.3 L/min). 8) Mounting Type: Deck. 9) Valve Handle(s): 4-inch (102-mm) wrist blade. 10) Spout Type: 8” swivel gooseneck. 11) Spout Outlet: Aerator. c. Number Required: One. d. Mounting: On ledge. 4. Supply Fittings: a. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. b. Supplies: Chrome-plated brass compression stop with inlet connection matching water-supply piping type and size. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL SINKS 224216.16 - 5 1) Operation: Wheel handle. 2) Risers: NPS 1/2 (DN 15), ASME A112.18.6/CSA B125.6, braided or corrugated stainless steel flexible hose. 5. Waste Fittings: a. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2. b. Trap(s): 1) Size: NPS 2 (DN 50). 2) Material: a) Chrome-plated, two-piece, cast-brass trap and swivel elbow with 17- gauge brass tube to wall; and chrome-plated brass or steel wall flange. 6. Mounting: On counter with sealant. 2.3 HANDWASH SINKS A. Handwash Sinks - Stainless Steel: <HS-1>. 1. Basis of Design: Advance Tabco Model 7-PS-50 2. Fixture: a. Standards: 1) ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4. 2) NSF 61. b. Type: Wall-mounted stainless steel basin with radius corners, back for faucet, and support brackets. c. Overall Dimensions: 10 by 14 by 5 inches. d. Material: 18 gauge, Type 304 stainless steel. 3. Faucet: a. Sink faucets intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption are to comply with the U.S. Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), with requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), and with NSF 61 and NSF 372, or be certified in compliance with NSF 61 and NSF 372 by an ANSI-accredited third- party certification body, in that the weighted average lead content at wetted surfaces is less than or equal to 0.25 percent. b. Commercial Sink Faucets - Manual Type: Two-handle mixing. 1) Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. 2) General: Coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture hole punchings; coordinate outlet with spout and sink receptor. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL SINKS 224216.16 - 6 3) Body Material: Commercial, solid brass, or die-cast housing with brazed copper and brass waterway. 4) Finish: Chrome plated. 5) Maximum Flow Rate: 2.2 gpm (8.3 L/min). 6) Mounting Type: Backsplash mounted. 7) Valve Handle(s): 4-inch (102-mm) wrist blade. 8) Spout Type: Rigid gooseneck. 9) Spout Outlet: Aerator. 4. Supply Fittings: Comply with requirements in "Supply Fittings" Article. 5. Waste Fittings: Comply with requirements in "Waste Fittings" Article. 6. Support: Type II sink carrier. 7. Mounting Height: Refer to architectural plans and details for mounting heights. 2.4 SUPPLY FITTINGS A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for supply-fitting materials that will be in contact with potable water. B. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. C. Supply Piping: Chrome-plated brass pipe or chrome-plated copper tube matching water-supply piping size. Include chrome-plated brass or stainless steel wall flange. D. Supply Stops: Chrome-plated brass, one-quarter-turn, ball-type or compression valve with inlet connection matching supply piping. E. Operation: Wheel handle. F. Risers: 1. NPS 1/2 (DN 15). 2. ASME A112.18.6/CSA B125.6, braided or corrugated stainless steel flexible hose. 2.5 WASTE FITTINGS A. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2. B. Drain: Grid type with NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) offset and straight tailpiece. C. Trap: 1. Size: NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40). 2. Material: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL SINKS 224216.16 - 7 a. Chrome-plated, [two-piece, cast-brass trap and swivel elbow with 17-gauge brass tube to wall] [two-piece, cast-brass trap and ground-joint swivel elbow with 17- gauge brass tube to wall] [one-piece, cast-brass trap with swivel 17-gauge tubular brass wall bend] <Insert trap type>; and chrome-plated brass or steel wall flange. 2.6 SINK SUPPORTS A. Sink Carrier: 1. Standard: ASME A112.6.1M. 2.7 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C1107/C1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000 psi (34.5 MPa), 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install sinks level and plumb in accordance with rough-in drawings. B. Install supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-hung sinks. C. Install wall-mounted sinks at height indicated on the architectural plans and details. D. Install wall-mounted sinks at accessible mounting height in accordance with ICC A117.1. E. Set floor-mounted sinks in leveling bed of cement grout. F. Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each sink faucet. 1. Exception: Use ball or gate valves if supply stops are not specified with sink. Comply with valve requirements specified in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping" and Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping." 2. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL SINKS 224216.16 - 8 G. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." H. Seal joints between sinks and counters, floors, and walls using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew- resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." I. Install protective shielding pipe covers and enclosures on exposed supplies and waste piping of accessible sinks. Comply with requirements in Section 220719 "Plumbing Piping Insulation." 3.2 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust sinks and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning sinks, fittings, and controls. B. Install new batteries in battery-powered, electronic-sensor mechanisms. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After completing installation of sinks, inspect and repair damaged finishes. B. Clean sinks, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. C. Provide protective covering for installed sinks and fittings. D. Do not allow use of sinks for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION 224216.16 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL SHOWERS 224223 - 1 SECTION 224223 - COMMERCIAL SHOWERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Shower heads and shower valves. 2. Grout. B. Related Requirements: 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Shower valves intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption are to comply with the U.S. Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), with requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), and with NSF 61 and NSF 372, or be certified in compliance with NSF 61 and NSF 372 by an ANSI-accredited third-party certification body, in that the weighted average lead content at wetted surfaces is less than or equal to 0.25 percent. 2.2 SHOWER HEADS AND SHOWER VALVES A. Shower Head with Single-Handle, Pressure-Balancing Mixing Valve: <SH-1>. 1. Basis of Design: Symmons Model C-96-1-295-X-A-VP 2. Description: Single metal lever handle, accessible, pressure-balancing mixing valve with standard 1.5 gpm shower head. 3. Shower Valve: a. Body Material: Solid brass. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL SHOWERS 224223 - 2 b. Finish: Polished chrome plate. c. Mounting: Concealed. d. Operation: Single-handle, twist or rotate control. e. Antiscald Device: Integral with mixing valve. f. Check Stops: Check-valve type, integral with or attached to body; on hot- and cold-water supply connections. 4. Supply Connections: NPS 1/2 (DN 15). 5. Shower Head: a. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. b. Type: Ball joint with arm and flange c. Shower Head Maximum Flow Rate: 1.5 gpm (5.7 L/min.). d. Shower Head Material: Metallic with chrome-plated finish. e. Spray Pattern: Fixed. 6. Drain: a. Provide a floor drain FD-1 at each shower. B. Accessible Shower Head with Handheld Head, Single-Handle, Pressure-Balancing Mixing Valve: <SH-2>. 1. Basis of Design: Symmons C-96-500-B30-V-QD 2. Description: Single-handle, accessible, pressure-balancing mixing valve with hose with handheld shower head on sliding rod shower head. 3. Shower Valve: a. Body Material: Solid brass. b. Finish: Polished chrome plate. c. Mounting: Concealed. d. Operation: Single-handle, twist or rotate control. e. Antiscald Device: Integral with mixing valve. f. Check Stops: Check-valve type, integral with or attached to body; on hot- and cold-water supply connections. 4. Supply Connections: NPS 1/2 (DN 15). 5. Shower Head: a. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. b. Type: Ball joint with arm and flange. c. Shower Head Maximum Flow Rate: 1.5 gpm (5.7 L/min.). d. Shower Head Material: Metallic with chrome-plated finish. e. Spray Pattern: Fixed. 6. Drain: a. Provide a floor drain FD-1 at each shower. C. Shower Head with Single-Handle, Pressure-Balancing Mixing Valve: <SH-1>. 1. Basis of Design: Symmons Model C-96-1-295-X-A-VP LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL SHOWERS 224223 - 3 2. Description: Single metal lever handle, accessible, pressure-balancing mixing valve with standard 1.5 gpm shower head. 3. Shower Valve: a. Body Material: Solid brass. b. Finish: Polished chrome plate. c. Mounting: Concealed. d. Operation: Single-handle, twist or rotate control. e. Antiscald Device: Integral with mixing valve. f. Check Stops: Check-valve type, integral with or attached to body; on hot- and cold-water supply connections. 4. Supply Connections: NPS 1/2 (DN 15). 5. Shower Head: a. Vandal resistant institutional head b. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. c. Type: Ball joint with arm and flange d. Shower Head Maximum Flow Rate: 1.5 gpm (5.7 L/min.). e. Shower Head Material: Metallic with chrome-plated finish. f. Spray Pattern: Fixed. 6. Drain: a. Provide a floor drain FD-1 at each shower. 2.3 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C1107/C1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000 psi (34.5 MPa), 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Assemble shower components according to manufacturers' written instructions. B. Install showers level and plumb. C. Install ball or gate valves in water-supply piping to the shower if supply stops are specified with the shower valve. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS COMMERCIAL SHOWERS 224223 - 4 D. Install shower flow-control fittings with specified maximum flow rates in shower arms. E. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. F. Seal joints between showers and floors and walls using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. 3.2 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with traps and soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust showers and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning showers, fittings, and controls. B. Adjust water pressure at shower valves to produce proper flow. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After completing installation of showers, inspect and repair damaged finishes. B. Clean showers, shower valves, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. C. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings. D. Do not allow use of showers for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION 224223 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WASH FOUNTAINS 224233 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Linear wash fountains. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For each type of wash fountain. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOLID-SURFACE, LINEAR WASH FOUNTAINS A. Wash Fountains <WF-1>: Solid-surface, linear (side-by-side) receptor. 1. Basis of Design: Bradle Corp model LVRD3 2. Standard: ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1. 3. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 4. Bowl(s) and Counter: a. Height to Rim: See architectural details and plans for mounting heights. b. Color or Finish: To be determined during submittal review phase. c. Number of Bowls: One. d. Drain: Grid with NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) tailpiece. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WASH FOUNTAINS 224233 - 2 5. Faucets: a. Bradley Corp Model S53-3100, Verge Faucet – Crestt Series 1) Quantity: (3) Three 2) Activation: Touch-Free 3) Flow Control: 0.50 GPM 4) Supply Type: Thermostatic Mixing Assembly 6. Supply Fittings: a. Piping: NPS 1/2 (DN 15) copper tubing, each bowl. b. Valves: Shutoff valve on each supply. c. Supply Piping: From wall. 7. Waste Fittings: a. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2. b. Trap and Drain Piping: NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40), each bowl. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install wash fountains level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings. B. Install off-floor carrier supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-mounted wash fountains. C. Install accessible, wall-mounted wash fountains at mounting height for handicapped/elderly according to ICC A117.1. D. Install water-supply piping with shutoff valve on each supply to each wash fountain to be connected to domestic-water distribution piping. Use ball or gate valve. Install valves in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. E. Install trap and waste piping on each drain outlet of each wash fountain to be connected to sanitary drainage system. F. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." G. Seal joints between fixtures and walls using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant, silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS WASH FOUNTAINS 224233 - 3 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Connect wash fountains with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. B. Comply with requirements for water piping specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with requirements for soil and waste drainage piping and vent piping specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust wash fountains and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning wash fountains, fittings, and controls. B. Adjust water pressure at faucets to produce proper flow. C. Install fresh batteries in battery-powered, electronic-sensor mechanisms. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After installing wash fountains, inspect and repair damaged finishes. B. Clean wash fountains, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. C. Provide protective covering for installed wash fountains and fittings. D. Do not allow use of wash fountains for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION 224233 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES 224500 - 1 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Emergency showers. 2. Eyewash equipment. 3. Eye/face wash equipment. 4. Combination units. 5. Water-tempering equipment. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. 4. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: Submit certificates of performance testing specified in "Source Quality Control" Article. B. Field quality-control test reports. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES 224500 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ISEA Standard: Comply with ISEA Z358.1. C. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372, for fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water. D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, ; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and Public Law 101-336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"; for plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities. 2.2 EMERGENCY SHOWERS A. Freestanding, Plumbed Emergency Showers, <ES-1>: 1. Capacity: Not less than 20 gpm (76 L/min.) for at least 15 minutes. 2. Supply Piping: NPS 1 (DN 25) with flow regulator and stay-open control valve. 3. Control-Valve Actuator: Pull rod. 4. Shower Head: 8-inch- (200-mm-) minimum-diameter, plastic. 5. Mounting: Pedestal. 2.3 EYE/FACE WASH EQUIPMENT A. Accessible, Freestanding, Plumbed Eye/Face Wash Units, <EW-1>: 1. Capacity: Not less than 3.0 gpm (11.4 L/min.) for at least 15 minutes. 2. Supply Piping: NPS 1/2 (DN 15) chrome-plated brass or stainless steel with flow regulator and stay-open control valve. 3. Control-Valve Actuator: Paddle. 4. Spray-Head Assembly: Two or four receptor-mounted spray heads. 5. Receptor: Plastic bowl. 6. Drain Piping: a. Size: NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) minimum. b. Finish: Chrome-plated brass. c. Fittings: Receptor drain, P-trap, waste to wall, and wall flange complying with ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2. 7. Drain Piping: Include galvanized-steel indirect connection to drainage system. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES 224500 - 3 8. Mounting: Pedestal. 2.4 COMBINATION UNITS A. Accessible, Plumbed Emergency Shower with Eyewash Combination Units, <EWS-1>: 1. Shower: a. Capacity: Not less than 20 gpm (76 L/min.) for at least 15 minutes. b. Supply Piping: NPS 1 (DN 25) with flow regulator and stay-open control valve. c. Control-Valve Actuator: Pull rod. d. Shower Head: 8-inch- (200-mm-) minimum diameter, plastic. e. Mounting: Pedestal. 2. Eyewash Unit: a. Capacity: Not less than 0.4 gpm (1.5 L/min.) for at least 15 minutes. b. Supply Piping: NPS 1/2 (DN 15) with flow regulator and stay-open control valve. c. Control-Valve Actuator: Paddle. d. Spray-Head Assembly: Two receptor-mounted spray heads. e. Receptor: Plastic bowl. f. Mounting: Attached shower pedestal. 2.5 WATER-TEMPERING EQUIPMENT A. Hot- and Cold-Water, Water-Tempering Equipment: 1. Description: Factory-fabricated equipment with thermostatic mixing valve. a. Thermostatic Mixing Valve: Designed to provide 80 deg F (27 deg C) tepid, potable water at emergency plumbing fixtures, to maintain temperature at plus or minus 5 deg F (3 deg C) throughout required 15-minute test period, and in case of unit failure to continue cold-water flow, with union connections, controls, metal piping, and corrosion-resistant enclosure. b. Supply Connections: For hot and cold water. 2.6 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Certify performance of emergency plumbing fixtures by independent testing organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES 224500 - 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURE A. Assemble emergency plumbing fixture piping, fittings, control valves, and other components. B. Install fixtures level and plumb. C. Fasten fixtures to substrate. D. Install shutoff valves in water-supply piping to fixtures, to facilitate maintenance of the equipment. Use ball or gate valve if specific type valve is not indicated. Install valves chained or locked in open position if permitted. Install valves in locations where they can easily be reached for operation. Comply with requirements for valves specified in Section 220523.12 "Ball Valves for Plumbing Piping" and Section 220523.15 "Gate Valves for Plumbing Piping." E. Install dielectric fitting in supply piping to emergency equipment if piping and equipment connections are made of different metals. Comply with requirements for dielectric fittings specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." F. Install thermometers in supply and outlet piping connections to water-tempering equipment. G. Install indirect waste piping on drain outlet of emergency equipment receptors that are indicated to be indirectly connected to drainage system. H. Install escutcheons on piping wall and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Connect cold-water-supply piping to plumbed emergency plumbing fixtures not having water- tempering equipment. B. Connect hot- and cold-water-supply piping to hot- and cold-water, water-tempering equipment. Connect output from water-tempering equipment to emergency plumbing fixtures. C. Directly connect emergency plumbing fixture receptors with trapped drain outlet to sanitary waste and vent piping. D. Indirectly connect emergency plumbing fixture receptors without trapped drain outlet to sanitary waste or storm drainage piping. E. Where installing piping adjacent to emergency plumbing fixtures, allow space for service and maintenance of fixtures. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES 224500 - 5 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Mechanical-Component Testing: After plumbing connections have been made, test for compliance with requirements. Verify ability to achieve indicated capacities. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection. 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Emergency plumbing fixtures and water-tempering equipment will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace fixture flow regulators for proper flow. B. Adjust equipment temperature settings. END OF SECTION 224500 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PRESSURE WATER COOLERS 224716 - 1 SECTION 224716 - PRESSURE WATER COOLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pressure water coolers. 2. Bottle filling stations. 3. Supports. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of pressure water cooler and bottle filling station. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include diagrams for power wiring. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Standards: 1. Pressure water coolers and bottle filling stations intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption are to comply with the U.S. Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ), and with NSF 61 or NSF 372, or be certified in compliance with NSF 61 or NSF 372 by an ANSI-accredited third-party certification body, that the weighted average lead content at wetted surfaces is less than or equal to 0.25 percent. 2. Comply with ASHRAE 34 for water coolers. Provide HFC 134a (tetrafluoroethane) refrigerant unless otherwise indicated. 3. Comply with UL 399. 4. Comply with ASME A112.19.3/CSA B45.4. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PRESSURE WATER COOLERS 224716 - 2 5. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 6. Comply with NSF 42 and NSF 53 for water filters for water coolers and bottle filling stations. 7. Comply with ICC A117.1 for accessible water coolers and bottle filling stations. 2.2 PRESSURE WATER COOLERS A. Pressure Water Coolers - Surface Wall-Mounted, Stainless Steel, Single Station with bottle filler: <EC-1>. 1. Basis of Design: Elkay EMABF8WSSK 2. Bubbler: One, with adjustable stream regulator, located on each cabinet deck. 3. Control: Push bar. 4. Bottle Filler: Sensor activation, with automatic shutoff timer: 5. Drain: Grid with NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) tailpiece. 6. Supply: NPS 3/8 (DN 10) with shutoff valve. 7. Waste Fitting: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2, NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) brass P-trap. 8. Filter: One or more water filters with capacity sized for unit peak flow rate. 9. Cooling System: Electric, with hermetically sealed compressor, cooling coil, air-cooled condensing unit, corrosion-resistant tubing, refrigerant, corrosion-resistant-metal storage tank, and adjustable thermostat. 10. Support: Water-cooler carrier. 11. Water-Cooler Mounting Height: Refer to architectural plans and details for mounting heights. 12. Capacities and Characteristics: a. Cooled Water: 8 gph (0.0084 L/s). b. Ambient-Air Temperature: 90 deg F (32 deg C). c. Inlet-Water Temperature: 80 deg F (27 deg C). d. Cooled-Water Temperature: 50 deg F (10 deg C). e. Electrical Characteristics: 1) Volts: 120 V ac. 2) Phase: Single. 3) Hertz: 60 Hz. B. Pressure Water Coolers - Surface Wall-Mounted, Stainless Steel, Dual Station, Bi-Level with bottle filler: <EC-2>. 1. Basis of Design: Elkay EZSTL8WSSK 2. Bubbler: One, with adjustable stream regulator, located on each cabinet deck. 3. Control: Push bar. 4. Bottle Filler: Sensor activation, with automatic shutoff timer: 5. Drain: Grid with NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) tailpiece. 6. Supply: NPS 3/8 (DN 10) with shutoff valve. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PRESSURE WATER COOLERS 224716 - 3 7. Waste Fitting: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2, NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32) brass P-trap. 8. Filter: One or more water filters with capacity sized for unit peak flow rate. 9. Cooling System: Electric, with hermetically sealed compressor, cooling coil, air-cooled condensing unit, corrosion-resistant tubing, refrigerant, corrosion-resistant-metal storage tank, and adjustable thermostat. 10. Support: Water-cooler carrier. 11. Water-Cooler Mounting Height: Refer to architectural plans and details for mounting heights. 12. Capacities and Characteristics: a. Cooled Water: 8 gph (0.0084 L/s). b. Ambient-Air Temperature: 90 deg F (32 deg C). c. Inlet-Water Temperature: 80 deg F (27 deg C). d. Cooled-Water Temperature: 50 deg F (10 deg C). e. Electrical Characteristics: 1) Volts: 120 V ac. 2) Phase: Single. 3) Hertz: 60 Hz. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings. For fixtures indicated for children, install at height required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Install off-the-floor carrier supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-mounted fixtures. C. Install water-supply piping with shutoff valve on supply to each fixture to be connected to domestic-water distribution piping. Use ball valve. Install valves in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. D. Install trap and waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be connected to sanitary drainage system. E. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep-pattern escutcheons where required to conceal protruding fittings. F. Seal joints between fixtures and walls using sanitary-type, one-part, mildew-resistant, silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS PRESSURE WATER COOLERS 224716 - 4 3.2 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 221116 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Install ball shutoff valve on water supply to each fixture. Install valve upstream from filter for water cooler. D. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 221316 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." 3.3 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment according to Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B. Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer, but not factory mounted, according to NFPA 70 and NECA 1. C. Install nameplate for each electrical connection, indicating electrical equipment designation and circuit number feeding connection. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust fixture flow regulators for proper flow and stream height. B. Adjust pressure water-cooler temperature settings. 3.5 CLEANING A. After installing fixture, inspect unit. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finish to match original finish. B. Clean fixtures, on completion of installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures. D. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION 224716 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230516 - 1 SECTION 230516 - EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Packed expansion joints. 2. Packless expansion joints. 3. Alignment guides and anchors. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For each anchor and alignment guide, including analysis data, signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for thermal expansion of piping systems and for selecting and designing expansion joints, loops, and swing connections. 2. Anchor Details: Detail fabrication of each anchor indicated. Show dimensions and methods of assembly and attachment to building structure. 3. Alignment Guide Details: Detail field assembly and attachment to building structure. 4. Schedule: Indicate type, manufacturer's number, size, material, pressure rating, end connections, and location for each expansion joint. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230516 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Compatibility: Products shall be suitable for piping service fluids, materials, working pressures, and temperatures. B. Capability: Products to absorb 200 percent of maximum axial movement between anchors. 2.2 PACKED EXPANSION JOINTS A. Slip-Joint Packed Expansion Joints SJ-01: 1. Standard: ASTM F1007. 2. Material: Carbon steel with asbestos-free PTFE packing. 3. Design: With internal guide and injection ports for repacking under full system pressure. Housing shall be furnished with drain ports and lifting ring. Include drip connection if used for steam piping. 4. Configuration: Single joint, Single joint with base, and double joint with base class(es), unless otherwise indicated. 5. Slip Tube for sizes NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40) through NPS 16 (DN 400): Schedule 80. 6. Sliding Surface: 2 mil thick chrome finish. 7. End Connections: Flanged or welded ends to match piping system. 2.3 PACKLESS EXPANSION JOINTS A. Metal, Compensator Pack-less Expansion Joints MCEJ-01: 1. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa), unless otherwise indicated. 2. Description: Totally enclosed, externally pressurized, multi-ply bellows isolated from fluid flow by an internal pipe sleeve and external housing. 3. Joint Axial Movement: 2 inches (50 mm) of compression and 1/2 inch (12 mm) of extension. B. Rubber Union Connector Expansion Joints RUEJ-01: 1. Material: Twin reinforced-rubber spheres with external restraining cables. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psig at 170 deg F (1035 kPa at 77 deg C), unless otherwise indicated. 3. End Connections for NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. C. Flexible-Hose Pack-less Expansion Joints FHEJ-01: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230516 - 3 1. Description: Manufactured assembly with inlet and outlet elbow fittings and two flexible- metal-hose legs joined by long-radius, 180-degree return bend or center section of flexible hose. 2. Flexible Hose: Corrugated-metal inner hoses and braided outer sheaths. 3. Expansion Joints for Steel Piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Carbon-steel fittings with threaded end connections. a. Stainless-steel hoses and single-braid, stainless-steel sheaths with 450 psig at 70 deg F (3100 kPa at 21 deg C) and 325 psig at 600 deg F (2250 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. 4. Expansion Joints for Steel Piping NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 6 (DN 65 to DN 150): Carbon-steel fittings with flanged or welded end connections. a. Stainless-steel hoses and single-braid, stainless-steel sheaths with 200 psig at 70 deg F (1380 kPa at 21 deg C) and 145 psig at 600 deg F (1000 kPa at 315 deg C) ratings. 2.4 ALIGNMENT GUIDES AND ANCHORS A. Alignment Guides AG-01: 1. Description: Steel, factory-fabricated alignment guide, with bolted two-section outer cylinder and base for attaching to structure; with two-section guiding slider for bolting to pipe. B. Anchor Materials: 1. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36/A36M. 2. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.10 or ASTM A183, steel hex head. 3. Washers: ASTM F844, steel, plain, flat washers. 4. Mechanical Fasteners: Insert-wedge-type stud with expansion plug anchor for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with tension and shear capacities appropriate for application. a. Stud: Threaded, zinc-coated carbon steel. b. Expansion Plug: Zinc-coated steel. c. Washer and Nut: Zinc-coated steel. 5. Chemical Fasteners: Insert-type stud, bonding-system anchor for use with hardened portland cement concrete, with tension and shear capacities appropriate for application. a. Bonding Material: ASTM C881/C881M, Type IV, Grade 3, two-component epoxy resin suitable for surface temperature of hardened concrete where fastener is to be installed. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230516 - 4 b. Stud: ASTM A307, zinc-coated carbon steel with continuous thread on stud, unless otherwise indicated. c. Washer and Nut: Zinc-coated steel. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF EXPANSION JOINTS A. Install expansion joints of sizes matching sizes of piping in which they are installed. B. Install packed-type expansion joints with packing suitable for fluid service. C. Install metal-bellows expansion joints according to EJMA's "Standards of the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc." 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PIPE LOOPS AND SWING CONNECTIONS A. Install pipe loops cold-sprung in tension or compression as required to partly absorb tension or compression produced during anticipated change in temperature. B. Connect risers and branch connections to mains with at least five pipe fittings, including tee in main. C. Connect risers and branch connections to terminal units with at least four pipe fittings, including tee in riser. D. Connect mains and branch connections to terminal units with at least four pipe fittings, including tee in main. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF ALIGNMENT GUIDES AND ANCHORS A. Install alignment guides to guide expansion and to avoid end-loading and torsional stress. B. Install one or two guide(s) on each side of pipe expansion fittings and loops. Install guides nearest to expansion joint not more than four pipe diameters from expansion joint. C. Attach guides to pipe, and secure guides to building structure. D. Install anchors at locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ASME B31.9 and to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment. E. Anchor Attachments: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING 230516 - 5 1. Anchor Attachment to Steel Pipe: Attach by welding. Comply with ASME B31.9 and ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." F. Fabricate and install steel anchors by welding steel shapes, plates, and bars. Comply with ASME B31.9 and AWS D1.1/D1.1M. 1. Anchor Attachment to Steel Structural Members: Attach by welding. 2. Anchor Attachment to Concrete Structural Members: Attach by fasteners. Follow fastener manufacturer's written instructions. G. Use grout to form flat bearing surfaces for guides and anchors attached to concrete. END OF SECTION 230516 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 1 SECTION 220517 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR MECHANICAL PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Stack-sleeve fittings. 3. Sleeve-seal systems. 4. Sleeve-seal fittings. 5. Grout. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Cast-Iron Wall Pipes: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized-Steel Wall Pipes: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, with plain ends and welded steel collar; zinc coated. C. Galvanized-Steel-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, with plain ends. D. PVC-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40. E. Galvanized-Steel-Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch (0.6-mm) minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. 2.2 STACK-SLEEVE FITTINGS A. Description: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange. Include clamping ring, bolts, and nuts for membrane flashing. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 2 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with setscrews. 2.3 SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS A. Description: Modular sealing-element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. 1. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. 2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion-resistant coating of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.4 SLEEVE-SEAL FITTINGS A. Description: Manufactured plastic, sleeve-type, waterstop assembly made for imbedding in concrete slab or wall. Unit has plastic or rubber waterstop collar with center opening to match piping OD. 2.5 GROUT A. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout. B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. 1. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 3 1. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes in slabs formed by molded-PE or -PP sleeves. 2. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. 3. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve-seal system. D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements for sealants specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." E. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.2 STACK-SLEEVE-FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install stack-sleeve fittings in new slabs as slabs are constructed. 1. Install fittings that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 2. Secure flashing between clamping flanges for pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Comply with requirements for flashing specified in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 3. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level. 4. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 5. Using grout, seal the space around outside of stack-sleeve fittings. B. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping." LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 4 3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at service piping entries into building. B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve-seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. 3.4 SLEEVE-SEAL-FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve-seal fittings in new walls and slabs as they are constructed. B. Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. C. Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms. D. Using grout, seal the space around outside of sleeve-seal fittings. 3.5 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping-penetration applications: 1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade: a. Cast-iron wall sleeves, or Galvanized-steel wall sleeves. 2. Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade: a. Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 3. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: a. Cast-iron wall sleeves with sleeve-seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system. 4. Concrete Slabs above Grade: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 220517 - 5 a. Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves or PVC-pipe sleeves. 5. Interior Partitions: a. Galvanized-steel-pipe sleeves or PVC-pipe sleeves. END OF SECTION 220517 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING 230518 - 1 SECTION 230518 - ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ESCUTCHEONS A. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With polished, chrome-plated finish and setscrew fastener. B. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners. C. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners. 2.2 FLOOR PLATES A. One-Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. Escutcheons for New Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type. b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS ESCUTCHEONS FOR HVAC PIPING 230518 - 2 c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast- brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type. f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. g. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type. h. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. i. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped-steel type. j. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. k. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped-steel type. C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment-room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. New Piping: One-piece, floor-plate type. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates using new materials. END OF SECTION 230518 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC 230519 - 1 SECTION 230519 - METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Liquid-in-glass thermometers. 2. Thermowells. 3. Dial-type pressure gages. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LIQUID-IN-GLASS THERMOMETERS A. Metal-Case, Industrial-Style, Liquid-in-Glass Thermometers: 1. Standard: ASME B40.200. 2. Case: Cast aluminum; 7-inch (178-mm) nominal size unless otherwise indicated. 3. Case Form: Adjustable angle unless otherwise indicated. 4. Tube: Glass with magnifying lens and blue or red organic liquid. 5. Tube Background: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in deg F. 6. Window: Glass or plastic. 7. Stem: Aluminum and of length to suit installation. a. Design for Air-Duct Installation: With ventilated shroud. b. Design for Thermowell Installation: Bare stem. 8. Connector: 1-1/4 inches (32 mm), with ASME B1.1 screw threads. 9. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of scale range or one scale division, to a maximum of 1.5 percent of scale range. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC 230519 - 2 2.2 DUCT-THERMOMETER MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Description: Flanged bracket with screw holes, for attachment to air duct and made to hold thermometer stem. 2.3 THERMOWELLS A. Thermowells: 1. Standard: ASME B40.200. 2. Description: Pressure-tight, socket-type fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting. 3. Material for Use with Copper Tubing: CNR or CUNI. 4. Material for Use with Steel Piping: CRES. 5. Type: Stepped shank unless straight or tapered shank is indicated. 6. External Threads: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1, (DN 15, DN 20, or NPS 25,) ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads. 7. Internal Threads: 1/2, 3/4, and 1 inch (13, 19, and 25 mm), with ASME B1.1 screw threads. 8. Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem. 9. Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem. 10. Lagging Extension: Include on thermowells for insulated piping and tubing. 11. Bushings: For converting size of thermowell's internal screw thread to size of thermometer connection. 2.4 PRESSURE GAGES A. Direct-Mounted, Metal-Case, Dial-Type Pressure Gages: 1. Standard: ASME B40.100. 2. Case: Liquid-filled type; cast aluminum or drawn steel; 4-1/2-inch (114-mm) nominal diameter. 3. Pressure-Element Assembly: Bourdon tube unless otherwise indicated. 4. Pressure Connection: Brass, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2 (DN 8 or DN 15), ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and bottom-outlet type unless back-outlet type is indicated. 5. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. 6. Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings graduated in psi. 7. Pointer: Dark-colored metal. 8. Window: Glass. 9. Ring: Metal. 10. Accuracy: Grade B, plus or minus 2 percent of middle half of scale range. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC 230519 - 3 2.5 GAGE ATTACHMENTS A. Snubbers: ASME B40.100, brass; with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2 (DN 8 or DN 15), ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and piston-type surge-dampening device. Include extension for use on insulated piping. B. Siphons: Loop-shaped section of brass pipe with pipe threads. C. Valves: Brass ball, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2 (DN 8 or DN 15), ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install thermowells with socket extending to center of pipe and in vertical position in piping tees. B. Install thermowells of sizes required to match thermometer connectors. Include bushings if required to match sizes. C. Install thermowells with extension on insulated piping. D. Fill thermowells with heat-transfer medium. E. Install direct-mounted thermometers in thermowells and adjust vertical and tilted positions. F. Install remote-mounted thermometer bulbs in thermowells and install cases on panels; connect cases with tubing and support tubing to prevent kinks. Use minimum tubing length. G. Install duct-thermometer mounting brackets in walls of ducts. Attach to duct with screws. H. Install direct-mounted pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at the most readable position. I. Install valve and snubber in piping for each pressure gage for fluids (except steam). J. Install valve and syphon fitting in piping for each pressure gage for steam. K. Install permanent indicators on walls or brackets in accessible and readable positions. L. Install thermometers in the following locations: 1. Inlet and outlet of each hydronic zone. 2. Inlets and outlets of each chiller. 3. Inlet and outlet of each hydronic coil in air-handling units. 4. Outside-, return-, supply-, and mixed-air ducts. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC 230519 - 4 M. Install pressure gages in the following locations: 1. Discharge of each pressure-reducing valve. 2. Inlet and outlet of each chiller chilled-water connection. 3. Suction and discharge of each pump. 4. Inlet and outlet of each hydronic coil in air-handling units. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. After installation, calibrate meters according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility. 3.3 THERMOMETER SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE A. Scale Range for Chilled-Water Piping: 0 to 100 deg F. B. Scale Range for Air Ducts: 0 to 100 deg F. 3.4 PRESSURE-GAGE SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE A. Scale Range: 0 to 100 psi. END OF SECTION 230519 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GLOBE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.11 - 1 SECTION 230523.11 – GLOBE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze globe valves. 2. Iron globe valves. 3. Chainwheels. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads for threaded-end valves. 2. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 3. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 4. ASME B16.18 for solder-joint connections. 5. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. Refer to HVAC valve schedule articles for applications of valves. D. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. E. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. F. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch (50-mm) stem extensions. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GLOBE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.11 - 2 2.2 BRONZE GLOBE VALVES A. Bronze Globe Valves, Class 125: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Material: ASTM B62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint. e. Stem and Disc: TFE. f. Packing: Asbestos free. g. Handwheel: Malleable iron. 2.3 IRON GLOBE VALVES A. Iron Globe Valves, Class 125: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-85, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Material: ASTM A126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. d. Ends: Flanged. e. Trim: Bronze. f. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free. g. Operator: Handwheel or chainwheel. 2.4 CHAINWHEELS A. Description: Valve actuation assembly with sprocket rim, chain guides, chain[, and attachment brackets for mounting chainwheels directly to handwheels]. 1. Sprocket Rim with Chain Guides: Ductile iron, of type and size required for valve. Include zinc or epoxy coating. 2. Chain: Hot-dip-galvanized steel, of size required to fit sprocket rim. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GLOBE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.11 - 3 B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. E. Install chainwheels on operators for globe valves NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger and more than 96 inches (2400 mm) above floor. Extend chains to 60 inches (1520 mm) above finished floor. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. Throttling Service except Steam: Globe valves. 2. Throttling Service, Steam: Globe valves. B. If valves with specified CWP ratings are unavailable, the same types of valves with higher CWP ratings may be substituted. C. Select valves with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder- joint valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules. 3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged ends. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends. 5. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules. 6. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged ends. 3.4 CHILLED-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze globe valves, Class 125, with TFE disc, and with soldered or threaded ends. B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Iron globe valves, Class 125, with flanged ends. END OF SECTION 230523.11 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS BALL VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.12 - 1 SECTION 230523.12 – BALL VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze ball valves. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads for threaded-end valves. 2. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 3. ASME B16.18 for solder-joint connections. 4. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. Bronze valves shall be made with dezincification-resistant materials. Bronze valves made with copper alloy (brass) containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted. D. Refer to HVAC valve schedule articles for applications of valves. E. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. F. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. G. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Handlever: For quarter-turn valves smaller than NPS 4 (DN 100). H. Valves in Insulated Piping: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS BALL VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.12 - 2 1. Include 2-inch (50-mm) stem extensions. 2. Extended operating handle of nonthermal-conductive material, and protective sleeves that allow operation of valves without breaking the vapor seals or disturbing insulation. 3. Memory stops that are fully adjustable after insulation is applied. I. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. 2.2 BRONZE BALL VALVES A. Bronze Ball Valves, Two-Piece with Full Port and Bronze Trim, Threaded Ends: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). c. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Bronze. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE. h. Stem: Bronze. i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. j. Port: Full. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. 3.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are unavailable, the same types of valves with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted. B. Select valves with the following end connections: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS BALL VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.12 - 3 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder- joint valve-end option or press-end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 2. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends. 3.3 CHILLED-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze ball valves, two piece, with bronze trim, full port, threaded, solder, or press connection-joint ends. 1. Valves may be provided with solder-joint ends instead of threaded ends. END OF SECTION 230523.12 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.13 - 1 SECTION 230523.13 - BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Iron, single-flange butterfly valves. 2. High-performance butterfly valves. 3. Chainwheels. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 2. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 3. ASME B31.1 for power piping valves. 4. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. D. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. E. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Gear Actuator: For valves NPS 8 (DN 200) and larger. 2. Handlever: For valves NPS 6 (DN 150) and smaller. 3. Chainwheel: Device for attachment to gear, stem, or other actuator of size and with chain for mounting height, according to "Valve Installation" Article. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.13 - 2 F. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch (50-mm) stem extensions with extended necks. 2.2 IRON, SINGLE-FLANGE BUTTERFLY VALVES A. Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves with Aluminum-Bronze Disc: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-67, Type I. b. CWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). c. Body Design: Lug type; suitable for bidirectional dead-end service at rated pressure without use of downstream flange. d. Body Material: ASTM A126, cast iron or ASTM A536, ductile iron. e. Seat: EPDM. f. Stem: One- or two-piece stainless steel. g. Disc: Aluminum bronze. 2.3 CHAINWHEELS A. Description: Valve actuation assembly with sprocket rim, chain guides, chain, and attachment brackets for mounting chainwheels directly to hand wheels. 1. Sprocket Rim with Chain Guides: Ductile iron, of type and size required for valve. Include zinc or epoxy coating. 2. Chain: Hot-dip, galvanized steel, of size required to fit sprocket rim. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. E. Install chainwheels on operators for butterfly valves NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger and more than 96 inches (2400 mm) above floor. Extend chains to 60 inches (1520 mm) above finished floor. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS BUTTERFLY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.13 - 3 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.3 CHILLED-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: 1. Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 24 (DN 65 to DN 600): Aluminum-bronze disc, 200 CWP, and EPDM seat. END OF SECTION 230523.13 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS CHECK VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.14 - 1 SECTION 230523.14 - CHECK VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze swing check valves. 2. Iron swing check valves. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads for threaded-end valves. 2. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 3. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 4. ASME B16.18 for solder joint. 5. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. Bronze valves shall be made with dezincification-resistant materials. Bronze valves made with copper alloy (brass) containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted. D. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. E. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. F. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS CHECK VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.14 - 2 2.2 BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES A. Bronze Swing Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc, Class 125: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 4. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Design: Horizontal flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: TFE. 2.3 IRON SWING CHECK VALVES A. Iron Swing Check Valves with Metal Seats, Class 125: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I. b. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. NPS 14 to NPS 24 (DN 350 to DN 600), CWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). d. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. e. Body Material: ASTM A126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. f. Ends: Flanged. g. Trim: Bronze. h. Gasket: Asbestos free. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. E. Install swing check valves for proper direction of flow in horizontal position with hinge pin level. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS CHECK VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.14 - 3 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. Pump-Discharge Check Valves: a. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves with or disc. b. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Iron swing check valves with lever and weight or with spring; metal-seat check valves. B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are unavailable, the same types of valves with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted. C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder- joint valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules. 3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged ends. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends. 5. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules. 6. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged ends. 3.4 CHILLED-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: 1. Bronze Valves: May be provided with solder-joint ends instead of threaded ends. 2. Bronze swing check valves with TFE disc, Class 125. B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: 1. Iron swing check valves with metal seats, Class 125. END OF SECTION 230523.14 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GATE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.15 - 1 SECTION 230523.15 - GATE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Bronze gate valves. 2. Iron gate valves. 3. Chainwheels. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B1.20.1 for threads for threaded-end valves. 2. ASME B16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 3. ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 4. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. Bronze valves shall be made with dezincification-resistant materials. Bronze valves made with copper alloy (brass) containing more than 15 percent zinc are not permitted. D. Valve Pressure-Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. E. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. F. RS Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch (50-mm) stem extensions. G. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GATE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.15 - 2 2.2 BRONZE GATE VALVES A. Bronze Gate Valves, RS, Class 125: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Material: ASTM B62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded. e. Stem: Bronze. f. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. 2.3 IRON GATE VALVES A. Iron Gate Valves, OS&Y, Class 125: 1. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-70, Type I. b. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300), CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. NPS 14 to NPS 24 (DN 350 to DN 600), CWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). d. Body Material: ASTM A126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. e. Ends: Flanged. f. Trim: Bronze. g. Disc: Solid wedge. h. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free. 2.4 CHAINWHEELS A. Description: Valve actuation assembly with sprocket rim, chain guides, chain, and attachment brackets for mounting chainwheels directly to hand wheels. 1. Sprocket Rim with Chain Guides: Ductile iron, of type and size required for valve. Include zinc or epoxy coating. 2. Chain: Hot-dip-galvanized steel, of size required to fit sprocket rim. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GATE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.15 - 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary. C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe. D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. E. Install chainwheels on operators for gate valves NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger and more than 96 inches (2400 mm) above floor. Extend chains to 60 inches (1520 mm) above finished floor. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following: 1. Shutoff Service: Gate valves. B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are unavailable, the same types of valves with higher SWP classes or CWP ratings may be substituted. C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends, except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 3. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends, except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below. 5. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged ends. 3.4 CHILLED-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze valves, RS, Class 125, with threaded ends. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS GATE VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING 230523.15 - 4 B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Iron gate valves, OS&Y, Class 125. END OF SECTION 230523.15 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 1 SECTION 230529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Thermal-hanger shield inserts. 4. Fastener systems. 5. Equipment supports. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC" for vibration isolation devices. 2. Section 233113 "Metal Ducts" and Section 233116 "Nonmetal Ducts" for duct hangers and supports. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for components: 1. Trapeze pipe hangers. 2. Equipment supports. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of trapeze hangers. 2. Include design calculations for designing trapeze hangers. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 2 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural-Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for HVAC piping and equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 3. Design seismic-restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction. 2.2 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized, hot-dip galvanized, or electro-galvanized. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coated, or epoxy powder-coated. 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. B. Stainless Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components. 2. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 3. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 3 C. Copper Pipe and Tube Hangers: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-plated steel, factory-fabricated components. 2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of copper-plated steel. 2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-58, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural carbon-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U- bolts. 2.4 THERMAL-HANGER SHIELD INSERTS A. Insulation-Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psi (688-kPa) minimum compressive strength and vapor barrier. B. Insulation-Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water-repellent-treated, ASTM C533, Type I calcium silicate with 100-psi (688-kPa) minimum compressive strength. C. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. D. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. E. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches (50 mm) beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.5 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 2.6 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon- steel shapes. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 4 2.7 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: ASTM B221 (ASTM B221M). B. Carbon Steel: ASTM A1011/A1011M. C. Structural Steel: ASTM A36/A36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. D. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M. E. Grout: ASTM C1107/C1107M, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping materials and installation for penetrations through fire-rated walls, ceilings, and assemblies. B. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb (90 kg). 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A36/A36M, carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Fiberglass Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with applicable portions of MSS SP-58. Install hangers and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 5 D. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping, and support together on field-assembled strut systems. E. Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. F. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. 2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. G. Pipe Stand Installation: 1. Pipe Stand Types except Curb-Mounted Type: Assemble components and mount on smooth roof surface. Do not penetrate roof membrane. 2. Curb-Mounted-Type Pipe Stands: Assemble components or fabricate pipe stand and mount on permanent, stationary roof curb. See Section 077200 "Roof Accessories" for curbs. H. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. I. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes. J. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. K. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. L. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. M. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. N. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. O. Insulated Piping: 1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 6 a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight- distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following: a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 8 to DN 90): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.048 inch (1.22 mm) thick. b. NPS 4 (DN 100): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick. c. NPS 5 and NPS 6 (DN 125 and DN 150): 18 inches (457 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick. d. NPS 8 to NPS 14 (DN 200 to DN 350): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.075 inch (1.91 mm) thick. e. NPS 16 to NPS 24 (DN 400 to DN 600): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.105 inch (2.67 mm) thick. 5. Pipes NPS 8 (DN 200) and Larger: Include wood or reinforced calcium-silicate- insulation inserts of length at least as long as protective shield. 6. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 7 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches (40 mm). 3.6 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm). B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 8 B. Comply with MSS SP-58 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish. D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing. E. Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports, metal trapeze pipe hangers, and metal framing systems] and attachments for general service applications. F. Use copper-plated pipe hangers and copper attachments for copper piping and tubing. G. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching. H. Use thermal-hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing. I. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). 2. Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to 1050 deg F (566 deg C), pipes NPS 4 to NPS 24 (DN 100 to DN 600), requiring up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. 3. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 36 (DN 20 to DN 900), requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation. 4. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 (DN 15 to DN 600) if little or no insulation is required. 5. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 15 to DN 100), to allow off-center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 6. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid-Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 8 (DN 20 to DN 200). 7. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). 8. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). 9. Adjustable, Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200). 10. Split Pipe Ring with or without Turnbuckle Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 8 (DN 10 to DN 200). 11. Extension Hinged or Two-Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 3 (DN 10 to DN 80). 12. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750). LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 9 13. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. 14. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate. 15. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon- steel plate, and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 16. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 (DN 65 to DN 900) if vertical adjustment is required, with steel- pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. 17. Single-Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes NPS 1 to NPS 30 (DN 25 to DN 750), from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 18. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 24 (DN 65 to DN 600), from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur. 19. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42 (DN 50 to DN 1050) if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is unnecessary. 20. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 24 (DN 50 to DN 600) if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and vertical adjustment is unnecessary. 21. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 30 (DN 50 to DN 750) if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction. J. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 24 to DN 600). 2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 20 to DN 600) if longer ends are required for riser clamps. K. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches (150 mm) for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. 3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11, split pipe rings. 4. Malleable-Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 10 L. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Top-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 8. Side-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I-beams. 9. Steel-Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I- beams for heavy loads. 10. Linked-Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I- beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 11. Malleable-Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 12. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb (340 kg). b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb (680 kg). c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb (1360 kg). 13. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. 14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. M. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel-Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. N. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Restraint-Control Devices (MSS Type 47): Where indicated to control piping movement. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230529 - 11 2. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1- 1/4 inches (32 mm). 3. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41, roll hanger with springs. 4. Spring Sway Braces (MSS Type 50): To retard sway, shock, vibration, or thermal expansion in piping systems. 5. Variable-Spring Hangers (MSS Type 51): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger. 6. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from base support. 7. Variable-Spring Trapeze Hangers (MSS Type 53): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support. 8. Constant Supports: For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress from one support to another support, critical terminal, or connected equipment. Include auxiliary stops for erection, hydrostatic test, and load-adjustment capability. These supports include the following types: a. Horizontal (MSS Type 54): Mounted horizontally. b. Vertical (MSS Type 55): Mounted vertically. c. Trapeze (MSS Type 56): Two vertical-type supports and one trapeze member. O. Comply with MSS SP-58 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. END OF SECTION 230529 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 1 SECTION 230548 – VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Elastomeric isolation pads. 2. Elastomeric isolation mounts. 3. Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts. 4. Open-spring isolators. 5. Housed-spring isolators. 6. Restrained-spring isolators. 7. Housed-restrained-spring isolators. 8. Pipe-riser resilient support. 9. Resilient pipe guides. 10. Elastomeric hangers. 11. Spring hangers. 12. Snubbers. 13. Restraints - rigid type. 14. Restraints - cable type. 15. Restraint accessories. 16. Post-installed concrete anchors. 17. Concrete inserts. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 210548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Fire-Suppression Piping and Equipment" for devices for fire-suppression equipment and systems. 2. Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for devices for plumbing equipment and systems. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of equipment bases. 2. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 2 C. Delegated-Design Submittal: 1. For each seismic-restraint and wind-load protection device, including seismic-restrained mounting, pipe-riser resilient support, snubber, seismic restraint, seismic-restraint accessory, concrete anchor and insert, and restrained isolation roof-curb rail that is required by this Section or is indicated on Drawings, submit the following: a. Seismic and Wind-Load Restraint, and Vibration Isolation Base Selection: Select vibration isolators, seismic and wind-load restraints, and vibration isolation bases complying with performance requirements, design criteria, and analysis data. b. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, spring deflection changes, and seismic loads. Include certification by professional engineer that riser system was examined for excessive stress and that none exists. c. Concrete Anchors and Inserts: Include calculations showing anticipated seismic and wind loads. Include certification that device is approved by an NRTL for seismic reinforcement use. d. Seismic Design Calculations: Submit all input data and loading calculations prepared under "Seismic Design Calculations" Paragraph in "Performance Requirements" Article. e. Wind-Load Design Calculations: Submit all static and dynamic loading calculations prepared under "Wind-Load Design Calculations" Paragraph in "Performance Requirements" Article. f. Qualified Professional Engineer: All designated-design submittals for seismic- and wind-restraint calculations are to be signed and sealed by qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 2. Seismic- and Wind-Restraint Detail Drawing: a. Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic and wind restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads. b. Details: Indicate fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of restraints to restrained items and to the structure. Show attachment locations, methods, and spacings. Identify components, list their strengths, and indicate directions and values of forces transmitted to the structure during seismic events. Indicate association with vibration isolation devices. c. Coordinate seismic-restraint and vibration isolation details with wind-restraint details required for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply also with requirements in other Sections for equipment mounted outdoors. 3. All delegated-design submittals for seismic- and wind-restraint detail Drawings are to be signed and sealed by qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 4. Product Listing, Preapproval, and Evaluation Documentation: By an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum ratings of restraint items and basis for approval (tests or calculations). LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 3 5. Design Calculations for Vibration Isolation Devices: Calculate static and dynamic loading due to equipment weight and operating forces required to select proper vibration isolators, and to design vibration isolation bases. 6. Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, and spring deflection changes. Include certification that riser system was examined for excessive stress and that none exists. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of vibration isolation device installation and seismic bracing for HVAC piping and equipment with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including other supports and restraints, if any. B. Welding certificates. C. Field quality-control reports. D. Seismic Qualification Data: Provide special certification for designated seismic systems as indicated in [ASCE/SEI 7-05,] [ASCE/SEI 7-10,] [ASCE/SEI 7-16,] Paragraph 13.2.2, "Special Certification Requirements for Designated Seismic Systems" for all Designated Seismic Systems identified as such on Drawings or in the Specifications. 1. Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification for each designated active mechanical seismic device and system, stating that it will remain operable following the design earthquake. Certification must be based on requirements of ASCE/SEI 7 and AHRI 1270 (AHRI 1271), including shake table testing per ICC-ES AC156 or a similar nationally recognized testing standard procedure acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification that components with hazardous contents maintain containment following the design earthquake by methods required in ASCE/SEI 7-10 or ASCE/SEI 7-16. 3. Submit evidence demonstrating compliance with these requirements for approval to authorities having jurisdiction after review and acceptance by a licensed professional engineer. E. Wind-Force Performance Certification: Provide special certification for HVAC components subject to high wind exposure and impact damage and designated on Drawings or in the Specifications to require wind-force performance certification. 1. Provide equipment manufacturer's written certification for each designated HVAC device, stating that it will remain in place and operable following the design wind event and comply with all requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Provide manufacturer's written certification for each designated louver, damper, or similar device, stating that it will remain in place and protect opening from penetration of windborne debris and comply with all requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 4 3. Certification must be based on ICC-ES or similar nationally recognized testing standard procedures acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct testing indicated, be an NRTL as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and be acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." C. Seismic- and wind-loadRestraint Device Load Ratings: Devices to be tested and rated in accordance with applicable code requirements and authorities having jurisdiction. Devices to be listed by a nationally recognized third party that requires periodic follow-up inspections and has a listing directory available to the public. Provide third-party listing by one or more of the following: an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design seismic and wind- load control system. 1. Seismic and Wind-Load Performance: Equipment shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions and high wind events determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7-10 or ASCE/SEI 7-16. B. Seismic Design Calculations: 1. Perform calculations to obtain force information necessary to properly select seismic- restraint devices, fasteners, and anchorage. Perform calculations using methods acceptable to applicable code authorities. a. Data indicated below to be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor must be obtained by Contractor and must be included in individual component submittal packages. b. Coordinate seismic design calculations with wind-load calculations for equipment mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Sections in addition to those in this Section for equipment mounted outdoors. c. Building Occupancy Category IV. d. Building Risk Category: IV. e. Building Site Classification: D. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 5 2. Calculation Factors, ASCE/SEI 7-16, Ch. 13 - Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components: All section, paragraph, equation, and table numbers refer to ASCE/SEI 7-16 unless otherwise noted. Any factors not listed shall be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. a. Horizontal Seismic Design Force Fp: Value is to be calculated by Delegated- Design Contractor using Equation 13.3-1. Factors below must be obtained by Delegated-Design Contractor for this calculation. 1) SDS = Spectral Acceleration: 0.674. Value applies to all components on Project. 2) ap = Component Amplification Factor: To be obtained by the Delegated- Design Contractor for each component. 3) Ip = Component Importance Factor: To be obtained by the Delegated-Design Contractor for each component. 4) Wp = Component Operating Weight: For each component. Obtain by Delegated-Design Contractor from each component. 5) Rp = Component Response Modification Factor: Obtain by Delegated- Design Contractor from each component. 6) z = Height in Structure of Point of Attachment of Component for Base: Determine from Project Drawings for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor. For items at or below the base, "z" shall be taken as zero. 7) h = Average Roof Height of Structure for Base: Determine from Project Drawings by Delegated-Design Contractor. b. Vertical Seismic Design Force: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using method explained in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Paragraph 13.3.1.2. c. Seismic Relative Displacement Dpl: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Paragraph 13.3.2. Factors below must be obtained by Delegated-Design Contractor for this calculation: 1) Dp = Relative Seismic Displacement that Each Component Must Be Designed to Accommodate: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7-16, Paragraph 13.3.2. 2) Ie = Structure Importance Factor: 1.5. Value applies to all components on Project. 3) δxA = Deflection at Building Level x of Structure A 4) δyA = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure A 5) δyB = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure B 6) hx = Height of Level x to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 7) hy = Height of Level y to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 8) ΔaA = Allowable Story Drift for Structure A LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 6 9) ΔaB = Allowable Story Drift for Structure B 10) hsx = Story Height Used in the Definition of Allowable Drift Δa d. Component Fundamental Period Tp: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Paragraph 13.3.3. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation: 1) Wp = Component Operating Weight: Determined by Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 2) g = Gravitational Acceleration: 32.17 fps2 (9.81 m/s2). 3) Kp = Combined Stiffness of the Component, Supports, and Attachments: Determined by delegated-design seismic engineer. 3. Calculation Factors, ASCE/SEI 7-10, Ch. 13 - Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components: All section, paragraph, equation, and table numbers refer to ASCE/SEI 7-10 unless otherwise noted. a. Horizontal Seismic Design Force Fp: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor by ASCE/SEI 7-10, Equation 13.3-1. Factors below must be obtained by Delegated-Design Contractor for this calculation: 1) SDS = Spectral Acceleration 2) ap = Component Amplification Factor 3) Ip = Component Importance Factor 4) Wp = Component Operating Weight: For each component. Obtain by Delegated-Design Contractor from equipment submittal. 5) Rp = Component Response Modification Factor 6) z = Height in Structure of Point of Attachment of Component for Base: Determined from Project Drawings for each component by Contractor. For items at or below the base, "z" shall be taken as zero. 7) h = Average Roof Height of Structure for Base: Determine from Project Drawings by Delegated-Design Contractor. b. Vertical Seismic Design Force: Calculate by Delegated- Design Contractor using method explained in ASCE/SEI 7-10, Paragraph 13.3.1. c. Seismic Relative Displacement Dpl: Calculate by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-10, Paragraph 13.3.2. Factors below must be obtained by Delegated-Design Contractor for this calculation: 1) Dp = Relative Seismic Displacement that Each Component Must Be Designed to Accommodate: Calculate by Delegated-Design Contractor in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7-10, Paragraph 13.3.2. 2) Ie =Structure Importance Factor: 1.5. Value applies to all components on Project. 3) δxA = Deflection at Building Level x of Structure A 4) δyA = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure A 5) δyB = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure B LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 7 6) hx = Height of Level x to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data; 7) hy = Height of Level y to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 8) ΔaA = Allowable Story Drift for Structure A 9) ΔaB = Allowable Story Drift for Structure B 10) hsx = Story Height Used in the Definition of the Allowable Drift Δa 4. Calculation Factors, ASCE/SEI 7-05, Ch. 13 - Seismic Design Requirements for Nonstructural Components: All section, paragraph, equation, and table numbers refer to ASCE/SEI 7-05 unless otherwise noted. a. Horizontal Seismic Design Force Fp: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor by ASCE/SEI 7-05, Equation 13.3-1. Factors below must be obtained for this calculation. 1) SDS = Spectral Acceleration 2) ap = Component Amplification Factor 3) Ip = Component Importance Factor 4) Wp = Component Operating Weight: Obtain by Delegated-Design Contractor for each component from component submittal. 5) Rp = Component Response Modification Factor 6) z = Height in Structure of Point of Attachment of Component for the Base: Determine by Delegated-Design Contractor for each component from Project Drawings. For items at or below the base, "z" shall be taken as zero. 7) h = Average Roof Height of Structure for the Base: Determine by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings. b. Vertical Seismic Design Force: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using method explained in ASCE/SEI 7-05, Paragraph 13.3.1. c. Seismic Relative Displacement Dp: Calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods explained in ASCE/SEI 7-05, Paragraph 13.3.2. Factors below must be obtained by Delegated-Design Contractor for this calculation: 1) δxA = Deflection at Building Level x of Structure A 2) δyA = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure A 3) δyB = Deflection at Building Level y of Structure B 4) hx = Height of Level x to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 5) hy = Height of Level y to which Upper Connection Point Is Attached: Determine for each component by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings and manufacturer's data. 6) ΔaA = Allowable Story Drift for Structure A 7) ΔaB = Allowable Story Drift for Structure B LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 8 8) hsx = Story Height Used in the Definition of the Allowable Drift Δa: Obtain by Delegated-Design Contractor from each component. C. Wind-Load Design Calculations: 1. Perform calculations to obtain force information necessary to properly select wind-load- restraint devices, fasteners, and anchorage. Perform calculations using methods acceptable to applicable code authorities and as presented in ASCE/SEI 7-10 or other wind-force calculation method required by authorities having jurisdiction. Where "ASCE/SEI 7" is used throughout this Section, it is to be understood that the edition referred to in this subparagraph is intended as referenced throughout the Section Text unless otherwise noted. a. Data indicated below that are specific to individual pieces of equipment must be obtained by Contractor and must be included in individual component submittal packages. b. Coordinate design wind-load calculations with seismic load calculations for equipment requiring both seismic and wind-load reinforcement. Comply with requirements in other Sections in addition to those in this Section for equipment mounted outdoors. 2. Design wind pressure "p" for rooftop equipment is to be calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods in ASCE/SEI 7-16, Ch. 30, PART 6: Building Appurtenances and Rooftop Structures and Equipment. a. Risk Category: IV. b. h = Mean Roof Height: Determine by Delegated-Design Contractor from Project Drawings. c. V = Basic Wind Speed: 1) 182 MPH (3,000 year MRI) 2) 113 MPH (25 year MRI) 3) 74 MPH (10 year MRI) Kd = Wind Directionality Factor: 0.85. d. Exposure Category: D. e. Kzt = Topographic Factor: 1.0. f. Ke = Ground Elevation Factor:1.0. g. Kz = Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient (Evaluated at Height z): To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. h. Kh = Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient (Evaluated at Height h): To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor i. qz = Velocity Pressure: Value calculated by delegated wind-load design contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 26.10.1 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 9 j. qh = Velocity Pressure: Value calculated by delegated wind-load design contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-16 Section 26.10.1 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. k. G = Gust-Effect Factor: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor l. Enclosure Classification: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. m. GCpi = Internal Pressure Coefficient: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. 3. Design wind pressure "p" for rooftop equipment is to be calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods in ASCE/SEI 7-10, Ch. 30, PART 6: Building Appurtenances and Rooftop Structures and Equipment. a. Risk Category: IV. b. h = Mean Roof Height: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor from the Project Drawings. c. V = Basic Wind Speed: 1) 182 MPH (3,000 year MRI) 2) 113 MPH (25 year MRI) 3) 74 MPH (10 year MRI) d. Kd = Wind Directionality Factor: 0.85. e. Exposure Category: D. f. Kzt = Topographic Factor: 1.0. g. Kz = Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient (Evaluated at Height z): To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. h. Kh = Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient (Evaluated at Height h): To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. i. qz = Velocity Pressure at Height z: Value calculated by delegated wind-load design contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-10 Section 26.10.1 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. j. qh = Velocity Pressure at Height h: Value calculated by delegated wind-load design contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-10 Section 26.10.1 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. k. G = Gust-Effect Factor: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. l. Enclosure Classification: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. m. GCpi = Internal Pressure Coefficient: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. 4. Design Wind Force "F" for rooftop equipment and external sidewall-mounted equipment such as louvers is to be calculated by Delegated-Design Contractor using methods in ASCE/SEI 7-05, Ch. 6. a. I = Importance Factor: 1.0 or 1.5 To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. b. h = Mean Roof Height: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor by reviewing the plans. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 10 c. V = Basic Wind Speed: 1) 182 MPH (3,000 year MRI) 2) 113 MPH (25 year MRI) 3) 74 MPH (10 year MRI) d. Kd = Wind Directionality Factor: 0.85. e. Exposure Category: D. f. Kzt = Topographic Factor: 1.0 g. Kz = Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient (Evaluated at Height z): To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. h. Kh = Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficient (Evaluated at Height h): To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. i. qz = Velocity Pressure at Height z: Value calculated by delegated wind-load design contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-05 Section 6.5.10 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. j. qh = Velocity Pressure at Roof Height h: Value calculated by delegated wind-load design contractor using methods detailed in ASCE/SEI 7-05 Section 6.5.10 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. k. G = Gust-Effect Factor: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. l. GCpi= Internal Pressure Coefficient: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. m. GCp = External pressure coefficient: To be determined by Delegated-Design Contractor. n. Cf = Force Coefficient: Value determined by delegated wind-load design Contractor from ASCE/SEI 7-05, Figures 6-21 through 6-23 or other source approved by authorities having jurisdiction. o. Af = Projected area normal to the wind: except where Cf is specified for the actual surface area. Value determined by delegated wind-load design contractor from equipment submittal or manufacturer. D. Consequential Damage: Provide additional seismic and wind-force restraints for suspended plumbing components or anchorage of floor, roof or wall mounted plumbing components as indicated in ASCE/SEI 7-10 so that failure of a non-essential or essential plumbing component will not cause the failure of any other essential architectural, mechanical or electrical building component. E. Fire/Smoke Resistance: Seismic- and wind-load-restraint devices that are not constructed of ferrous metals must have a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested by an NRTL in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723, and be so labeled. F. Component Supports: 1. Load Ratings, features, and applications of all reinforcement components must be based on testing standards of a nationally recognized testing agency. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 11 2. All component support attachments must comply with force and displacement resistance requirements of ASCE/SEI 7-10 Section 13.6 2.2 ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION PADS A. Elastomeric Isolation Pads 1. Fabrication: Single or multiple layers of sufficient durometer stiffness for uniform loading over pad area. 2. Size: Factory or field cut to match requirements of supported equipment. 3. Pad Material: Oil and water resistant with elastomeric properties. Neoprene rubber, silicone rubber, or other elastomeric material. 4. Surface Pattern: Smooth, ribbed, or waffle pattern. 5. Load-bearing metal plates adhered to pads. 6. Sandwich-Core Material: Resilient and elastomeric. a. Infused nonwoven cotton or synthetic fibers. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION MOUNTS A. Double-Deflection, Elastomeric Isolation Mounts 1. Mounting Plates: a. Top Plate: Encapsulated steel load transfer top plates, factory drilled and threaded with threaded studs or bolts. b. Baseplate: Encapsulated steel bottom plates with holes provided for anchoring to support structure. 2. Elastomeric Material: Molded, oil- and water-resistant neoprene rubber, silicone rubber, or other elastomeric material. B. Double-Deflection, Elastomeric Isolation Mounts: 1. Mounting Plates: a. Top Plate: Encapsulated steel load transfer top plates, factory drilled and threaded with threaded studs or bolts. b. Baseplate: Encapsulated steel bottom plates with holes provided for anchoring to support structure. 2. Elastomeric Material: Molded, oil- and water-resistant neoprene rubber, silicone rubber, or other elastomeric material. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 12 2.4 RESTRAINED ELASTOMERIC ISOLATION MOUNTS A. Restrained Elastomeric Isolation Mounts 1. Description: All-directional isolator with seismic restraints containing two separate and opposing elastomeric elements that prevent central threaded element and attachment hardware from contacting the housing during normal operation. a. Housing: Cast-ductile iron or welded steel. b. Elastomeric Material: Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric material. 2.5 OPEN-SPRING ISOLATORS A. Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open-Spring Isolators: 1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 5. Baseplates: Factory-drilled steel plate for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 500 psig (3447 kPa). 6. Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. 2.6 HOUSED-SPRING ISOLATORS A. Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open-Spring Isolators in Two-Part Telescoping Housing: 1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 5. Two-Part Telescoping Housing: A steel top and bottom frame separated by an elastomeric material and enclosing the spring isolators. a. Drilled base housing for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Bases shall limit floor load to 500 psig (3447 kPa). b. Top housing with attachment and leveling bolt. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 13 2.7 RESTRAINED-SPRING ISOLATORS A. Freestanding, Laterally Stable, Open-Spring Isolators with Vertical-Limit Stop Restraint: 1. Housing: Steel housing with vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to weight being removed. a. Base with holes for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Bases shall limit floor load to 500 psig (3447 kPa). b. Top plate with threaded mounting holes. c. Internal leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. 2. Restraint: Limit stop as required for equipment and authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 2.8 HOUSED-RESTRAINED-SPRING ISOLATORS 1. Freestanding, Steel, Open-Spring Isolators with Vertical-Limit Stop Restraint in Two- Part Telescoping Housing: 2. Two-Part Telescoping Housing: A steel top and bottom frame separated by an elastomeric material and enclosing the spring isolators. Housings are equipped with adjustable snubbers to limit vertical movement. a. Drilled base housing for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad attached to the underside. Bases shall limit floor load to 500 psig (3447 kPa). b. Threaded top housing with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level equipment. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 2.9 PIPE-RISER RESILIENT SUPPORT A. All-Directional, Acoustical Pipe Anchor Consisting of Two Steel Tubes Separated by a Minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) Thick Neoprene: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 14 1. Vertical-Limit Stops: Steel and neoprene vertical-limit stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. 2. Maximum Load Per Support: 500 psig (3447 KPa) on isolation material providing equal isolation in all directions. 2.10 RESILIENT PIPE GUIDES A. Telescopic Arrangement of Two Steel Tubes or Post and Sleeve Arrangement Separated by a Minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) Thick Neoprene 1. Factory-Set Height Guide with Shear Pin: Shear pin shall be removable and reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of motion to meet location requirements. 2.11 ELASTOMERIC HANGERS A. Elastomeric Mount in a Steel Frame with Upper and Lower Steel Hanger Rods 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated with a connection for an upper threaded hanger rod and an opening on the underside to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular lower hanger- rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Damping Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric material with a projecting bushing for the underside opening preventing steel-to-steel contact. 2.12 SPRING HANGERS A. Combination Coil-Spring and Elastomeric-Insert Hanger with Spring and Insert in Compression 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washer-reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame. 7. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower threaded rod. 8. Self-centering hanger-rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 15 2.13 SNUBBERS A. Description: Factory fabricated using welded structural-steel shapes and plates, anchor bolts, and replaceable resilient isolation washers and bushings. 1. Post-installed Concrete Anchor Bolts: Secure to concrete surface with post-installed concrete anchors. Anchors to be seismically prequalified in accordance with ACI 355.2 testing and designated in accordance with ACI 318-14 Ch. 17 for 2015 or 2018 IBC. Preset concrete inserts: Seismically prequalified in accordance with ICC-ES AC446 testing. 2. Anchors in Masonry: Design in accordance with TMS 402. 3. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene. 4. Resilient Cushion: Maximum 1/4-inch (6-mm) air gap, and minimum 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick. 2.14 RESTRAINTS - RIGID TYPE A. Description: Shop- or field-fabricated bracing assembly made of ANSI/AISI S110-07-S1 slotted steel channels, ANSI/ASTM A53/A53M steel pipe as per NFPA 13, or other rigid steel brace member. Includes accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end and other matching components and with corrosion-resistant coating; rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces. 2.15 RESTRAINTS - CABLE TYPE A. Seismic- and Wind-Load-Restraint Cables: ASTM A492 stainless steel cables. End connections made of steel assemblies with thimbles, brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for seismic restraining cable service; with fittings attached by means of poured socket, swaged socket or mechanical (Flemish eye) loop. B. Restraint cable assembly and cable fittings must comply with ASCE/SEI 19. All cable fittings and complete cable assembly must maintain the minimum cable breaking force. U-shaped cable clips and wedge type end fittings do not comply and are unacceptable. 2.16 RESTRAINT ACCESSORIES A. Hanger-Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted-support-system sleeve with internally bolted connections to hanger rod. Non-metallic stiffeners are unacceptable. B. Hinged and Swivel Brace Attachments: Multifunctional steel connectors for attaching hangers to rigid channel bracings and restraint cables. C. Bushings for Floor-Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 16 D. Bushing Assemblies for Wall-Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of attachment devices used. E. Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: One-piece, molded, oil- and water-resistant neoprene, with a flat washer face. 2.17 POST-INSTALLED CONCRETE ANCHORS A. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: 1. Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type in zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E488/E488M. B. Provide post-installed concrete anchors that have been prequalified for use in seismic applications. 1. Prequalify post-installed anchors in concrete in accordance with ACI 355.2 or other approved qualification testing procedures. 2. Prequalify post-installed anchors in masonry in accordance with approved qualification procedures. C. Expansion-type anchor bolts are not permitted for equipment in excess of 10 hp (7.46 kW), which is not vibration isolated. 1. Undercut expansion anchors are permitted. 2.18 CONCRETE INSERTS A. Provide preset concrete inserts that are seismically prequalified in accordance with ICC- ES AC466 testing. B. Comply with ANSI/MSS SP-58. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for application by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Hanger-Rod Stiffeners: Install where indicated or scheduled on Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 17 C. Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength is adequate to carry present and future static[, wind load,] and seismic loads within specified loading limits. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF VIBRATION-CONTROL, WIND-LOAD CONTROL, AND SEISMIC- RESTRAINT DEVICES A. Provide vibration-control devices for systems and equipment where indicated in Equipment Schedules or Vibration-Control Devices Schedules, where indicated on Drawings, or where Specifications indicate they are to be installed on specific equipment and systems. B. Provide seismic-restraint and wind-load control devices for systems and equipment where indicated in Equipment Schedules or Seismic-Restraint Devices Schedules, where indicated on Drawings, where Specifications indicate they are to be installed on specific equipment and systems, and where required by applicable codes. C. Coordinate location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and formwork specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." D. Installation of vibration isolators, wind-load restraints, must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping, or ductwork resulting in stresses or misalignment. E. Comply with requirements in Section 077200 "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. F. Equipment Restraints: 1. Install seismic snubbers on HVAC equipment mounted on vibration isolators. Locate snubbers as close as possible to vibration isolators and bolt to equipment base and supporting structure. 2. Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch (3.2 mm). 3. Install seismic-restraint, and wind-load-restraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. G. Piping Restraints: 1. Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127. 2. Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet (12 m) o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 80 feet (24 m) o.c. 3. Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet (3.7 m). H. Install seismic- and wind-loadrestraint cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 18 I. Install seismic- and wind-loadrestraint devices using methods approved by an agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that provides required submittals for component. J. Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base. K. Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall. L. Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members. M. Mechanical Anchor Bolts: 1. Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling. Notify structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines. 2. Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full design strength. 3. Wedge-Type Anchor Bolts: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to which anchor is to be fastened. 4. Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench. 5. Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior and stainless steel anchors for exterior applications. 3.3 ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION A. Provide flexible connections in piping systems where they cross structural seismic joints and other point where differential movement may occur. Provide adequate flexibility to accommodate differential movement as determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7. Comply with requirements in Section 232113 "Hydronic Piping" and Section 232116 "Hydronic Piping Specialties" for piping flexible connections. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust isolators after system is at operating weight. B. Adjust limit stops on restrained-spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during normal operation. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC 230548 - 19 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform tests and inspection[ with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative. 2. Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage device to restrained component (unless postconnection testing has been approved), and with at least seven days' advance notice. 4. Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide temporary load-spreading members. 5. Test no fewer than four of each type and size of installed anchors and fasteners selected by Architect. 6. Test to 90 percent of rated proof load of device. 7. Measure isolator restraint clearance. 8. Measure isolator deflection. 9. Verify snubber minimum clearances. 10. Test and adjust restrained-air-spring isolator controls and safeties. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. D. Units will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 230548 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 1 SECTION 230553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. 4. Duct labels. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification material and device. C. Equipment-Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the proposed content for each label. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: stainless steel, 0.025-inch (0.64-mm) minimum thickness, with predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. 3. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). 4. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances of up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 5. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 6. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Plastic Labels for Equipment: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 2 1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, with predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. 3. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures of up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). 4. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). 5. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances of up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. 6. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 7. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. 2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, with predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. C. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures of up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). D. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). E. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances of up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. F. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self-taping screws. G. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. H. Arc-Flash Warning Signs: Provide arc-flash warning signs in locations and with content in accordance with requirements of OSHA and NFPA70E and other applicable codes and standards. I. Label Content: Include caution and warning information plus emergency notification instructions. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 3 2.3 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color coded, with lettering indicating service and showing flow direction in accordance with ASME A13.1. B. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. C. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. D. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing. E. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings. Also include: 1. Pipe size. 2. Flow-Direction Arrows: Include flow-direction arrows on main distribution piping. Arrows may be either integral with label or applied separately. 3. Lettering Size: Size letters in accordance with ASME A13.1 for piping, and At least 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances of up to 72 inches (1830 mm) and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. 2.4 DUCT LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter and Background Color: As indicated for specific application under Part 3. C. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C). D. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). E. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances of up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering. F. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self-tapping screws. G. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. H. Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings. Also include the following: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 4 1. Duct size. 2. Flow-Direction Arrows: Include flow-direction arrows on main distribution ducts. Arrows may be either integral with label or may be applied separately. 3. Lettering Size: Size letters in accordance with ASME A13.1 for piping and At least 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances of up to 72 inches (1830 mm) and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants, as well as dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and other substances that could impair bond of identification devices. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. D. Locate identifying devices so that they are readily visible from the point of normal approach. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT LABELS, WARNING SIGNS, AND LABELS A. Permanently fasten labels on each item of mechanical equipment. B. Sign and Label Colors: 1. White letters on an ANSI Z535.1 safety-blue background. C. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. D. Arc-Flash Warning Signs: Provide arc-flash warning signs on electrical disconnects and other equipment where arc-flash hazard exists, as indicated on Drawings, and in accordance with requirements of OSHA and NFPA 70E, and other applicable codes and standards. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 5 3.4 INSTALLATION OF PIPE LABELS A. Piping Color Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." Or Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings." B. Install pipe labels showing service and flow direction with permanent adhesive on pipes. C. Pipe-Label Locations: Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Within 3 ft. (1 m) of each valve and control device. 2. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 3. Within 3 ft. (1 m) of equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 4. Spaced at maximum intervals of 25 ft. (8 m) along each run. Reduce intervals to 10 ft. (3.0 m) in areas of congested piping, ductwork, and equipment. D. Do not apply plastic pipe labels or plastic tapes directly to bare pipes conveying fluids at temperatures of 125 deg F (52 deg C) or higher. Where these pipes are to remain uninsulated, use a short section of insulation or use stenciled labels. E. Flow-Direction Arrows: Use arrows to indicate direction of flow in pipes, including pipes where flow is allowed in both directions. F. Pipe-Label Color Schedule: 1. Chilled-Water Piping: White letters on an ANSI Z535.1 safety-green background. 2. Refrigerant Piping: White letters on an ANSI Z535.1 safety-blue background. 3. Potable and Other Water: White letters on an ANSI Z535.1 safety-green background. 4. Include additional systems and colors as needed. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF DUCT LABELS A. Install plastic-laminated or self-adhesive duct labels showing service and flow direction with permanent adhesive on air ducts. 1. Provide labels in the following color codes: a. For air supply ducts: White letters on blue background b. For air return ducts: White letters on blue background. c. For exhaust-, outside-, relief-, return-, and mixed-air ducts: White letters on blue background. d. Include additional systems and colors as needed. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 230553 - 6 END OF SECTION 230553 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 1 SECTION 230713 - DUCT INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following duct services: 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. 3. Indoor, concealed return located in unconditioned space. 4. Indoor, exposed return located in unconditioned space. 5. Indoor, concealed, Type I, commercial, kitchen hood exhaust. 6. Indoor, exposed, Type I, commercial, kitchen hood exhaust. 7. Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. 8. Indoor, exposed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. 9. Outdoor, concealed supply and return. 10. Outdoor, exposed supply and return. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less. 1.4 DEFINITIONS A. Supply Air: Air delivered below 60° F or above 80° F. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in the insulation schedule on the plans for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290.. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; SoftTouch Duct Wrap. b. Johns Manville; Microlite. c. Knauf Insulation; Friendly Feel Duct Wrap. d. Owens Corning; SOFTR All-Service Duct Wrap. E. Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum applications, provide insulation with factory-applied ASJ. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; Commercial Board. b. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX. c. Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas. d. Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board. e. Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Board. f. Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series. F. ELASTOMERIC INSULATION 1. Acceptable Manufacturers a. These specifications are based on products and data of Armacell and designate the type and quality of work intended under this section. Products of other manufacturers proposed as equivalent must be submitted for written approval by the specifying engineer ten days prior to the bid date. Supporting technical data, samples, published specifications and the like must be submitted for comparison. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 3 The contractor should warrant that proposed substitutions, if accepted, will provide performance equal to the materials specified herein. Insulation material shall be a flexible, closed-cell or conformable, elastomeric insulation in sheet form: AP Armaflex, AP Armaflex SA, AP Coilflex or AP Spiralflex. These products meet the requirements as defined in ASTM C 534, Grade 1 Type II, “Specification for preformed elastomeric cellular thermal insulation in sheet and tubular form”. 2. AP Armaflex and AP Armaflex SA insulation materials shall have a closed cell structure to prevent moisture from wicking and effectively retard heat gain to make it an efficient insulation. AP Coilflex has a conformable cell structure allowing it to be bent on a coil line brake for tight fit in the corners. 3. Insulation materials shall be manufactured without the use of CFC’s, HFC’s or HCFC’s. It is also formaldehyde-free, low VOCs, fiber free, dust free and resists mold and mildew. 4. The insulation material shall conform to meet the requirements as defined in ASTM C 1534, Standard “Specification for Flexible Polymeric Foam Sheet Insulation Used as a Thermal and Sound Adsorbing Liner for Duct Systems”. 5. Materials 2" thickness and below, shall have a flame spread index of less than 25 and a smoke developed index of less than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, latest revision. In addition, the product, when tested, shall not melt or drip flaming particles, the flame shall not be progressive and all materials shall pass simulated end-use fire tests. 6. AP Armaflex and AP Armaflex SA materials shall have a maximum thermal conductivity of 0.25 Btu-in/h-ft2 - °F at a 75°F mean temperature when tested in accordance with ASTM C 177 or ASTM C 518, latest revisions. 7. AP Armaflex and AP Armaflex SA materials shall have a maximum water vapor transmission of 0.05 perm-inches when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96, Procedure A, latest revision. 8. AP Armaflex FS materials shall have a maximum thermal conductivity of 0.28 Btu-in/h- ft2 - °F at a 75°F mean temperature when tested in accordance with ASTM C 177 or ASTM C 518, latest revisions. 9. AP Armaflex FS materials shall have a maximum water vapor transmission of 0.08 perm- inches when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96, Procedure A, latest revision. 10. Materials shall have a maximum water absorption rate of 0.2% (%by volume), when tested in accordance with ASTM C 209. 11. The material shall be manufactured under an independent third party supervision testing program covering the properties for fire performance, thermal conductivity and water vapor transmission. 12. Materials must be approved for air plenums. 13. Materials must meet NFPA 90A, NFPA 908 and UL 181 Class 1 specification. 14. Materials must meet ASTM C 411. Materials to perform up to 250’F. 15. Pertinent Duct Lining Specification Compliance. 16. ASTM C 1071 - Erosion Resistance. 17. ASTM G 21 - Fungi Resistance. 18. ASTM C 1338 - Fungi Resistance. 19. ASTM G 22 - Bacterial Resistance. 20. ASTM C 665 - Non Corrosiveness and no objectionable odors. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 4 21. NRC rating 0.40 - Test Method ASTM C 423 with ASTM E 795 Type A Mounting. All product except AP Coilflex 22. NRC rating on the AP Coilflex is 0.60 - Test Method ASTM C 423 with ASTM E 795 Type A Mounting. 23. Dust free and fiber free. Non particulating. 2.2 FIBERGLASS DUCT LINER WITH REINFORCED COATING SYSTEM A. Equal to Johns Manville Linacoustic RC meeting ASTM C1071 and meeting the following requirements. 1. "K" ('ksi') value per ASTM C518, 0.24 at 75°F (0.036 at 24°C) based on 1" material thickness. 2. Noise reduction coeffcient of 0.70 minimum when tested in accordance with ASTM C423 when using a type "A" mounting at 1” thickness. 3. Maximum rated velocity of 6000 FPM (30.5 Meters/Second). 4. The air stream surface shall have a 100% coverage coating of acrylic polymer formulated with an immobilized EPA registered anti-microbial agent proven resistant to microbial growth as determined by ASTM G21. 5. Minimum water repellency of 6 on air stream side coating per INDA IST 80.6 6. Duct liner shall have a FHC of 25/50 and be classifed as meeting the requirements of limited combustibility. 7. Material shall be certifed by per GREENGUARD. 8. Shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. B. Accessories 1. SuperSeal® and SuperSeal® HV for coating exposed edges, connections or minor surface damage not requiring replacement insulation. 2. Duct liner adhesive, meeting the requirements of ASTM C916. 3. Weld pins of suffcient fnished length to provide proper compression of insulation. 4. Metal Channel or "Z" profle for upstream edges of liner. 2.3 FIRE-RATED INSULATION SYSTEMS A. Fire-Rated Blanket: High-temperature, flexible, blanket insulation with FSK jacket that is tested and certified to provide a 2-hour fire rating by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; FlameChek. b. Johns Manville; Firetemp Wrap. c. Nelson Fire Stop Products; Nelson FSB Flameshield Blanket. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 5 d. Thermal Ceramics; FireMaster Duct Wrap. e. 3M; Fire Barrier Wrap Products. f. Unifrax Corporation; FyreWrap. 2.4 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-127. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-60/85-70. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." C. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-82. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-60. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 6 2.5 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II. 1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers CP-38 b. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-80/30-90. c. Vimasco Corporation; 749. 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm (0.009 metric perm) at 43-mil (1.09-mm) dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C). 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-10. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 550. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 46-50. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-50. e. Vimasco Corporation; WC-1/WC-5. 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 perms (1.2 metric perms) at 0.0625-inch (1.6-mm) dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C). 4. Solids Content: 60 percent by volume and 66 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. 2.6 SEALANTS A. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 7 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-76. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 405. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 5. Color: Aluminum. 6. For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." B. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-76. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 5. Color: White. 6. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.7 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 8 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 4. FSP Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with polyethylene backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 5. Vinyl Jacket: White vinyl with a permeance of 1.3 perms (0.86 metric perm) when tested according to ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure A, and complying with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. 2.8 FIELD-APPLIED FABRIC-REINFORCING MESH A. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. (34 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in. (4 strands by 4 strands/sq. mm), in a Leno weave, for ducts. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; Mast-A-Fab. b. Vimasco Corporation; Elastafab 894. 2.9 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 AWF ASJ. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836. c. Compac Corporation; 104 and 105. d. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 3. Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm). 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 9 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 491 AWF FSK. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. c. Compac Corporation; 110 and 111. d. Venture Tape; 1525 CW NT, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 3. Thickness: 6.5 mils (0.16 mm). 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 7. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. C. Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 488 AWF. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800. c. Compac Corporation; 120. d. Venture Tape; 3520 CW. 2. Width: 2 inches (50 mm). 3. Thickness: 3.7 mils (0.093 mm). 4. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch (1.1 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 5 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch (6.2 N/mm) in width. 2.10 SECUREMENTS A. Aluminum Bands: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ITW Insulation Systems; Gerrard Strapping and Seals. b. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate Strapping, Seals, and Springs. B. Insulation Pins and Hangers: 1. Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 10 position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Perforated Base Insul-Hangers. 2) GEMCO; Perforated Base. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Spindle. b. Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square. c. Spindle: Copper- or zinc-coated, low-carbon steel, Aluminum, or Stainless steel, fully annealed, 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. d. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. 2. Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate fastened to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) GEMCO; Nylon Hangers. 2) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Nylon Insulation Hangers. b. Baseplate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. c. Spindle: Nylon, 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated, up to 2-1/2 inches (63 mm). d. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. 3. Self-Sticking-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. Comply with the following requirements: a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Self-Adhering Insul-Hangers. 2) GEMCO; Peel & Press. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 11 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Self Stick. b. Baseplate: Galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square. c. Spindle: Copper- or zinc-coated, low-carbon steel, Aluminum, or Stainless steel, fully annealed, 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. d. Adhesive-backed base with a peel-off protective cover. 4. Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- (0.41-mm- ) thick, galvanized-steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) AGM Industries, Inc.; RC-150. 2) GEMCO; R-150. 3) Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA-150. 4) Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips. b. Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations. 5. Nonmetal Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- (0.41-mm-) thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) GEMCO. 2) Midwest Fasteners, Inc. C. Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- (19-mm-) wide, stainless steel or Monel. D. Wire: 0.080-inch (2.0-mm) nickel-copper alloy, 0.062-inch (1.6-mm) soft-annealed, stainless steel, or 0.062-inch (1.6-mm) soft-annealed, galvanized steel. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. C & F Wire. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 12 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings. B. Install insulation materials, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of duct system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. I. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. J. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. K. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 13 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches (50 mm) o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings. L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. M. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. 3.3 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm) below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 14 install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches (50 mm). 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. D. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm). 1. Comply with requirements in other sections for firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers. E. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Duct: For penetrations through fire-rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION A. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitor- discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches (450 mm) and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches (450 mm), place pins 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. each way, and 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 15 f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches (50 mm) from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch (13-mm) outward- clinching staples, 1 inch (25 mm) o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field- applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor- barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F (10 deg C) at 18-foot (5.5-m) intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches (75 mm). 5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches (50 mm) on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches (450 mm) o.c. 6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch- (150-mm-) wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. B. Board Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitor- discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches (450 mm) and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches (450 mm), space pins 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. each way, and 3 inches (75 mm) maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 16 c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches (50 mm) from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch (13-mm) outward- clinching staples, 1 inch (25 mm) o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field- applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor- barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F (10 deg C) at 18-foot (5.5-m) intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to two times the insulation thickness, but not less than 3 inches (75 mm). 5. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and inside radius of elbows. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 6. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch- (150-mm-) wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches (150 mm) o.c. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION A. AP Armaflex & AP Armaflex FS Sheet and Rolls 1. Armaflex Sheet Insulation shall be adhered directly to clean. oil-free surfaces with a full coverage of Armaflex 520, 520 Black or Low VOC Spray Adhesive. Apply 520, 520 Black and Spray Adhesive to both the Armaflex surface and sheet metal. 2. Ambient temperature for applications is between 40 degrees F and 100 degrees F. 3. The skin side (smooth side) shall be exposed to the air stream. 4. Butt-edge seams shall be adhered using Armaflex 520,or 520 Black Adhesive by the compression fit method to allow for expansion/contraction. Leave a 1/2" wide uncoated border at the butt edge seams on the duct surface and the insulation surface. Overlap the insulation 1/4" at the butt-edges and compress the edges into place. Apply Armaflex 520 or 520 Black. Allow 48 hours for full cure prior to operating system. 5. Length of duct should allow for reaching in to apply 100% pressure to all interior surfaces. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 17 6. Refer to Armacell’s Installation Booklet for additional installation information. B. Self Adhering (SA) Armaflex Sheet and Rolls 1. SA Armaflex sheet shall be applied directly to a clean, dry, oil-free surface. 2. Ambient temperature for application must be between 40°F and 100°F. 3. The skin side (smooth side) shall be exposed to the air stream. 4. Install all sheet butt joints with a compression fit. Overlap the insulation 1/4" at the butt- edges and compress the edges into place. Leave 1/2" wide release liner border at the butt edge. 5. Refer to Armacell’s Installation Booklet for additional installation information. C. Air Velocities above 4,000 FPM (20.3 m/second): Metal nosing should be applied to every leading edge. D. AP Coilflex should be applied using an automatic coil line and water based adhesive E. AP Spiralflex should be applied to the inside of round duct according to the installation guide written specifically for the AP Spiralflex 3.6 INSTALLATION OF FIBERGLASS DUCT LINER A. All portions of duct designated to receive liner shall be completely covered with fiberglass duct liner as specified at the required thickness to provide the indicated R-value. All sections shall be neatly butted together so that there are no interruptions or gaps. B. Adhere liner to metal with a full coverage of adhesive meeting ASTM C916. C. Secure duct liner with mechanical fasteners in accordance with SMACNA and NAIMA Standards. D. Install metal nosing on all leading edges of liner when velocity exceeds 4000 FPM. E. SuperSeal will be used to coat all circumferential joints, exposed edges, and minor surface damage after the liner is in place. F. SuperSeal HV will be used to fll minor gaps and indentations. 3.7 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 18 4. Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor-barrier mastic. B. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless- steel bands 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. and at end joints. 3.8 FIRE-RATED INSULATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Where fire-rated insulation system is indicated, secure system to ducts and duct hangers and supports to maintain a continuous fire rating. B. Grease duct serving a Type I hood that penetrates a ceiling, wall, floor or any concealed spaces shall be enclosed from the point of penetration to the outlet terminal. C. Insulate duct access panels and doors to achieve same fire rating as duct. D. Install firestopping at penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect ductwork, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to three location(s) for each duct system defined in the "Duct Insulation Schedule, General" Article. C. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. 3.10 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Ducts Requiring Insulation: 1. Indoor, concealed supply and outdoor air. 2. Indoor, exposed supply and outdoor air. 3. Indoor, concealed return air in unconditioned space. 4. Indoor, exposed return air in unconditioned space. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 19 5. Indoor, concealed, Type I, commercial, kitchen hood exhaust. 6. Indoor, exposed, Type I, commercial, kitchen hood exhaust. 7. Indoor, concealed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. 8. Indoor, exposed exhaust between isolation damper and penetration of building exterior. 9. Outdoor, concealed supply, return. 10. Outdoor, exposed supply, return. B. Items Not Insulated: 1. Fibrous-glass ducts. 2. Factory-insulated flexible ducts. 3. Factory-insulated plenums and casings. 4. Flexible connectors. 5. Vibration-control devices. 6. Factory-insulated access panels and doors. 3.11 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Concealed, round and flat-oval, supply-air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: R-6 minimum, 2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. B. Concealed, round and flat-oval, return-air (in indirectly conditioned, plenum spaces) duct insulation: 1. No insulation required. C. Concealed, round and flat-oval, outdoor-air (unconditioned) duct insulation shall be one of the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. D. Concealed, round and flat-oval, exhaust-air duct insulation between the building exterior and the backdraft damper shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. E. Concealed, rectangular, supply-air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: R-6 minimum, 2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. F. Concealed, rectangular, return-air duct (return boots only), and all transfer ducts insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1/2 inche fiberglass duct liner with reinforced coating system LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 20 G. Concealed, rectangular, return-air (in unconditioned space) duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: R-6 minimum, 2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. H. Concealed, rectangular, outdoor-air (unconditioned) duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. I. Concealed, rectangular, exhaust-air duct insulation between the building exterior and the backdraft damper shall be the following: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. J. Exposed, round and flat-oval, supply-air duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Back of house and not normally occupied areas: Mineral-Fiber Blanket: R-6 minimum, 2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 2. Normally occupied areas, within 30 ft of air moving equipment (fan coils, DOAS, etc.): 1” fiberglass duct liner with reinforced coating system. 3. Normally occupied areas, beyond 30 ft of air moving equipment: Flexible Elastomeric Lining: 3/4 inch. K. Exposed, round and flat-oval, return-air duct insulation: 1. No insulation required L. Exposed, round and flat-oval, return-air (in unconditioned space) duct insulation: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: R-6 minimum, 2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. M. Exposed, round and flat-oval, outdoor-air (unconditioned) duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Back of house and not normally occupied areas: Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 2. Normally occupied areas: Flexible Elastomeric Lining: 3/4 inch. N. Exposed, round and flat-oval, exhaust-air duct insulation between the building exterior and the backdraft damper shall be one of the following: 1. Back of house and not normally occupied areas: Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 2. Normally occupied areas: Flexible Elastomeric Lining: 3/4 inch. O. Exposed, rectangular, supply-air duct insulation shall be one of the following: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS DUCT INSULATION 230713 - 21 1. Back of house and not normally occupied areas storage rooms, etc.): Mineral-Fiber Blanket: R-6 minimum, 2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 2. Normally occupied areas, within 30 ft of air moving equipment (fan coils, DOAS, etc.): 1” fiberglass duct liner with reinforced coating system. 3. Normally occupied areas, beyond 30 ft of air moving equipment: Flexible Elastomeric Lining: 3/4 inch. P. Exposed, rectangular, return-air duct insulation: 1. No insulation required. Q. Exposed, rectangular, return-air (in unconditioned space) duct insulation: 1. Mineral-Fiber Blanket: R-6 minimum, 2 inches thick and 1.5-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. R. Exposed, rectangular, outdoor-air (unconditioned) duct insulation shall be the following: 1. Back of house and not normally occupied areas: Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 2. Normally occupied areas: Flexible Elastomeric Liner: 3/4 inch. S. Exposed, rectangular, exhaust-air duct insulation between the building exterior and the backdraft damper shall be one of the following: 1. Back of house and not normally occupied areas: Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density. 2. Normally occupied areas: Flexible Elastomeric Liner: 3/4 inch. T. Concealed, Type I, Commercial, Kitchen Hood Exhaust Duct and Plenum Insulation: Fire-rated blanket; thickness as required to achieve 2-hour fire rating. Grease duct serving a Type I hood that penetrates a ceiling, wall, floor or any concealed spaces shall be enclosed from the point of penetration to the outlet terminal. 3.12 ABOVEGROUND, OUTDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE A. For above ground outdoor duct, utilize the non-fibrous, closed cell, outdoor ductwork specified in section 233115. END OF SECTION 230713 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 1 SECTION 230716 - HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following HVAC equipment that is not factory insulated: 1. Chillers. 2. Chilled-water pumps. 3. Expansion/compression tanks. 4. Air separators. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 230713 "Duct Insulation." 2. Section 230719 "HVAC Piping Insulation." 3. Section 232113.13 “Underground Hydronic Piping” 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality-control reports. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. B. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. C. Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. Provide. D. High-Temperature, Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type III, without factory-applied jacket. E. Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Semirigid board material with factory-applied ASJ complying with ASTM C 1393, Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is 2.5 lb/cu. ft. (40 kg/cu. m) or more. Thermal conductivity (k-value) at 100 deg F (55 deg C) is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F (0.042 W/m x K) or less. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. F. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type II for sheet materials. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex or AP Armaflex FS or a comparable product by one of the following: a. Aeroflex USA, Inc. b. K-Flex USA. 2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449. 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Armacell LLC; Armaflex 520 Adhesive or a comparable product by one of the following: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 3 a. Aeroflex USA, Inc. b. Foster Brand; H. B. Fuller Construction Products. c. K-Flex USA. C. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.4 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II. 1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below ambient services. 1. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm (0.009 metric perm) at 43-mil (1.09-mm) dry film thickness. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C). 3. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. 4. Color: White. C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient services. 1. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 perms (1.2 metric perms) at 0.0625-inch (1.6-mm) dry film thickness. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C). 3. Solids Content: 60 percent by volume and 66 percent by weight. 4. Color: White. 2.5 SEALANTS A. Joint Sealants: 1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F (Minus 73 to plus 149 deg C). 4. Color: White or gray. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 4 5. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 6. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." B. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 4. Color: Aluminum. 5. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 6. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." C. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 2. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 4. Color: White. 5. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 6. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.6 FIELD-APPLIED FABRIC-REINFORCING MESH A. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. (34 g/sq. m) with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in. (4 strands by 4 strands/sq. mm), in a Leno weave, for equipment. 2.7 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A. Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-14. 1. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing. 2. Finish and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 5 3. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1-mil- (0.025-mm-) thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 4. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil- (0.075-mm-) thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 5. Factory-Fabricated Fitting Covers: a. Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. b. Preformed two-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows. c. Tee covers. d. Flange and union covers. e. End caps. f. Beveled collars. g. Valve covers. h. Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting covers are not available. 2.8 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 2. Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm). 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 6. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 2. Thickness: 6.5 mils (0.16 mm). 3. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 4. Elongation: 2 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 6. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. C. PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Width: 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Thickness: 6 mils (0.15 mm). 3. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch (0.7 N/mm) in width. 4. Elongation: 500 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch (3.3 N/mm) in width. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 6 D. Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Width: 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Thickness: 3.7 mils (0.093 mm). 3. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch (1.1 N/mm) in width. 4. Elongation: 5 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch (6.2 N/mm) in width. E. PVDC Tape for Indoor Applications: White vapor-retarder PVDC tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 2. Film Thickness: 4 mils (0.10 mm). 3. Adhesive Thickness: 1.5 mils (0.04 mm). 4. Elongation at Break: 145 percent. 5. Tensile Strength: 55 lbf/inch (10.1 N/mm) in width. 2.9 SECUREMENTS A. Aluminum Bands: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14, 0.020 inch (0.51 mm) thick, 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide with wing seal or closed seal. B. Insulation Pins and Hangers: 1. Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. a. Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square. b. Spindle: Copper- or zinc-coated, low-carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. c. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. 2. Nonmetal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate fastened to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. a. Baseplate: Perforated, nylon sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. b. Spindle: Nylon, 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated, up to 2-1/2 inches (63 mm). c. Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 7 3. Self-Sticking-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place. a. Baseplate: Galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) thick by 2 inches (50 mm) square. b. Spindle: Copper- or zinc-coated, low-carbon steel, fully annealed, 0.106-inch- (2.6-mm-) diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation indicated. c. Adhesive-backed base with a peel-off protective cover. 4. Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- (0.41- mm-) thick, galvanized-steel sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. a. Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations. 5. Nonmetal Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch- (0.41-mm-) thick nylon sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) in diameter. C. Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- (19-mm-) wide, stainless steel or Monel. D. Wire: 0.080-inch (2.0-mm) nickel-copper alloy. 2.10 CORNER ANGLES A. PVC Corner Angles: 30 mils (0.8 mm) thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch (25 by 25 mm), PVC according to ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C. White or color-coded to match adjacent surface. B. Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch (1.0 mm) thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch (25 by 25 mm), aluminum according to ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 8 C. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. G. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. H. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. I. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. J. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. K. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 9 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches (100 mm) o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm). Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches (50 mm) o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints. L. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. M. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. N. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches (100 mm) beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. O. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration-control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. 6. Cleanouts. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT, TANK, AND VESSEL INSULATION A. Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation Installation for Tanks and Vessels: Secure insulation with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of tank and vessel surfaces. 2. Groove and score insulation materials to fit as closely as possible to equipment, including contours. Bevel insulation edges for cylindrical surfaces for tight joints. Stagger end joints. 3. Protect exposed corners with secured corner angles. 4. Install adhesively attached or self-sticking insulation hangers and speed washers on sides of tanks and vessels as follows: LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 10 a. Do not weld anchor pins to ASME-labeled pressure vessels. b. Select insulation hangers and adhesive that are compatible with service temperature and with substrate. c. On tanks and vessels, maximum anchor-pin spacing is 3 inches (75 mm) from insulation end joints, and 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. in both directions. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Cut and miter insulation segments to fit curved sides and domed heads of tanks and vessels. f. Impale insulation over anchor pins and attach speed washers. g. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 5. Secure each layer of insulation with stainless-steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation materials. 6. Where insulation hangers on equipment and vessels are not permitted or practical and where insulation support rings are not provided, install a girdle network for securing insulation. Stretch prestressed aircraft cable around the diameter of vessel and make taut with clamps, turnbuckles, or breather springs. Place one circumferential girdle around equipment approximately 6 inches (150 mm) from each end. Install wire or cable between two circumferential girdles 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. Install a wire ring around each end and around outer periphery of center openings, and stretch prestressed aircraft cable radially from the wire ring to nearest circumferential girdle. Install additional circumferential girdles along the body of equipment or tank at a minimum spacing of 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. Use this network for securing insulation with tie wire or bands. 7. Stagger joints between insulation layers at least 3 inches (75 mm). 8. Install insulation in removable segments on equipment access doors, manholes, handholes, and other elements that require frequent removal for service and inspection. 9. Bevel and seal insulation ends around manholes, handholes, ASME stamps, and nameplates. 10. For equipment with surface temperatures below ambient, apply mastic to open ends, joints, seams, breaks, and punctures in insulation. B. Insulation Installation on Pumps: 1. Fabricate metal boxes lined with insulation. Fit boxes around pumps and coincide box joints with splits in pump casings. Fabricate joints with outward bolted flanges. Bolt flanges on 6-inch (150-mm) centers, starting at corners. Install 3/8-inch- (10-mm-) diameter fasteners with wing nuts. Alternatively, secure the box sections together using a latching mechanism. 2. Fabricate boxes from aluminum, at least 0.040 inch (1.0 mm) thick. 3. For below ambient services, install a vapor barrier at seams, joints, and penetrations. Seal between flanges with replaceable gasket material to form a vapor barrier. C. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation Installation for Pumps: 1. Follow manufacturer's written instructions. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 11 3.4 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where FSK jackets are indicated, install as follows: 1. Draw jacket material smooth and tight. 2. Install lap or joint strips with same material as jacket. 3. Secure jacket to insulation with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 4. Install jacket with 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) laps at longitudinal seams and 3-inch- (75-mm-) wide joint strips at end joints. 5. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor-retarder jackets and exposed insulation with vapor-barrier mastic. B. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch (50-mm) overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless- steel bands 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. and at end joints. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: Inspect field-insulated equipment, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to two location(s) for each type of equipment defined in the "Equipment Insulation Schedule" Article. For large equipment, remove only a portion adequate to determine compliance. C. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. 3.6 EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for a type of equipment, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Insulate indoor and outdoor equipment that is not factory insulated. 3.7 EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are identified below. If more than one material is listed for a type of equipment, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. B. Insulate indoor and outdoor equipment that is not factory insulated. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC EQUIPMENT INSULATION 230716 - 12 C. Chillers: Insulate cold surfaces on chillers, including, but not limited to, evaporator bundles, suction piping, compressor inlets, tube sheets, water boxes, and nozzles with the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. D. Chilled-water pump insulation shall be the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 2 inches thick. E. Chilled-water expansion/compression tank insulation shall be the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. F. Chilled-water air-separator insulation shall be the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. G. Condenser-water air-separator insulation shall be the following: 1. Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick. 3.8 INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. B. If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option. C. Equipment, Exposed, up to 48 Inches in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces up to 72 Inches: 1. Aluminum, Stucco Embossed: 0.020 inch thick. D. Equipment, Exposed, Larger Than 48 Inches in Diameter or with Flat Surfaces Larger Than 72 Inches: 1. Aluminum, Stucco Embossed: 0.032 inch thick. END OF SECTION 230716 LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 1 SECTION 230719 - HVAC PIPING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulating the following HVAC piping systems: 1. Condensate drain piping, indoors 2. Chilled-water piping. 3. Refrigerant suction and hot-gas piping. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 230713 "Duct Insulation." 2. Section 230716 "HVAC Equipment Insulation." 3. Section 232113.13 “Underground Hydronic Piping” 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed index of 150 or less. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. B. Products located in return air plenums shall be noncombustible with a flame spread index of not more than 25 and a smoke-developed index of not more than 50 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. F. Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aerocel. b. Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex. c. K-Flex USA; Insul-Lock, Insul-Tube, and K-FLEX LS. G. Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fibrex Insulations Inc.; Coreplus 1200. b. Johns Manville; Micro-Lok. c. Knauf Insulation; 1000-Degree Pipe Insulation. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley-K. e. Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation. 2. Type I, 850 deg F (454 deg C) Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with factory-applied ASJ. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 3 2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Ramco Insulation, Inc.; Ramcote 1200 and Quik-Cote. 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated. B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aeroseal. b. Armacell LLC; Armaflex 520 Adhesive. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-75. d. K-Flex USA; R-373 Contact Adhesive. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." C. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-127. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-60/85-70. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 4 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." D. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-82. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 85-50. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." E. PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Corning Corporation; 739, Dow Silicone. b. Johns Manville; Zeston Perma-Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive. c. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive. d. Speedline Corporation; Polyco VP Adhesive. 2. For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 3. Adhesive shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.4 MASTICS A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II. 1. For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 5 B. Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-80/30-90. b. Vimasco Corporation; 749. 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm (0.009 metric perm) at 43-mil (1.09-mm) dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C). 4. Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. C. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above-ambient services. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-10. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 550. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 46-50. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-50. e. Vimasco Corporation; WC-1/WC-5. 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 perms (1.2 metric perms) at 0.0625-inch (1.6-mm) dry film thickness. 3. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F (Minus 29 to plus 82 deg C). 4. Solids Content: 60 percent by volume and 66 percent by weight. 5. Color: White. 2.5 SEALANTS A. Joint Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-76. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 405. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 30-45. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 6 d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. e. Pittsburgh Corning Corporation; Pittseal 444. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 100 to plus 300 deg F (Minus 73 to plus 149 deg C). 5. Color: White or gray. 6. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." B. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-76. b. Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 405. c. Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44. d. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 5. Color: Aluminum. 6. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." C. ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; CP-76. 2. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 3. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 4. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F (Minus 40 to plus 121 deg C). 5. Color: White. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 7 6. For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 7. Sealants shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers." 2.6 FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ: White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 2. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I. 3. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II. 2.7 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A. Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil face, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing. C. PVC Jacket: High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Johns Manville; Zeston. b. P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series. c. Proto Corporation; LoSmoke. d. Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe. 2. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. 3. Color: To be determined in consultation with the architect. 4. Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate. a. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap and supply covers for lavatories. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 8 D. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005, Temper H-14. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller Company; Metal Jacketing Systems. b. ITW Insulation Systems; Aluminum and Stainless Steel Jacketing. c. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate. 2. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing. 3. Finish and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules. 4. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1-mil- (0.025-mm-) thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 5. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil- (0.075-mm-) thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 6. Factory-Fabricated Fitting Covers: a. Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. b. Preformed 2-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows. c. Tee covers. d. Flange and union covers. e. End caps. f. Beveled collars. g. Valve covers. h. Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting covers are not available. 2.8 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 AWF ASJ. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836. c. Compac Corporation; 104 and 105. d. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 3. Thickness: 11.5 mils (0.29 mm). 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US VIRGIN ISLANDS HVAC PIPING INSULATION 230719 - 9 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 491 AWF FSK. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. c. Compac Corporation; 110 and 111. d. Venture Tape; 1525 CW NT, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches (75 mm). 3. Thickness: 6.5 mils (0.16 mm). 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch (1.0 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch (7.2 N/mm) in width. 7. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. C. PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 370 White PVC tape. b. Compac Corporation; 130. c. Venture Tape; 1506 CW NS. 2. Width: 2 inches (50 mm). 3. Thickness: 6 mils (0.15 mm). 4. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch (0.7 N/mm) in width. 5. Elongation: 500 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch (3.3 N/mm) in width. D. Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 488 AWF. b. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800. c. Compac Corporation; 120. d. Venture Tape; 3520 CW. LOCKHART PRE K-8 SCHOOL 68-21103-13 VIRGIN ISLANDS DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION (VIDE) SCHEMATIC DESIGN ST. THOMAS, US